AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.

7)

Installation Manual

5446929-1EN
Revision 8
Copyright© 2015 - 2019 by General Electric Company Inc.
All Rights Reserved.
GE Confidential
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

This page is intentionally left blank.

2
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Legal Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1. Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2. Copyrights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3. Important Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4. Damage In Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
5. Omissions and Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6. Electrical Contractors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
7. WEEE Directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Notes and Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
How To Use the AW Service Docs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1. Service & User Docs Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1-1 Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
1-2 Technical Bulletins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2. On–Line Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2-1 Access to Service Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2-2 Opening Service Documentation in New Browser Window or Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2-3 Access to the Operator’s Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2-4 Navigate through the PDF documents (cross-reference links). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Publication Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1. Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2. Contents Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3. Conventions for this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3-1 Use of numbered lists in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3-2 Use of bulleted lists in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Product Presentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1. Feature Highlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2. Product Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3. Hardware Base Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
4. Software Release Version Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5. Supported Legacy Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
6. Application Upgrades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Chapter 1: Quick Start Guide

1. Overview and Decision Tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2. Key Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2-1 Set-up New Workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2-2 Add New Application (Software option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

2-3 Load From Warm: Re-install / Upgrade AW Core Software & Apps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
2-4 Load From Cold: Re-install / Upgrade O.S. and AW Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2-5 Install Demo Exams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
2-6 Second Monitor Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3. New System Installation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3-1 Installation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3-2 Illustrations - AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Rear Panel Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
4. Full System Upgrade Process: Hardware Swap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
5. Software-only Upgrade Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
6. Installation Quality Issues (and Troubleshooting) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6-1 Order inaccuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6-2 GIB Database/Service CRM update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
6-3 Return of upgrade replaced unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Chapter 2: Unpacking the workstation

1. Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2. Unpacking procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3. Returning procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Chapter 3: Installing A New Workstation

1. Advantage Workstation Configuration Form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2. Installation guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2-1 Required Hardware Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
2-2 Required Software Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2-3 Further Assumptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
2-4 Installation / re–installation decision chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Job Card IST000 - Installation / Re-installation Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
1. Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2. New System Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3. Installation Job Cards List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
3. Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
4. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
5. Tools and Parts Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6. Unpacking Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6-1 Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6-2 1Unpack Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7. Physical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7-1 HP Workstation unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
7-2 LOTO Procedure for Advantage Workstation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

7-3 Memory Extension Option Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

7-4 Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
7-5 K620 Graphics Card for Brainwave option installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
7-6 Line Voltage Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7-7 Power Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
7-8 Video Monitor Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
7-9 Mouse connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
7-10 Keyboard connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
7-11 Network Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
7-12 Affix the Regulatory and EHS labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
2. Pre-requisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
3. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
4. Configuration procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
5. Make sure the latest release of OS/AW platform is installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
6. Site Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
1. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
2. Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3. Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
4. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
5. Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
5-1 Configuration through the CSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
5-2 Install the SMPTE test patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5-3 Additional Site Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
5-4 OPTIONAL - Hardware lockdown for security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5-5 LCD Monitors Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
5-6 Configure InSite Now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
1. Tools required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2. Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
3. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
4. PART 1: Network Postscript Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
4-1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
5. PART 2: DICOM Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
5-1 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
1. Tools required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
2. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

5
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

3. Utilities Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

4. Launch the Configuration Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
4-1 Start the Common Service Desktop (CSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
4-2 Start the Utilities menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
5. Configure Audit Trail (EAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
5-1 Preliminary information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
6. Configure EA3 User Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
6-1 Preliminary information (Declare Enterprise Server configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
6-2 Configure EA3 for User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
6-3 Restore Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
7. Check PNF (Product Network Filters) Firewall Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
7-1 Firewall Rules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
7-2 Allowed Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
7-3 DICOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
7-4 Expert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
7-5 GE Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
7-6 Backup and Restore PNF Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
7-7 View iptables list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
8. RIS Synchronization - CCOW and Softswitch Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8-1 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8-2 CCOW Option Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
8-3 SoftSwitch Option Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
8-4 CCOW / NON-CCOW RIS / SoftSwitch Installation on HIS/RIS PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
9. PSM (Preferences Sharing Manager) Server configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9-1 Pre-requisite for PSM server setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9-2 PSM Server Configuration steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
9-3 PSM Server Administration steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
9-4 Using the Preferences Sharing Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
1. Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
2. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
3. Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
3-1 Application License Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
3-2 Installing / Configuring Applications - Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
4. Tools Required: eLicense Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
4-1 Checking or generating licenses with eLicense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
4-2 Writing licenses on a USB memory stick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
5. Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
6. Application Preload and Product Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
6-1 How to handle the missing Application issue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
6-2 Product Hold notice example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
7. Installation/configuration Using Easy Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
7-1 Notes and Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
7-2 Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

6
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

7-3 Installing Applications from the Hard Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

7-4 Installing Advanced Applications from CD-ROM (or DVD-ROM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
7-5 Installing Applications from the Applications DVD collector kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
7-6 Installing Advanced Applications from USB device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
7-7 Installing documentation from a CD/DVD using Easy Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
8. Complete Applications installation and Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
9. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
9-2 Application Installation and Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9-3 Manually Installing / Uninstalling Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
10. Applications - Licensing and Shortcuts Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
10-1 Overview - Field Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
10-2 Volume Viewer Applications and AW Advanced Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
10-3 CT and Fusion Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
10-4 MR Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
10-5 XRay Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
10-6 PET & Networking Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
1. Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
1-1 Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
1-2 Prerequisites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
1-3 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
2. Volume Viewer Applications Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
3. Volume Viewer Applications - Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
3-1 New Volume Viewer Applications , Features and Tools. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
3-2 Other Volume Viewer Applications or plugins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
3-3 Installation/uninstallation procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
3-4 Volume Viewer Applications Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
4. CardIQ Xpress Process (CXP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
5. Other Advanced Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
5-1 Reporting Tool application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
5-2 Motion VUE application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5-3 Innova 3DXR application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5-4 AngioViz application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5-5 CortexID Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
5-6 Discontinued / Unsupported Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Job Card IST007 - Declaring AW Workstation on Image Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
1. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
2. Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
3. Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
4. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
5. Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
5-1 AW4.7 declaration on Genesis based sources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

7
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

5-2 AW4.7 declaration on non Genesis based sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

5-3 AW4.7 declaration on CT9800 IMAGE SOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
5-4 AW4.7 declaration on GE DICOM Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
5-5 AW4.7 declaration on YMS based sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
5-6 AW4.7 declaration on AW3.1 and AW4.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
5-7 AW4.7 declaration on AW4.1 / 4.1P, AW4.2 / 4.2P and AW4.3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
5-8 AW4.7 declaration on previous AW4.X releases.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
5-9 AW4.7 declaration on AWServer product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
1. InSite Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
2. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
3. Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
4. Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
5. Hardware installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
6. Software installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
6-1 Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
6-2 Configure PNF firewall to allow remote OLC login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
6-3 insite.config script. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
6-4 Troubleshooting IIP Configuration / InSite Checkout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
7. ILINQ & RCOC/TVA start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
8. InSite configuration - backup and restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
8-1 Save InSite configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
8-2 InSite Configuration Restore from the AW Configuration CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
9. Insite uninstallation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
1. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
2. Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
3. Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
5. Basic Checks and Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
5-1 Viewer basic checks using the Demo Exams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
5-2 Check Applications Are Correctly Installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
5-3 Communication Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5-4 Direct Connect communication tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5-5 Postscript Printers Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
5-6 DICOM Printers Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
5-7 LCD color landscape monitor(s) adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5-8 LCD color landscape monitor(s) calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5-9 Check InSite/iLinq/RCOC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
5-10 Declare a DNS and/or NTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
6. OPTIONAL - Manage the Digital Certificates for encrypted communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
6-1 AW local Certificate and Certificate Authority (CA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
6-2 Certificates management for remote Syslog server encrypted communication (EAT). . . . . 313

8
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

6-3 Certificates management for Authentication server encrypted communication (EA3/LDAP) 314
6-4 Copy AW issuer CA certificate file on a USB device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
7. Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
7-1 Register the AW Configuration File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
7-2 Troubleshooting Register Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
8. Managing User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
8-1 Define Local User accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
8-2 Re-enable locked Local User accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
8-3 Use EA3 Authentication for User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
9. For China only - CNDA Registration documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
10. Final settings and checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10-1 Check the BIOS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10-2 Mouse acceleration and threshold settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10-3 Change Site Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
10-4 OPTIONAL - Hardware lock-down for security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
10-5 OPTIONAL - Disable image mixing from different patients in the Filmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
11. Save Site Parameters on the Configuration CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
11-1 Display current AW Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
11-2 Save Configuration to CDROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
12. Complete Workstation Handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
13. Capture the Unique Device Identifier (UDI) for AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) in Service Record
339
13-1 AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Medical device UDI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
13-2 Capture or check the UDI in the Service Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
13-3 Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
13-4 AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) distribution UDI (DO NOT USE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
14. Cleanup and Safeguard Site Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
15. Turnover to Customer - Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Chapter 4: Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

1. Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
1-1 Add a 2nd LCD color landscape monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
1-2 Additional memory upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
1-3 Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
1-4 K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
2. Tools required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
3. Safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
4. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
5. Patient Images - Transfer and Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
5-1 Saving Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
5-2 Image Transfer Times - Peer-to-Peer Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
5-3 Image Transfer Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
6. Upgrade Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
6-1 AW3.1 upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
6-2 AW4.0 upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

9
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

6-3 AW4.1 / AW4.1 P/ AW4.2 upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350

6-4 AW4.2P /AW4.3 upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
6-5 AW4.4 / AW4.5 upgrade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
6-6 AW4.6 upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
6-7 AW4.7 upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
6-8 Summarized guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
7. Deleting image Files and Returning Old Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
7-1 Erase the disks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
7-2 Return Old hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
8. Restore capability for AW3.1/AW4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
9. Restore capability for AW4.1’S/AW4.2’S/AW4.3/AW4.4/AW4.5/AW4.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
1. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
2. Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
3. Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
4. Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
5. Load from Warm Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
5-1 Reload AW Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
5-2 Verify Parameters Restored and reload the Applications.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
1. Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
2. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
3. Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
4. Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
5. Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
5-1 Software Reload using GEHC OS and AW4.7 installation media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
5-2 Recreate Configuration CD-ROM and restore the configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
5-3 Reinstall Volume Viewer Applications, Utilities and Advanced Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
5-4 Final configuration steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
5-5 Turnover to Customer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Job Card IST012 - Reloading Demo Exams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
1. Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
2. Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
3. Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
4. Pre-requisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
5. Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
5-1 Install Demo Exams from a DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
5-2 Install Demo Exams from a USB device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
1. Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

10
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

2. Linux commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
1. Change the Boot order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
1-1 On Z440 / Z4 G4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
1-2 On Z800 / Z820 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
1-3 Temporarily boot on CD/DVD/USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Setup Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
2-1 Set-up BIOS Power-On Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
2-2 Set-up BIOS Administrator or Setup password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
2-3 Clear the passwords. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
3. Disable media writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
4. Disable the USB ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
4-1 On Z440 / Z4 G4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
4-2 On Z820 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
4-3 On Z800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

11
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Table of Contents

This page is intentionally left blank.

12
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

Legal Notes

1 Trademarks

All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders.

GE and GE monogram are trademarks of General Electric Company.

Adobe, Acrobat, and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.

Advantage Workstation, iLinq and InSite are trademarks of General Electric Company or one of its
subsidiaries.

Agfa is a registered trademark of Agfa-Gevaert NV & Co KG.

Microsoft, Windows, the Windows logo and Internet Explorer are trademarks, or registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.

HP and LaserJet are registered trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.

Intel, Core, Pentium, and Xeon are trademarks of Intel Corporation.

Java and Javascript are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle, Inc. in the U.S. and other
countries.

Linux is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the U.S. and other countries.

NVIDIA and NVS are registered trademarks of NVIDIA Corporation.

DICOM is the registered trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association for its standards
publications relating to digital communications of medical information.

Codonics is a trademark of Codonics, Inc.

Lexmark is a trademark of Lexmark International, Inc.

Kodak is a registered trademark of Eastman Kodak Company.

SEIKO is a registered trademark of Seiko Holdings Corporation.

Tally is a registered trademark of Tally Printer Corporation.

13
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

Xerox and Phaser are trademarks of Xerox Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.

All other third party trademarks are the property of their respective owner.

2 Copyrights
© 2015 - 2019 General Electric Company - All rights reserved.

3 Important Precautions

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ warning: Tова упътване за работа е налично само на английски език.

(BG) • Ако доставчикът на услугата на клиента изиска друг език, задължение на клиента е да
осигури превод.
• Не използвайте оборудването, преди да сте се консултирали и разбрали упътването за
работа.
• неспазването на това предупреждение може да доведе до нараняване на доставчика на
услугата, оператора или пациентa в резултат на токов удар, механична или друга
опасност.
警告 本维修手册仅提供英文版本。
(ZH-CN) • 如果维修服务提供商需要非英文版本，客户需自行提供翻译服务。
• 未详细阅读和完全理解本维修手册之前，不得进行维修。
• 忽略本警告可能对维修人员，操作员或患者造成触电、机械伤害或其他形式的伤
害。
警告 本服務手冊僅提供英文版本。
(ZH-HK) • 倘若客戶的服務供應商需要英文以外之服務手冊，客戶有責任提供翻譯服務。
• 除非已參閱本服務手冊及明白其內容，否則切勿嘗試維修設備。
• 不遵從本警告或會令服務供應商、網絡供應商或病人受到觸電、機械性或其他的
危險。
警告 本維修手冊僅有英文版。
(ZH-TW) • 若客戶的維修廠商需要英文版以外的語言，應由客戶自行提供翻譯服務。
• 請勿試圖維修本設備，除非 您已查閱並瞭解本維修手冊。
• 若未留意本警告，可能導致維修廠商、操作員或病患因觸電、機械或其他危險而
受傷。
UPOZORENJE WARNING:Ovaj servisni priručnik dostupan je na engleskom jeziku.
(HR) • Ako davatelj usluge klijenta treba neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan osigurati prijevod.
• Ne pokušavajte servisirati opremu ako niste u potpunosti pročitali i razumjeli ovaj servisni
priručnik.
• zanemarite li ovo upozorenje, može doći do ozljede davatelja usluge, operatera ili pacijenta
uslijed strujnog udara, mehaničkih ili drugih rizika.

VÝSTRAHA Tento provozní návod existuje pouze v anglickém jazyce.

(CS) • V případě, že externí služba zákazníkům potřebuje návod v jiném jazyce, je zajištění překladu do
odpovídajícího jazyka úkolem zákazníka.
• Nesnažte se o údržbu tohoto zařízení, aniž byste si přečetli tento provozní návod a po
• chopili jeho obsah.
• V případě nedodržování této výstrahy může dojít k poranění pracovníka prodejního servisu,
obslužného personálu nebo pacientů vlivem elektrického proudu, respektive vlivem
mechanických či jiných rizik.

14
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

ADVARSEL Denne servicemanual findes kun på engelsk.

(DA) • Hvis en kundes tekniker har brug for et andet sprog end engelsk, er det kundens ansvar at sørge
for oversættelse.
• Forsøg ikke at servicere udstyret uden at læse og forstå denne servicemanual.
• Manglende overholdelse af denne advarsel kan medføre skade på grund af elektrisk stød,
mekanisk eller anden fare for teknikeren, operatøren eller patienten.
WAARSCHUWING Deze onderhoudshandleiding is enkel in het Engels verkrijgbaar.
(NL) • Als het onderhoudspersoneel een andere taal vereist, dan is de klant verantwoordelijk voor de
vertaling ervan.
• Probeer de apparatuur niet te onderhouden alvorens deze onderhoudshandleiding werd
geraadpleegd en begrepen is.
• Indien deze waarschuwing niet wordt opgevolgd, zou het onderhoudspersoneel, de operator of
een patiënt gewond kunnen raken als gevolg van een elektrische schok, mechanische of andere
gevaren.
WARNING WARNING:This service manual is available in English only.
(EN) • If a customer's service provider requires a language other than english, it is the customer's
responsibility to provide translation services.
• Do not attempt to service the equipment unless this service manual has been consulted and is
understood.
• Failure to heed this warning may result in injury to the service provider, operator or patient from
electric shock, mechanical or other hazards.
HOIATUS See teenindusjuhend on saadaval ainult inglise keeles
(ET) • Kui klienditeeninduse osutaja nõuab juhendit inglise keelest erinevas keeles, vastutab klient
tõlketeenuse osutamise eest.
• Ärge üritage seadmeid teenindada enne eelnevalt käesoleva teenindusjuhendiga tutvumist ja
sellest aru saamist.
Warning:Käesoleva hoiatuse eiramine võib põhjustada teenuseosutaja, operaatori või patsiendi
vigastamist elektrilöögi, mehaanilise või muu ohu tagajärjel.
VAROITUS Tämä huolto-ohje on saatavilla vain englanniksi.
(FI) • Jos asiakkaan huoltohenkilöstö vaatii muuta kuin englanninkielistä materiaalia, tarvittavan
käännöksen hankkiminen on asiakkaan vastuulla.
• Älä yritä korjata laitteistoa ennen kuin olet varmasti lukenut ja ymmärtänyt tämän huolto-ohjeen.
• Mikäli tätä varoitusta ei noudateta, seurauksena voi olla huoltohenkilöstön, laitteiston käyttäjän
tai potilaan vahingoittuminen sähköiskun, mekaanisen vian tai muun vaaratilanteen vuoksi.
ATTENTION Ce manuel d’installation et de maintenance est disponible uniquement en anglais.
(FR) • Si le technicien d'un client a besoin de ce manuel dans une langue autre que l'anglais, il incombe
au client de le faire traduire.
• Ne pas tenter d'intervenir sur les équipements tant que ce manuel d’installation et de
maintenance n'a pas été consulté et compris.
Le non-respect de cet avertissement peut entraîner chez le technicien, l'opérateur ou le patient des
blessures dues à des dangers électriques, mécaniques ou autres.
WARNUNG Diese Serviceanleitung existiert nur in englischer Sprache.
(DE) • Falls ein fremder Kundendienst eine andere Sprache benötigt, ist es Aufgabe des Kunden für
eine entsprechende Übersetzung zu sorgen.
• Versuchen Sie nicht diese Anlage zu warten, ohne diese Serviceanleitung gelesen und
verstanden zu haben.
Wird diese Warnung nicht beachtet, so kann es zu Verletzungen des Kundendiensttechnikers, des
Bedieners oder des Patienten durch Stromschläge, mechanische oder sonstige Gefahren kommen.
ΠΡΟΕΙΔΟΠΟΙΗΣΗ Το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις διατίθεται μόνο στα αγγλικά.
(EL) • Εάν ο τεχνικός σέρβις ενός πελάτη απαιτεί το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σε γλώσσα εκτός των αγγλικών,
αποτελεί ευθύνη του πελάτη να παρέχει τις υπηρεσίες μετάφρασης.
• Μην επιχειρήσετε την εκτέλεση εργασιών σέρβις στον εξοπλισμό αν δεν έχετε συμβουλευτεί και
κατανοήσει το παρόν εγχειρίδιο σέρβις.
Αν δεν προσέξετε την προειδοποίηση αυτή, ενδέχεται να προκληθεί τραυματισμός στον τεχνικό
σέρβις, στο χειριστή ή στον ασθενή από ηλεκτροπληξία, μηχανικούς ή άλλους κινδύνους.

15
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

FIGYELMEZTETÉS Ezen karbantartási kézikönyv kizárólag angol nyelven érhető el.

(HU) • Ha a vevő szolgáltatója angoltól eltérő nyelvre tart igényt, akkor a vevő felelőssége a fordítás
elkészíttetése.
• Ne próbálja elkezdeni használni a berendezést, amíg a karbantartási kézikönyvben leírtakat nem
értelmezték.
• Ezen figyelmeztetés figyelmen kívül hagyása a szolgáltató, működtető vagy a beteg áramütés,
mechanikai vagy egyéb veszélyhelyzet miatti sérülését eredményezheti.
AÐVÖRUN Þessi þjónustuhandbók er aðeins fáanleg á ensku.
(IS) • Ef að þjónustuveitandi viðskiptamanns þarfnast annas tungumáls en ensku, er það skylda
viðskiptamanns að skaffa tungumálaþjónustu.
• Reynið ekki að afgreiða tækið nema að þessi þjónustuhandbók hefur verið skoðuð og skilin.
• Brot á sinna þessari aðvörun getur leitt til meiðsla á þjónustuveitanda, stjórnanda eða sjúklings
frá raflosti, vélrænu eða öðrum áhættum.
AVVERTENZA Il presente manuale di manutenzione è disponibile soltanto in lingua inglese.
(IT) • Se un addetto alla manutenzione richiede il manuale in una lingua diversa, il cliente è tenuto a
provvedere direttamente alla traduzione.
• Procedere alla manutenzione dell'apparecchiatura solo dopo aver consultato il presente
manuale ed averne compreso il contenuto.
• Il mancato rispetto della presente avvertenza potrebbe causare lesioni all'addetto alla
manutenzione, all'operatore o ai pazienti provocate da scosse elettriche, urti meccanici o altri
rischi.
このサービスマニュアルには英語版しかありません。
(JA)  サービスを担当される業者が英語以外の言語を要求される場合、翻訳作業はその業者の責任で
行うものとさせていただきます。
 このサービスマニュアルを熟読し理解せずに、装置のサービスを行わないでください。
この警告に従わない場合、サービスを担当される方、操作員あるいは患者さんが、感電や機
械的又はその他の危険により負傷する可能性があります。
경고 WARNING:본 서비스 매뉴얼은 영어로만 이용하실 수 있습니다 .
(KO) • 고객의 서비스 제공자가 영어 이외의 언어를 요구할 경우 , 번역 서비스를 제공하는 것은 고객
의 책임입니다 .
• 본 서비스 매뉴얼을 참조하여 숙지하지 않은 이상 해당 장비를 수리하려고 시도하지 마십시오 .
• 본 경고 사항에 유의하지 않으면 전기 쇼크 , 기계적 위험 , 또는 기타 위험으로 인해 서비스 제공
자 , 사용자 또는 환자에게 부상을 입힐 수 있습니다 .
BRÎDINÂJUMS Šī apkopes rokasgrāmata ir pieejama tikai angļu valodā.
(LV) • Ja klienta apkopes sniedzējam nepieciešama informācija citā valodā, klienta pienākums ir
nodrošināt tulkojumu.
• Neveiciet aprīkojuma apkopi bez apkopes rokasgrāmatas izlasīšanas un saprašanas.
• Šī brīdinājuma neievērošanas rezultātā var rasties elektriskās strāvas trieciena, mehānisku vai
citu faktoru izraisītu traumu risks apkopes sniedzējam, operatoram vai pacientam.
ĮSPĖJIMAS Šis eksploatavimo vadovas yra tik anglų kalba.
(LT) • Jei kliento paslaugų tiekėjas reikalauja vadovo kita kalba – ne anglų, suteikti vertimo paslaugas
privalo klientas.
• Nemėginkite atlikti įrangos techninės priežiūros, jei neperskaitėte ar nesupratote šio
eksploatavimo vadovo.
• Jei nepaisysite šio įspėjimo, galimi paslaugų tiekėjo, operatoriaus ar paciento sužalojimai dėl
elektros šoko, mechaninių ar kitų pavojų.
ADVARSEL Denne servicehåndboken finnes bare på engelsk.
(NO) • Hvis kundens serviceleverandør har bruk for et annet språk, er det kundens ansvar å sørge for
oversettelse.
• Ikke forsøk å reparere utstyret uten at denne servicehåndboken er lest og forstått.
• Manglende hensyn til denne advarselen kan føre til at serviceleverandøren, operatøren eller
pasienten skades på grunn av elektrisk støt, mekaniske eller andre farer.

16
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

OSTRZEŻENIE Niniejszy podręcznik serwisowy dostępny jest jedynie w języku angielskim.

(PL) • Jeśli serwisant klienta wymaga języka innego niż angielski, zapewnienie usługi tłumaczenia jest
obowiązkiem klienta.
• Nie próbować serwisować urządzenia bez zapoznania się z niniejszym podręcznikiem
serwisowym i zrozumienia go.
• Niezastosowanie się do tego ostrzeżenia może doprowadzić do obrażeń serwisanta, operatora
lub pacjenta w wyniku porażenia prądem elektrycznym, zagrożenia mechanicznego bądź
innego.
AVISO Este manual de assistência técnica encontra-se disponível unicamente em inglês.
(PT-BR) • Se outro serviço de assistência técnica solicitar a tradução deste manual, caberá ao cliente
fornecer os serviços de tradução.
• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de
assistência técnica.
• A não observância deste aviso pode ocasionar ferimentos no técnico, operador ou paciente
decorrentes de choques elétricos, mecânicos ou outros.
ATENÇÃO Este manual de assistência técnica só se encontra disponível em inglês.
(PT-PT) • Se qualquer outro serviço de assistência técnica solicitar este manual noutro idioma, é da
responsabilidade do cliente fornecer os serviços de tradução.
• Não tente reparar o equipamento sem ter consultado e compreendido este manual de
assistência técnica.
• O não cumprimento deste aviso pode colocar em perigo a segurança do técnico, do operador
ou do paciente devido a choques eléctricos, mecânicos ou outros.
ATENŢIE Acest manual de service este disponibil doar în limba engleză.
(RO) • Dacă un furnizor de servicii pentru clienţi necesită o altă limbă decât cea engleză, este de
datoria clientului să furnizeze o traducere.
• Nu încercaţi să reparaţi echipamentul decât ulterior consultării şi înţelegerii acestui manual de
service.
• Ignorarea acestui avertisment ar putea duce la rănirea depanatorului, operatorului sau
pacientului în urma pericolelor de electrocutare, mecanice sau de altă natură.
ОСТОРОЖНО! Данное руководство по техническому обслуживанию представлено только на английском
(RU) языке.
• Если сервисному персоналу клиента необходимо руководство не на английском, а на
каком-то другом языке, клиенту следует самостоятельно обеспечить перевод.
• Перед техническим обслуживанием оборудования обязательно обратитесь к данному
руководству и поймите изложенные в нем сведения.
• Несоблюдение требований данного предупреждения может привести к тому, что
специалист по техобслуживанию, оператор или пациент получит удар электрическим
током, механическую травму или другое повреждение
UPOZORENJE Ovo servisno uputstvo je dostupno samo na engleskom jeziku.
(SR) • Ako klijentov serviser zahteva neki drugi jezik, klijent je dužan da obezbedi prevodilačke usluge.
• Ne pokušavajte da opravite uređaj ako niste pročitali i razumeli ovo servisno uputstvo.
• Zanemarivanje ovog upozorenja može dovesti do povređivanja servisera, rukovaoca ili pacijenta
usled strujnog udara ili mehaničkih i drugih opasnosti.
UPOZORNENIE Tento návod na obsluhu je k dispozícii len v angličtine.
(SK) • Ak zákazníkov poskytovateľ služieb vyžaduje iný jazyk ako angličtinu, poskytnutie
prekladateľských služieb je zodpovednosťou zákazníka.
• Nepokúšajte sa o obsluhu zariadenia, kým si neprečítate návod na obluhu a neporozumiete mu.

• Zanedbanie tohto upozornenia môže spôsobiť zranenie poskytovateľa služieb, obsluhujúcej

osoby alebo pacienta elektrickým prúdom, mechanické alebo iné ohrozenie.
ATENCION Este manual de servicio sólo existe en inglés.
(ES) • Si el encargado de mantenimiento de un cliente necesita un idioma que no sea el inglés, el
cliente deberá encargarse de la traducción del manual.
• No se deberá dar servicio técnico al equipo, sin haber consultado y comprendido este manual
de servicio.
• La no observancia del presente aviso puede dar lugar a que el proveedor de servicios, el
operador o el paciente sufran lesiones provocadas por causas eléctricas, mecánicas o de otra
naturaleza.

17
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

VARNING Den här servicehandboken finns bara tillgänglig på engelska. .

(SV) • Om en kunds servicetekniker har behov av ett annat språk än engelska, ansvarar kunden för att
tillhandahålla översättningstjänster.
• Försök inte utföra service på utrustningen om du inte har läst och förstår den här
servicehandboken.
• Om du inte tar hänsyn till den här varningen kan det resultera i skador på serviceteknikern,
operatören eller patienten till följd av elektriska stötar, mekaniska faror eller andra faror.
OPOZORILO Ta servisni priročnik je na voljo samo v angleškem jeziku.
(SL) • Če ponudnik storitve stranke potrebuje priročnik v drugem jeziku, mora stranka zagotoviti
prevod.
• Ne poskušajte servisirati opreme, če tega priročnika niste v celoti prebrali in razumeli.
• Če tega opozorila ne upoštevate, se lahko zaradi električnega udara, mehanskih ali drugih
nevarnosti poškoduje ponudnik storitev, operater ali bolnik.
DİKKAT Bu servis kılavuzunun sadece ingilizcesi mevcuttur.
(TR) • Eğer müşteri teknisyeni bu kılavuzu ingilizce dışında bir başka lisandan talep ederse, bunu
tercüme ettirmek müşteriye düşer.
• Servis kılavuzunu okuyup anlamadan ekipmanlara müdahale etmeyiniz.
• Bu uyarıya uyulmaması, elektrik, mekanik veya diğer tehlikelerden dolayı teknisyen, operatör
veya hastanın yaralanmasına yol açabilir.

4 Damage In Transportation
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write "Damage In
Shipment” on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or "signed for” by a
GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage MUST be reported
to the carrier immediately upon discovery.
The following process is for North America only (US + Can)
Note damage on the carrier’s delivery paperwork
Take pictures of damage
For Equipment damage: Follow Process & Complete Damage / Loss Claim Form
Timing: No more than 7 days after delivery
For Property damage: Complete Delivery Incident Form
Timing: No more than 2 days after delivery
Email with supporting pictures and all paperwork to @HEALTH Claims-Traffic (Claims-
[email protected]) or Fax to 262.312.1183 Att: Claims.
Delivery issues: Complete Delivery Incident Form
Timing: No more than 2 days after delivery

5 Omissions and Errors

Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
GE personnel, please use the GEMS TrackWise Process to report all omissions, errors, and defects in
this publication.

18
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

6 Electrical Contractors

Certified Electrical Contractor Statement

All electrical installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the
equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds into the
Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors.
Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations, and testing shall be performed
by qualified GE personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical installations) are
highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In performing all electrical work on
these products, GE will use its own specially trained field engineers. All of GE’s electrical work on these
products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GE’s field engineers,
personnel of third–party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to perform
electrical servicing on the equipment.

7 WEEE Directive

This logo applied on GEHC Hardware marks it as WEEE compliant according to the EU WEEE directive
(2012/19/EU).
This information is posted on the Hewlett Packard web site at:
https://www8.hp.com/us/en/hp-information/environment/weee-directive.html
The instructions may be used by recyclers and other WEEE treatment facilities as well as HP OEM
customers who integrate and re-sell HP equipment.

19
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Legal Notes

This page is intentionally left blank.

20
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Notes and Warnings

Notes and Warnings

Safety Terminology
The terms “danger”, “warning”, and “caution” are used throughout this manual to point out hazards and
to designate a degree or level of seriousness. Hazard is defined as a source of potential injury to a
person. The terms “important” and “note” are used to indicate other information you should be aware of.
Familiarize yourself with the following terminology descriptions:

DANGER: Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.

Warning: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.

CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, may result in a
minor or moderate injury.

Important! Indicates information where adherence to procedures is crucial or where your

comprehension is necessary to apply a concept or effectively use the product.

Note: Provides additional information that is helpful to you. It may emphasize certain information
regarding special tools or techniques, items to check before proceeding, or factors to consider
about a concept.
! Notice:
Used for instructions to the user to prevent damage to property.

21
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Notes and Warnings

This page is intentionally left blank.

22
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

How To Use the AW Service Docs

How To Use the AW Service Docs

This chapter explains the range of support documents available, and how to find them.

1 Service & User Docs Overview

1-1 Manuals
If you are an FE supporting AW4.7, the manuals you will most commonly use are:
You can retrieve these documents from GE Healthcare Documentation Portal.

Manual name Content GE Part Number

AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Pre- To help you assess and plan site 5476873-1EN
Installation Manual (PIM) requirements before physical
installation of new systems. **

AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) To guide you through physical 5446929-1EN

Installation Manual (IM) installation of new systems,
installation, configuration and
upgrade of software and data. **

AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) To guide you through planned 5476872-1EN

Service Manual (SM) maintenance and troubleshooting
procedures. **

RIS Synchronization Service To help you configure and 5481717-1EN

Manual for AW4.7 release synchronize these services. **

AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) To guide you through the installa- 5792606-1EN

Installation Manual Addendum tion and configuration of Risk Man-
Secured for RMF agement Framework (RMF) mode.

AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) To guide you through the installa- 5792607-1EN

Installation Manual Addendum - tion and configuration of Cisco
External router router for IPv4 < > IPv6 translation.

AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) This manual describes the 5792970-1EN

Privacy and Security Manual expected intended use of AW4.7,
the Privacy & Security capabilities
included, and how they are
configured and used appropriately.

HP Z4 G4 Workstation To help you configure and service 5819179-1EN

Service Manual the Z4 G4. **

HP Z440 Workstation To help you configure and service 5732151-1EN

Service Manual the Z440. **

HP Z820 Workstation To help you configure and service 5476876-1EN

Service Manual the Z820. **

HP Z800 Workstation To help you configure and service 5476875-1EN

Service Manual the Z800. **

23
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

How To Use the AW Service Docs

Manual name Content GE Part Number

AW VolumeShare 7 User Guide Complementary information, to 5479316-899 (33 languages)
help you understand some product
features.

AWCCT User Guide To help you submit your 5589257-1EN

Configuration File on AWCCT

RMF Z4 G4 Replacement FRU To help you repack and return a 5821491-1EN

procedure faulty Z4 G4 workstation.

RMF Z440 Replacement FRU To help you repack and return a 5723926-1EN
procedure faulty Z440 workstation.

RMF Z820 Replacement FRU To help you repack and return a 5474343-1EN
procedure faulty Z820 workstation.

Translations of some documents from English to local languages may be provided in certain cases.
** These manuals are provided.

1-2 Technical Bulletins

The following table lists the Technical Bulletins (also called Service Notes) referenced at in this manual.
You can retrieve these documents from GE Healthcare Documentation Portal.

Important! Please be aware that this list is NON EXHAUSTIVE and is only here for reference. It is
your responsibility to get the latest revision of all the Technical Bulletins that apply to your
product or your system.

Tech Bulletin Content

Number
SNAW3037 Secure Wipes of Customer System Storage Media

SNAW3044 AW Harvest Procedure

SNAW2010-07 Z800 CPU Box Replacement FRU procedure

SNAW2002-09 NEC 1850 monitor calibration

SNAW2002-12 NEC 1880 SX monitor calibration

SNAW2004-10 NEC 1980 SXi monitor calibration

SNAW2006-03 NEC 1990 SXi monitor calibration

SNAW2011-29 Eizo RadiForce MX191 monitor introduction

SNAW2013-11 DICOM Part 14 GSDF luminance adjustment procedure for Eizo MX191 LCD Color
monitor

SNAW3007 MR Applications Introduction for AW4.7

SNAW3015 AdvantageSim MD 9.0 Ext. X Introduction

24
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

How To Use the AW Service Docs

Tech Bulletin Content

Number
SNAW3019 AW Remote Access 1.4.0 Release Introduction

SNAW3039 Advantage 4D 2.3 Ext. X Introduction

SNAW3045 GSIViewer 2.2 Ext. X for AW4.4 to 4.7, AW Server 2.0 and AW Server 3.1
Introduction

SNAW3046 Volume Viewer Apps 12.3 Ext. X and CardIQ Xpress Process 2.3 Ext. X Introduction

SNAW3054 Smartscore 4.0 Ext.X for AW and AWS Introduction

SNAW3050 CortexID Suite 2.1 Ext. X Introduction

SNAW3056 AW VolumeShare 7 - AW4.7 Ext. 16 release Introduction

SNAW3077 Volume Viewer Applications 13.0 Ext. X release introduction

SNAW3087 Volume Viewer Apps 14.0 introduction

SNAW3076 Introduction Service Note for eDelivery for AW Applications

SNAW3090 Volume Viewer Applications 15.0 Ext. X release introduction

The latest revisions available at the time of product release are supplied as follows:
• For physical kits, on the AW4.7 SOFTWARE + ON–LINE DOC CDROM (Part No. 5455535-x, where
x is replaced by a revision number - always use the latest supplied revision). FEs are advised to copy
these documents onto their PC for easy reference.
The physical kits also contain a printed copy of the AW Installation Manual.
• In the Service Docs collection installed on the AW4.7 workstation (Access from the Admin.\Service
Docs option on the AW browser Patient List screen). See section 2-1 Access to Service
Documentation.

Note: All Job Cards referenced below that start with the letters IST are located in the AW4.7 Installation
Manual.
Translated versions of Service and User documents are available according to the applicable Language
Policy.

Important! Always use the latest versions of the Service Documents.

2 On–Line Documentation
Documentation for AW Applications is pre-loaded on a new AW workstation with the applications.

2-1 Access to Service Documentation

The AW Admin menu displays a link to the Service Docs page. (Note that the root password is required.)
You can launch PDF versions of these manuals from here.

25
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

How To Use the AW Service Docs

Click on Admin\Service Docs. The Service documentation page displays (on right screen if applicable).

The first time any user runs Firefox, a message displays, asking whether Firefox should be the default
browser. In this case, users should always accept the Yes option (do not attempt to change browser).
You might also get a Security Warning message.
Select the check box to accept the risk and press the Run button to run the application.

2-2 Opening Service Documentation in New Browser Window or Tab

By default, the Service Documentation page opens in the current tab of the internet browser. If you then
navigate to another Service Tools feature, the Service Documentation page you were consulting will no
longer be displayed. You can use the browser's Back button to return to the Service Documentation
page.

To be able to consult Service Documents on the AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) while using other Service
Tools, open the Service Documentation page in a new window, or in a separate browser tab.

26
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

How To Use the AW Service Docs

• To open the Service Documentation page in a new window, right-click on the Service Documentation
link, and select the option Open Link in New Window.
• To open the Service Documentation page in a new tab, right-click on the Service Documentation link,
and select the option Open Link in New Tab; alternatively, press <Ctrl> on the keyboard before
clicking the Service Documentation link. (The new tab will be titled Advantage Workstation.)
To close the current tab, press <Ctrl> + <W>.

TIP: You can use the same methods to open new windows or tabs for several Service Tools pages, so
that you can use them all concurrently.

27
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

How To Use the AW Service Docs

2-3 Access to the Operator’s Documentation

From the Patient List, click on the (?) icon to the right of the Filmer option. The Operator’s documentation
page displays (on right screen if applicable).You can launch PDF versions of these manuals from here.
This collection also includes access to the installed Advanced Applications Operator’s documentation.

2-4 Navigate through the PDF documents (cross-reference links)

To navigate back and forth in the document using the cross-reference links, you can use the previously/
next visited page functionalities as follows:
• Use the following keyboard shortcuts:
• For previous view: press simultaneously <Alt> and <Left arrow> keys
• For next view: press simultaneously <Alt> and <Right arrow> keys
OR
• You can also add Previous View and Next View buttons to your Adobe Reader toolbar:
• Click View > Show/Hide > Toolbar Items > Page Navigation > Previous View / Next View
• Use the Previous View and Next View buttons to navigate back and forth in the document.

These functionalities work for most web browsers (FE Laptop or Client PC).
However, they do not work for the Evince (AW/AWS pdf viewer) version installed on our platforms

28
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Acronyms

Acronyms

AW Advantage WorkstationTM
AW4.7 AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)
AWCCT AW Configuration Collection Tool
AW IM AW Installation Manual
AW PIM AW Pre-Installation Manual
AW SM AW Service Manual
CA Certificate Authority
CardEP Cardiovascular and Electrophysiology Imaging
CD / DVD CD-ROM / DVDrom
CSD Common Service Desktop
CRT Cathode Ray Tube
DC Direct Connect option
DPMS Display Power Management System
DNS Dynamic Network server
EA3 Enterprise Authentication Server
EAT Enterprise Audit Trail
EVAR EndoVascular Aneurysm Repair
FCC Fusion Context Channel
FE Field Engineer
FL / FLS Floating License / Floating License Server
FRU Field Replacement Unit
GERU GE Remote Update
HIS Hospital Information System
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LDAP Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
NIC (card) Network Interface Controller (card)
NTP Network Time Protocol (server)
PKI Public Key Infrastructure
PNF Product Network Filters (this is the AW firewall product)
PSM Preferences Sharing Manager
RIS Radiology Information System
SM Service Manual
SSO Single Sign-On
SWD Software Download
TAVI Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation
UDI Unique Device Identifier
USB Universal Serial Bus
VCAR Volume Computer Assisted Reading
VS7 AW VolumeShare 7
WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment

29
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Acronyms

This page is intentionally left blank.

30
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Publication Presentation

Publication Presentation

1 Scope
This AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Installation manual is to be used when installing the AW4.7 release on
the HP Z4 G4/Z800/Z820/Z440 Workstation. (AW VolumeShare 7 is the name of the product delivered to
the customer.)
• This Installation Manual explains FE procedures for Installation and Upgrade.
• FE procedures for Preventive Maintenance and Troubleshooting are provided in the AW Service
Manual (SM).

Note: If the Advantage Workstation is part of a hospital vascular system, refer to vascular
documentation for specific installation instructions (e.g. connection to VGA graphics adaptor).

Important! AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) IS A 64-BIT SOFTWARE PLATFORM.

IT IS NOT SUPPORTED ON HP XW8400, XW8600 AND EARLIER MODEL
HARDWARE PLATFORMS.

2 Contents Summary
This document is organized into the following chapters:

Chapter 1 Quick Start Guide

The Quick Start Guide provides an overview of installation and may be used by experienced FEs
as an alternative to some or all of the Job Cards in Chapters 3 and 4.

Chapter 2 Unpacking the workstation

Because of the weight of the HP Workstations CPU unit, mandatory procedures are provided for
safe unpacking and for returning a unit.

Chapter 3 Installing A New Workstation

Refer to the Flowcharts to find out which Job Card(s) you need to follow, depending on the task
you want to perform. Then follow the step-by-step instructions given in the Job Card(s), in order to
either install a new system, its optional devices or advanced applications, or to re–install it after a
system crash or software upgrade. Cross-references are provided to additional information where
necessary.

Chapter 4 Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

This chapter provides procedures for upgrading from previous versions of the software to AW4.7,
and for reinstalling AW4.7.

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

Glossary of terms used in this manual and summary of the most usual LINUX commands.

31
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Publication Presentation

3 Conventions for this Manual

Text and Messages in a Command Window are shown using the Courier font:
e.g. Do you want to continue [y,n,?,??,q]
Responses or commands to be typed in by the FE appear in bold characters:
e.g. ./install.aw
The Return or Enter hardkey is shown in bold characters and between angle brackets:
e.g. <Enter>
Keyboard hardkeys are shown in bold characters and between angle brackets:
e.g. <Alt> <F3>
Menu options, to be selected by the FE, appear in bold characters
e.g. Service Tools > Install Package
Buttons to be pressed by the FE appear in bold italic characters
e.g. Click on Save button.

3-1 Use of numbered lists in this document

This document will use numbered lists when there is a need to describe procedural steps, list numbered
features or concepts, and/or prioritized listed items.

3-2 Use of bulleted lists in this document

This document will use bulleted lists to convey informational data-points or concepts where no priority or
process steps are necessarily involved.

32
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

Product Presentation

1 Feature Highlights
Table 1 New Key Features

New Features Description Doc Ref

New operating system In AW4.7, the operating system has been migrated from SUSE
Linux Enterprise Desktop 11 to HELiOS 6 (Carbon). This offers
improved performance and stability.
• The media named AW4.7_OS Rev1 corresponds to the
Operating System introduced with AW4.7 Ext.1 release.
• The media named AW4.7_OS Rev2 corresponds to the
Operating System introduced with AW4.7 Ext.3 release and
compatible with AW4.7 Ext.5 release.
• The media named AW4.7_OS Rev4 corresponds to the
Operating System introduced with AW4.7 Ext.8 release.
This AW release can only be installed on this OS version.
• The media named AW4.7_OS Rev5 corresponds to the
Operating System introduced with AW4.7 Ext.10 release.
AW4.7 Ext.10 release and IB release AW4.7 Ext.11 can only
be installed on this OS version.
• The media named AW4.7_OS Rev7 corresponds to the
Operating System introduced with AW4.7 Ext. 12 release.
AW4.7 Ext. 12 release and IB release AW4.7 Ext.13 can only
be installed on this OS version.
• The media named AW4.7_OS Rev9 corresponds to the
Operating System introduced with AW4.7 Ext. 14 release.
This AW release can only be installed on this OS version.
• The media named AW4.7_OS Rev10 corresponds to the
Operating System introduced with AW4.7 Ext. 16 release.
This AW release can only be installed on this OS version.

33
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

New Features Description Doc Ref

Updated hardware New AW4.7 Ext. 16 release can be installed on HP Z440 and the IM:
platform new HP Z4 G4 workstation. Chapter 4
Upgrade to AW4.7 is supported on previous generation Reinstalling
workstation hardware: HP Z800 and HP Z820. or
Upgrading
AW4.7 Ext. 16 is the minimum AW4.7 release supported on HP an AW
Z4 G4 Hardware. Workstation
A Serial Port Kit has to be installed by the FE on the Z440 if the
SynchroInRoom3D option is purchased (for 3D mouse used with
Volume Viewer Innova application).
A new Graphics Card (K620) will have to be installed by the FE
on the Z440 if the BrainWave application (release 3.2 or higher) is
purchased.
BrainWave application (release 3.2 or higher) cannot be installed
on Z800 or Z820 hardware.
New Software eDelivery is a new delivery method which allows to provide some IM: Job
delivery method AW software and application products as electronic files (digital Card
kits). IST005 -
The electronic files are manually downloaded from a remote Application
s-
server and installed through USB device.Throughout this manual,
Licensing
the term "installation media" refers to either the installation CD/ and
DVD (physical kit) or the USB device (prepared with the digital Troublesho
kit), depending on the method used to deliver the client order. oting
The FEs impacted by the eDelivery installation process will
receive the dedicated eDelivery Service Guide with the detailed
instructions.
Software AW VolumeShare ™ 7 is available in two configurations: IM:
Configurations - AW VolumeShare 7 with Volume Viewer, which includes the Chapter 4
AW4.7 Software Platform and Volume Viewer, a 3D software Reinstalling
package providing Volume Analysis, rendering, navigation and or
Upgrading
whole suite of volumetric visualization and analysis tools for CT,
an AW
MR, 3D X-ray and PET. Workstation

- AW VolumeShare 7 NO Volume Viewer, which includes only the

AW4.7 Software Platform providing DICOM functions along with
multi-modality 2D image viewer with dedicated functions for
review of CT, MR, X-Ray, DX, U/S and PET images, and the
Filmer, a multimedia export tool.

New LCD Monitor Since Q3 2016, new Systems are delivered with new Eizo
MX193 Monitors (instead of the current Eizo MX191).
They have similar characteristics.
If needed, the calibration procedure for Eizo MX193 monitors will
be provided with the monitor package.

34
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

New Features Description Doc Ref

Updated default The default root password has been changed to enforce the
root password security of the system.
For AW4.7 Ext.1 release and before, the default root password is
operator.
For AW4.7 Ext.3 release and higher, the default root password is
Tbd_bu_15.
This password change also impacts the applications. Please note
that this Installation Manual is the reference and that the
Application manuals might not contain the latest information.
New Volume Viewer At the time of product introduction, Volume Viewer 15.0 Ext. 2 is IM: Job
Applications the latest available release. Card
The Volume Viewer Applications release 15.0 (Ext. 2 or higher) IST006 -
can be installed on AW4.7 Ext. 12 or higher releases. Volume
Viewer
Application
s&
Important! Any previous release of AW Workstation (4.7 Ext.
Advanced
11, 4.6, 4.5 and below) is not supported.
Application
If such platform release is installed on the system, s
make sure that the Customer Purchase Order
contains an AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) software
kit. Otherwise, contact your sales representative.

Volume Viewer applications might not be pre-loaded or it might

not be the latest release that has been pre-loaded on the
workstation. Always check the version against the installation
media supplied in the order. If it was not pre-loaded or if it is not
the latest version that has been preloaded, install the latest
release of Volume Viewer applications from the corresponding
installation media.

Note: Do not install Volume Viewer Applications 12.3 Ext. 2 or

Ext. 3 on an AW4.7 Ext.3 system or above, as these
VVApps versions are not compatible with these platform
versions.

Note: Some applications are Volume Viewer plugins that require

a minimum version of Volume Viewer to be installed/
launched.

35
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

New Features Description Doc Ref

Other Advanced AW4.7 runs with various Advanced Applications that might not be IM: Job Card
Applications pre-loaded on the Workstation. Always check the version against IST006 -
the installation media supplied in the order. Volume
Viewer
If it was not pre-loaded of if it is not the latest version that has Applications
been preloaded, then you must install the latest release of the & Advanced
Advanced Applications from the corresponding installation media. Applications

Updated AW The 2D Viewer UI has been updated.

Applications

Streamlined Software (platform and applications) is factory pre-installed on a

Installation new AW4.7. Note that some applications may not be present on
the loaded system based on production needs or constraints.

36
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

Table 2 New Service Tool Features

New software Description Doc Ref

feature
New Security New AW4.7 Ext. 16 release includes SoftSwitch update, HeliOS IM: Job
Features 6.10 migration, new BIOS version for Z440, cyber security fixes Card
for printer management and IB fixes. IST004 -
Common
Service
Desktop
Encrypted Digital Certificates may have to be installed on AW VolumeShare Utilities
communication with 7 and provided to remote host/server for encrypted
remote hosts communication and authentication. AW VolumeShare 7 can be
installed in the hospital PKI (Public Key Infrastructure) system if
existing.
IM: Job
When declaring a remote DICOM host (in Network Manager and Card
IST009 -
CSD Remote Host Management menu), you must now indicate
Registratio
whether you want to encrypt communication with this host. n, Final
The Network Manager tool is now only accessible to sdc user. Settings &
Checks
Firewall automatic To ensure that the AW system is protected at all times on the
restart network, the firewall will automatically turn on after each reboot of
the workstation.

Data Export
Data Export Server now uses a encrypted connection with a
private certificate.
The connection is performed through https (port 443) and no
more through http (port 8080).
When remotely connecting from a web browser, you must use
https (443). When using a local browser, you can either use http
(8080) or https (443).
The connection can also be done through FTP or Secured
(S)FTP.

PSM The Preferences Sharing Manager (PSM) now only works in local
mode. It is necessary to use USB device to exchange
preferences between several AW workstations.

37
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

New software Description Doc Ref

feature
Register AW4.7 includes new tools to ensure that: IM: Job
Configuration • a set of mandatory site and workstation data is configured on Card
IST005 -
the workstation in order to allow successful upload of the
Application
Configuration File on AWCCT website s-
• product configuration files are registered via the AWCCT site Licensing
The AWCCT website collects and stores details of AW and
workstation configurations. This allows efficient tracking and Troublesho
servicing during a workstation’s production lifecycle. oting,
Job Card
IST009 -
For AW4.7 Ext.3 release and higher, a Registration key is Registratio
delivered upon registration of the AW4.7 Configuration file on the n, Final
AWCCT web site. Settings &
This Registration Key must be installed on the workstation to Checks
allow AW and Applications usage.

For AW4.7 Ext.8 release and higher, the registration of the

Configuration File is mandatory at each platform and
application(s) change or if the licenseID changes.
Demo Unit License The AW4.7 workstation may be shipped with a Demo Unit N/A
License, suitable for commercial demonstrations or non-clinical
trials. In this case, a Demo Unit banner is clearly displayed at the
top of the AW browser, stating that the workstation must not be
used for clinical purposes.
A specific Demo license is available to meet this requirement and
is provided through a specific CAT#.

38
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

New software Description Doc Ref

feature
MEBEF Reporting: A new API is integrated that allows applications to register for
MEBEF (Mean Exams Between Failure) calculation. An InSite
connection allows this data to be reported to the GE Back Office.

GERU On AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher, an Insite connection allows AW4.7 SM:
Configuration files to be automatically and regularly uploaded to TSG011
the GERU server.
Applications update is not available.

Streamlined - The Gateway is configured at installation time

configuration - The Hardware Serial Number is automatically grabbed from the
material
Common Logging
format for A new common login format has been implemented for Volume
applications Viewer, CardIQ Xpress Process Applications and Cortex ID.

Updated IIP IIP4.5.5 - secured ssh is now used for communication between
GEHC Service and customer site

CSD
Enhancements:
IM:

New PNF Firewall This release features an improved configuration screen for the SM:
interface firewall. TSG011

Enhanced AW Summary of diagnostic data for system hardware and core

System Health software has been updated to capture new hardware (Z4 G4,
Page Z440, Z820 and Z800) and mandatory configuration data.

IM: Job
Links to GEHC tools Updated GEHC useful web links. Card
IST009 -
Registratio
n, Final
UDI Regulatory agencies require a Unique Device Identification (UDI)
Settings &
system to adequately identify medical devices through their Checks
distribution and use.
The AW UDI is available in the AW software (on the Healthpage
and in the Environment Configuration area of the Configuration
file).
It is accessible to FE.

39
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

Table 3 Obsolete / Out of Scope / Discontinued Features

Obsolete Features Description Doc Ref

Legacy workstations AW4.7 is not supported on the following legacy (older)
generation HP workstations: XW8600, XW8400, XW8200, X4000
and earlier

IM: Job
Discontinued The following applications are discontinued and can no longer be Card
applications reinstalled on AW4.7 in the event of upgrade: IST005 -
and tierings • Volume Viewer PET, Volume Viewer MR, Volume Viewer Application
Base s-
Licensing
Volume Viewer PET, Volume Viewer MR, Volume Viewer Base and
have been merged with Volume Viewer. Troublesho
The licenses Volume_Viewer_Base, Volume_Viewer_PET, oting
Volume_Viewer_MR cannot be installed anymore as standalone,
instead install the Volume Viewer license.
The Volume_Viewer license provides access to all options from
these applications.
• AdvantageCTC Plus, AdvantageCTC Pro3D
AdvantageCTC Plus (license CT_Colono) and AdvantageCTC
Pro3D (license CT-Colono_Pro3D) are not supported anymore.
Instead, install the AdvantageCTC Pro 3D EC (license CT-
Colono_Pro3D_EC) option.
• CardIQ Xpress
CardIQ Xpress Plus and CardIQ Xpress Pro have been merged
with CardIQ Xpress Elite. When the license CardIQ_Xpress_Plus
or CardIQ_Xpress_Pro is installed, user has access to
CardIQ_Xpress_Elite application through CardIQ Xpress
shortcut.
The Application names in AW Easy Install and Display
configuration are respectively:
CardIQ Xpress Elite (Pro upgrade)
CardIQ Xpress Elite (Plus upgrade)
• Synchro3D
Synchro3D has been merged with Volume Viewer Innova.
Volume_Viewer_Innova license provides access to all Synchro3D
options.
• AVA Xpress
AVA Xpress has been merged with VesselIQ Xpress. For
upgrades, when the license AVA_Xpress is installed and
activated, user has access to the VesselIQ Xpress application.

40
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

Obsolete Features Description Doc Ref

• READY VIEW
READY_VIEW_BrainStat and READY_VIEW_BrainStat_AIF
have been merged with READY_VIEW_Brain_View. For
upgrades, when the license READY_VIEW_BrainStat or
READY_VIEW_BrainStat_AIF is installed and activated, user has
access to the READY_VIEW_Brain_View application.
READY_VIEW_SER and READY_VIEW_MR_Standard have
been merged with READY_VIEW_Body_View. For upgrades,
when the license READY_VIEW_SER or
READY_VIEW_MR_Standard is installed and activated, user has
access to the READY_VIEW_Body_View application.
• AutoBone
AW Workstation: AutoBone has been merged with AutoBone
Xpress. AW Server: AutoBone cannot be installed.
When the license AutoBone is installed, user has access to
AutoBone Xpress application through shortcut 'AutoBone'.
The Application name in AW Easy Install and Display
configuration is "AutoBone Xpress (AutoBone upgrade)".

Important! Before upgrading a system to AW4.7, be careful to contact your sales

representative if such options are installed on customer system.
Make sure you have agreed upon a replacement solution with customer
and sales for the discontinued applications before upgrading the system.

Note: IM: AW Installation Manual

SM: AW Service Manual

41
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

2 Product Composition
A new AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) includes the following:
• The AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Multi-modality hardware Platform:
- 1 HP Z4 G4, HP Z440 or HP Z820 workstation factory-supplied with 32Gb RAM
- 1 US English USB keyboard
- Local country keyboard may be provided
- 1 USB Mouse and mouse pad
- 1 Multi-country power cords set
- 2 Ethernet RJ45 cables
- 2 mini DP-to-DP adapters
- 2 mini DP -to-DVI adapters
• Z440 Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse option
• Z440 K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application (release 3.2 or higher)
• Z4 G4 or Z440 Memory options:
- To upgrade from 32Gb to 64 Gb, you will receive a 32Gb Memory Package.
• Z820 Memory options:
- There is no memory upgrade option on Z820.
• Z800 Memory options exist for IB. There are three supported configurations: 6, 12 and 24Gb.
- To upgrade from 6 to 12Gb, you will receive a 6Gb Memory Package.
- To upgrade to 24Gb, you will receive a 24Gb Memory Package.

Note: In case of upgrade of an AW4.7 platform installed on legacy Z800 hardware workstation, a 24GB
Memory Upgrade Kit will be systematically delivered with the order to support the installation of
all the Advanced Applications.
• 1 AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Service docs set (only provided in the physical kit)

• 1 or 2 Color LCD Monitor(s), each consisting of:

- EIZO MX191/MX193 LCD color monitor including:
o 1 DVI-D Male to DVI-D Male video cable
• Software set:
- GEHC OS for AW4.7
- AW4.7 S/W*
- Sets of Demo Exams according to order
- AW4.7 Service Docs CD-ROM (only provided in the physical kit)
- HP Hardware Diagnostics for Z4 G4, Z440, Z820 and Z800
- BIOS for Z4 G4, Z440, Z820 and Z800
*Starting from AW4.7 Ext.3, the P/N of the AW SW CD-ROM (to be used for AW software re-installation)
is different from the P/N of the package containing the CD-ROM.
It is the p/n of the package (plastic box) that must be ordered as the media p/n is not referenced in the
service documents/tools.

42
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

3 Hardware Base Configurations

HP Z4 G4
HP Model Z4 G4
Model Number 5821174
FRU Number 5821174-20
CPU type Single Intel W-2135 @ 3.7 GHz 6 Core Xeon Processors
Memory 32GB 2666MHz or higher DDR4 ECC Registered Memory
Four-channel 2 × 16GB DIMM
Power supply 750W
System HDD 256GB min. 6G SATA SFF SSD
Image HDD 2 x 512GB min. 6G SATA SFF SSD
Graphics Card P620 2GB
BIOS 1.73

HP Z440
HP Model Z440
Model Number 5723590-2
FRU Number 5723590-20
CPU type Single Intel E5-1660 v3 @ 3 GHz (140W) Eight Core Xeon Processors
Memory 2133MHz speed 32GB DDR4 ECC Registered DIMM
- 4x8GB Four channel
Power supply 700W
System HDD SSD 256GB SATA SFF
Image HDD 2 x SSD 512GB SATA SFF
Graphics Card NVS310 1GB
(or K620)
BIOS 2.47

HP Z820
HP Model Z820
Model Number 5473741 -2
FRU Number 5473741-20
CPU type Dual Intel E5-2630 v2 @ 2.6 GHz (80W) Six Core Xeon
Memory 32GB DDR3 reg 1600MHz or higher - 4x8GB
Power supply 1125W
System HDD 300 GB SAS
Image HDD 2 x 300 GB SAS
Graphics Card NVS310 512MB
BIOS 3.88

43
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

HP Z800
HP Model Z800
Model Number 5394794-2 (Quad Core)
5394794-32 / 5394794-42 / 5394794-52* (Six Core) – introduced Q1
2012)
FRU Number 5394794-20 (Quad Core)
5394794-30 (Six Core)
5394794-40* (Six Core + NVS310)
CPU type - SINGLE Intel X5550 2.66 GHz (95W) Quad Core Xeon
- SINGLE Intel X5650 2.66 GHz (95W) Six Core Xeon
Memory 6GB / 12GB/ 24GB x DDR3 - 1333MHz or higher
Power supply 850 W
System HDD 300 GB SAS
Image HDD 2 x 300 GB SAS
Graphics Card NVS295, NVS310
BIOS 3.07 (Quad-Core)
3.19 (Six-Core - introduced Q4 2011)
*The FRU 5394794-40 corresponds to both 5394794-42 and 5394794-52 workstations.

The RAM Capacity Extension may be ordered by using the following Catalog Number:
• For Z4 G4: M81501RC (32GB to 64GB Memory Upgrade for Z4 G4)
• For Z440: M81501RB (32GB to 64GB Memory Upgrade for Z440)
• For Z800:
M81501RR: AW4.6 6GB TO 12GB RAM CAPACITY EXTENSION (applicable for AW4.7)
M81501RT: 24GB Memory Upgrade Kit (systematically delivered with AW4.7 Upgrade Kit)
SOME ADVANCED APPLICATIONS MAY HAVE MINIMUM MEMORY REQUIREMENTS ABOVE THAT OF THE
WORKSTATION'S BASE CONFIGURATION.

For optimal use, upgrade memory kits must be installed by the FE before installing the software option.
Memory Packages contain RAM modules which are specific to a given AW workstation model.
See the Memory Requirements table in Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting
of the AW4.7 Installation Manual.

Installation Notes:
In all cases, the FE should verify the memory installed on a workstation before installing new software
options, and verify whether a memory upgrade is required (in which case it should have been supplied
with the option.)
Instructions for installing additional memory are given in the AW4.7 Service Manual, Chapter Options -
Hardware and Software.

44
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

4 Software Release Version Numbering

• The version numbering scheme for Advantage Workstation and Server software releases now
reflects international regulatory requirements.
• Minor version details are shown on screens in the AW User Interface (however this does not apply
to CardIQ Xpress Process as it performs background processing and thus does not have a GUI).
• Software media are labeled with details of the IB release, using the new format Ext. 1, Ext. 2, Ext. 3,
Ext. 4, etc, to denote incremental minor versions.
• The following table indicates how the AW4.7 Ext. 16 release would be identified in different contexts.
The identifiers are correct for the release at time of publication, but will evolve with subsequent
releases.
AW4.7 Ext. 16 release shown as:
Internal identification AW4.7 Ext. 16
AW4.7
Media Art Work
Ext. 16
Display Config (conf)
AW4.7_16.XXX_HELiOS_X.X.X
AWS conf (conf -long)
GUI Display Advantage Workstation
Splash Screen Release 4.7 software

• For definitive version details of software installed (the Engineering Release), always refer to the
Version Information listed by using the workstation's Admin. \ Display Configuration menu option.
• Comprehensive details of workstation configurations are also available in backup files stored on CD-
ROM and/or on the AWCCT website.

Note: Where references are made to software releases using the notation.x this means the information
is valid for all minor releases of the software in question. For instance, Volume Viewer
Applications 14.0.x means all minor releases of the corresponding software Master Release
14.0.

45
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

Hardware - Software compatibility Matrix

AW4.7_01 AW4.7_03 AW4.7_05, AW4.7_16

AW4.7_08,
AW4.7_10,
AW4.7_11,
AW4.7_12,
AW4.7_13,
AW4.7_14
Z800 WORKSTATION Compatible Compatible Compatible Compatible
(Quad Core X5550 CPU)
Model: 5394794-2
Z800 WORKSTATION Compatible Compatible Compatible Compatible
(Six Core X5650 CPU)
Model: 5394794-32 / 5394794-42
/5394794-52
Z820 WORKSTATION Compatible Compatible Compatible Compatible
(E5-2630 v2 CPU)
Model: 5473741-2
Z440 WORKSTATION Not Not Compatible Compatible
(Eight Core Xeon Processors) compatible compatible
Model: 5723590-2
Z4 G4 WORKSTATION Not Not Not Compatible
(Six Core Xeon Processors) compatible compatible compatible
Model: 5821174

Important! When reinstalling AW software, it is recommended to use the latest available version.

46
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

5 Supported Legacy Hardware

Z800 series workstations, initially delivered with the AW4.6 platform, can be upgraded to AW4.7.

Note: There can be multiple Hardware configurations. When ordering a replacement workstation be
sure to order an identical part. For example, FRUs are available for both versions of the Z800.
See Chapter 4, Renewal Parts of the AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Service Manual for FRU
details.
• The Landscape NEC1990SXI was previously provided for upgradeable Z800s in the Installed Base
• Z800 Memory options: There are three supported configurations: 6, 12 and 24Gb.
- To upgrade from 6 to 12Gb, you will receive a 6Gb Memory Package.
- To upgrade to 24Gb, you will receive a 24Gb Memory Package.

Note: In case of upgrade of an AW4.7 platform installed on legacy Z800 hardware workstation, a 24GB
Memory Upgrade Kit will be systematically delivered with the order to support the installation of
all the Advanced Applications.
• See the Renewal Parts chapter in the AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Service Manual for FRU details.

Note: The HP XW8600, XW8400, XW8200 and X4000workstation and other obsolete hardware are not
supported by this software release.
Table 4 How to Determine the Configuration of a AW Product

Method From Do this Analyze results: examples

Manufacturing CPU box - Read the Manufacturing Rating Plate New AW4.7 systems carry the
Rating Plate Label right-hand Label Model number:
side panel 5821174 for Z4 G4,
5723590-2 for the Z440 and
5473741-2 for the Z820

Check Serial No. Decode the Serial Number See the AW SM, Chapter 1 for
Manufacturing Label the decoding algorithm
Date

47
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

Method From Do this Analyze results: examples

Check BIOS Setup Utility BIOS version can be checked from HP On the Z4 G4, the BIOS should
version > System Invent screen at boot. It is displayed on be 1.73 or later.
Information the screen bottom left corner. On the Z440, the BIOS should
screen It can also be checked as follows: be 2.47 or later.
- Switch on the workstation or reset the On the Z820, the BIOS should
workstation by pressing on the Reset be 3.88 or later.
button of the workstation. On the Z800, the BIOS should
- Enter the Setup Utility by pressing the be 3.19 or later).
<F10> key, when prompted. See AW SM, Job Card TSG012
- Select System Information from the for more details of validated
File menu, then check the BIOS versions for each workstation
version corresponds to the latest type, and for update
validated version. procedures.
- Exit from the Setup Utility screen by
pressing the <Esc> key, then select
Exit Discarding Changes and press
<Enter>.

Check BIOS BIOS menu BIOS setting can be either checked See the AW SM, TSG012 for
settings or command from HP BIOS menu (at boot time) or details.
line using the following command lines:
- Open a command window
- Enter: Display_BIOS_Settings
to save the BIOS settings to a file
saverep.txt in the active directory.
OR
- Enter:
Display_BIOS_Settings /tmp/BIOS.txt
to save the BIOS settings to BIOS.txt
file in the temporary directory.

Check Operating Command - Open a command window - The file /etc/aweos contains
System version line - Enter: more /etc/aweos the AW4.7 OS version
- Enter: more /etc/redhat-release - The file /etc/redhat-release
contains the base OS version:
HELiOS Linux version
e.g. HELiOS release 6
(Carbon)

Check AW4.7 AW browser \ - Click the Display Configuration button AW4.7_xx.yyy (where xx is the
Core software Admin menu from the Admin menu release number)
release - From the Environment Configuration AW4.7_01.080 (for example)
section of the Configuration screen,
or read the AW Version line

Check - From the Installed Applications

Applications section of the Configuration screen,
installed note the Application Name and
corresponding Version Information

48
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

Method From Do this Analyze results: examples

Check AW browser \ Click the Service Tools button from the See the AW SM, TSG011 for
Configuration Admin menu Admin menu details
summary The AW System Health Page displays.

49
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Product Presentation

6 Application Upgrades
In the case of an AW upgrade, four AW Software Applications DVDs Set (DVD Collector) are supplied.
Each DVD is a compilation of application installation media, allowing upgrades to applications that are
already installed and licensed.

A detailed list of the Applications compatible with AW4.7 at the time of product introduction is provided in
Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.

Important! Make sure that the customer is aware of the discontinued Apps (Table 3 in this chapter)
before performing the upgrade.

50
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Chapter 1 Quick Start Guide

1 Overview and Decision Tree

This chapter provides an overview of the process, that cross-reference more detailed procedures in
other parts of the Service documentation. It is not intended to give full details of installation and
configuration.

Decision Tree

• Is it a New System Installation?

Refer to section 3 New System Installation Process

• Is it a Full Upgrade (hardware swap and software upgrade)?

Refer to section 4 Full System Upgrade Process: Hardware Swap

• Is it a Software-only Upgrade?

Refer to section 5 Software-only Upgrade Process

• Is it a Software Reload from Warm (AW Core and Apps only) on the same hardware?

Refer directly to Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications.

• Is it a Software Reload from Cold (OS, AW Core and Apps) on the same hardware?

Refer directly to Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold.

• Installation quality issues and Troubleshooting

Refer to section 6 Installation Quality Issues (and Troubleshooting)

51 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

2 Key Installation Procedures

This section provides high-level flow diagrams of the Key Installation Procedures for the Advantage
Workstation, provided in this manual.
For detailed procedures themselves, see the individual Job Cards referenced.

2-1 Set-up New Workstation

Go To AW IM, Follow this scenario to set

Job Card IST000 - up and configure a new
Installation / Re-installation AW4.7 workstation on site.
Scenarios

2-2 Add New Application (Software option)

Applications should preferably be installed/configured using the Easy Install utility (launch it from the AW
VolumeShare 7 browser using the Admin > Install package menu option. See AW IM, Job Card IST005 -
Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.
2-3 Load From Warm: Re-install / Upgrade AW Core Software & Apps

Chapter 1 52
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

2-4 Load From Cold: Re-install / Upgrade O.S. and AW Software

2-5 Install Demo Exams

2-6 Second Monitor Upgrade

53 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

3 New System Installation Process

3-1 Installation Process
This section gives a high-level process view of the procedures needed to install a new system. New
AW4.7 systems are supplied with HP Z4 G4, HP Z440 or HP Z820 workstations. However, details of the
upgradeable Z800 workstation are supplied for information as it may need to be reinstalled or
reconfigured.

For detailed procedures, follow the references to detailed Job Cards and other sections of the AW
Service Documentation.
For explanations of the related documents referenced in this chapter, see Chapter How To Use the AW
Service Docs.

Identify pre-requisites for installation STEP 1

NEW INSTALL

- Room readiness: power outlets, network outlet, table, chair, … Refer to AW PIM
- AW parameters: hostname, IP address, netmask, routers, … Chapter 1
- AW environment: remote hosts, Dicom printers, Direct Connect
feature, …
- Local language keyboard: May have been delivered for your site.
- Internet access for FE, InSite connectivity (if hospital allows)
- Assess how to access AWCCT site (manual connection via internet
with SSO login)
Refer to AW IM
- Options: Additional monitor (AW) – Additional memory (if applicable)
- Serial Port Adapter (if applicable) section 7 Physical
- K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application (release 3.2 or Installation
higher) - if applicable – etc.

If not done during Pre-Installation visit, print out the Pre-installation Checklist (Chapter 7 of your AW
PIM), and complete it with as much information as possible, prior to AW installation.
You may have to contact the site Network administrator for some of this information.

Chapter 1 54
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Hardware installation STEP 2

NEW INSTALL
Unpack new HW and identify all parts:
- AW CPU box, keyboard and mouse Refer to
- Local language keyboard option (if applicable) - Chapter 2 Unpacking the
- Power cables and network cable workstation
- AW SM, Chapter 3
- System LCD color Monitor and cables
- HP Z4 G4/Z440/Z820/
Z800 Service Manual
- Additional memory option (if applicable) section 7 Physical
- Serial Port Adapter (if applicable) Installation
- K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application (release 3.2
or higher) - if applicable
- AW software packages:
- OS + AW CD package (green sticker envelope)
- Other Applications software packages
- Product Locator’s cards
- Labels (if applicable)
Keyboard and mouse connection to the CPU box:
- Connect the US default keyboard and the mouse to any of the USB Refer to Job Card
IST001A - Workstation
connector at the rear of the CPU box.
Hardware Setup

Note: DO NOT connect the local language keyboard (if supplied)

yet!
Network cable connection to the CPU box:

Refer to Job Card

Note: Do not connect yet the network cable, to avoid potential IST001A - Workstation
interference during the SW load. Hardware Setup
Position the system monitor(s):
Position the Color Landscape LCD monitor(s).
If the RIS Synchro option has been ordered for your site, check with
your customer where the monitor(s) should be placed in relation to
the RIS PC monitor.
Connect the LCD color monitor(s) to the CPU box:

55 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Z820: Connect the monitor(s) to the AW workstation video output(s) (see section 3-2
with the DVI-D Male to DVI-D Male cable(s) supplied within monitor(s) Illustrations - AW Volume
package(s). Share 7 (AW4.7) Rear
Z440/Z800: Use the twin Display Port-to-DVI adapters provided to Panel Connections) and
connect the monitors to the DisplayPorts on the graphics card. refer to Job Card IST001A
Z4 G4: Use the mini-Display Port-to-DVI adapters provided to - Workstation Hardware
connect the monitors to the mini DisplayPorts on the graphics card. Setup
- Dispose of the redundant DVI/VGA cable (unless otherwise
specified: Vascular configurations)..

Chapter 1 56
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Workstation first check, Memory option and Serial Port STEP 3

NEW INSTALL
Adapter installation
Additional Memory option:
If an additional memory option has been supplied for the workstation, Refer to AW IM, 7-3
install it now: Memory Extension
- Turn off the workstation if it is on Option Installation
- Disconnect the cables and open the side cover
- Install the memory modules
- Close the side cover, reconnect the cables, turn on power
and check that the workstation properly boots up.
Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse option
If your site has purchased the Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse option, Refer to AW IM, 7-4
install it now: Serial Port Kit for 3D
- Turn off the workstation (if it is on) mouse installation
- Disconnect the cables and open the side cover
- Install the Serial Port Adapter.
- Connect it to the serial connector on the system board.
- Close the side cover, reconnect the cables, turn on power
and check that the workstation boots up to the Welcome
screen.
K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application (release 3.2 or higher)
If your site has purchased the K620 Graphics Card for the BrainWave Refer to AW IM, 7-5
application (release 3.2 or higher), install it now: K620 Graphics Card
- Turn off the workstation (if it is on) for Brainwave option
installation
- Disconnect the cables and open the side cover
- Install the K620 Graphics Card.
- Close the side cover, reconnect the cables, turn on power
and check that the workstation boots up to the Welcome
screen.
Turn on the workstation:
- Connect the power cord and turn on the workstation Refer to Job Card
- Check the BIOS version displayed IST001B - Initial
Configuration of
- Check that the workstation boots OS up to request
Core AW Software
Hostname, IP address and Netmask.
(AW4.7 is factory loaded with OS, AW and some Apps)

57 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Workstation software configuration STEP 4

NEW INSTALL
AW basic software preloaded:

Important! AW4.7 workstation is factory loaded with OS, AW

software and the Applications.
Enter the initial configuration data as prompted. The mandatory fields Refer to Job Card
required are: IST001B - Initial
- AW version (by-default-filled) Configuration of
Core AW Software
- OS (by-default-filled)
- Hostname
- IP address
- Netmask
- Direct Connect
- default gateway
- region/time zone
Note that some fields are validated. You will be prompted if you enter
invalid data.
If your site is going to use “Direct connect” through the additional
Network interface, enter the IP address of the eth1 controller when
prompted.
You may enter the AW license key now, or leave the field with 00000
and do it at step 6. (The AW license key is supplied in the software kit
with a new system, or can be calculated using the e-License tool,
from the license ID which can be found on the workstation Rating
Plate Label.)

Important! If your site is going to use a “Time server”, do not

select it yet.
Login as sdc to start the AW application and check the release of the Refer to Job Card
installed platform. Note that the AW application will fail to initialize, if IST001B - Initial
you have not entered yet the AW License key. Configuration of
Display the Configuration File from the Root Menu / Display Core AW Software
Configuration.
• If it is not the latest AW release that is installed, you must install
now the latest OS and platform release through a Load From Cold
• If it is the latest AW release that is installed, ignore this step and
go on with the procedure.

AW workstation is loaded with the basic AW software.

Hostname, IP address, netmask and Time zone are configured.

Chapter 1 58
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Connect the workstation to the network STEP 5

NEW INSTALL
Connect the Hospital network
Connect network cable to the PCI Ethernet board. See section 3-2
The PCI Ethernet board defaults to “eth0” Illustrations - AW
Volume Share 7
(AW4.7) Rear Panel
Connections
Connect the Direct Connect network
If an additional Ethernet connection will be configured (Direct See section 3-2
Connect), connect the second cable to the Ethernet port on the Illustrations - AW
Mother board, and connect to the 1Gbps Hub. Volume Share 7
The Ethernet controller on Mother board defaults to “eth1” (AW4.7) Rear Panel
Connections

Setup workstation and site parameters STEP 6

NEW INSTALL

Start the Service Tools CSD interface:

Login as sdc to start the AW application. Note that the AW application Refer to Job Card
will fail to initialize, if you have not entered yet the AW License key. IST002 - Basic Site
Start the CSD (Service desktop) from the Root Menu / Service Tools / Configuration
Service Tools, and click on the Configuration tab.
Select Perform full configuration. You will be prompted to enter the
“Root” password, before getting access to the configuration tool.
Note: the Root menu is accessible by right-clicking in the dark
background area of the screen
Setup the Site parameters:
This screen allows you to setup miscellaneous parameters, such as Refer to Job Card
the AW license, Hospital name, System ID, Serial number of the
IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration
workstation, language and local keyboard setup, etc …
Note: If your site has a 105 keys USB local keyboard option, connect
it now in place of the default US keyboard. You DO NOT need to
shutdown and turn off the workstation to do this.
Click on Save parameters when done, then on Next step to go to the
next screen.
Remote Host Management:
This screen allows you to declare the other Hosts on the network, Refer to Job Card
IST002 - Basic Site
your AW needs to do DICOM sessions with.
Configuration
Click on Next step when done.

59 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Routers Management
This screen allows you to setup the route to the necessary routers for Refer to Job Card
IST002 - Basic Site
your site.
Configuration
Click on Next step when done.
DICOM Printer management:
This screen allows you to setup all the DICOM printers your AW will Refer to Job Card
IST003 - Connecting
have to be able to use.
Network Postscript &
Click on Next step when done. DICOM Printers
Postscript Printer management:
This screen allows you to setup all the Postscript printers your AW will Refer to Job Card
IST003 - Connecting
have to be able to use.
Network Postscript &
Click on Next step when done. DICOM Printers
Applications and Licensing:
Determine if your site is going to use the Network Licensing “Floating For detailed
License” feature. procedures, refer to
Note: if the workstation has been supplied with a Floating License IST005 section 3-1
Client Enabler Key we recommend that you install it now to anticipate Application License
possible future installation of Applications in Network mode. Keys and to the
Floating License
The Advanced Applications can be installed now or later in STEP 9 Install Manual
NEW INSTALL of this Quick Start guide. (delivered on CD-
If you chose to install the applications now, it is highly recommended ROM with the
to configure Insite/Ilinq before the installation, so that you can perform Floating License
an auto registration of the Configuration (refer to STEP 8 NEW software)
INSTALL for the procedure).
Follow the detailed procedures in IST005 section 5 Configuring CoLA
/ Floating Licenses.
HTTP Support:
• Use this menu to check the HTTPS port configuration. Refer to Job Card
• Ensure HTTPS 443 Port is open for Data Export IST002 - Basic Site
Note: Data Export must be Off unless required by the customer. Configuration
• Click on Next step when done.
Users Management:
By default this screen allows you to create and manage local user
accounts for the workstation.
Refer to Job Card
If the Hospital requires EA3 User Authentication, bypass this step. IST009 -
You will enable EA3 and return to this screen to manage user Registration, Final
skeletons, if relevant, when executing Job Card IST009. Settings & Checks
(for EA3 sites only)
Click on Next step when done.

Chapter 1 60
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Passwords Change:
This screen allows you to change the AW passwords. Refer to IST009,
section 10-3 Change
We strongly recommend that you replace default User passwords
Site Passwords.
with new, passwords that will not be easy to guess. You should
change passwords prior to performing the InSite checkout.

Install the SMPTE Patterns:

Restart AW from the Root menu. The AW application should now Refer to Job Card
IST002 - Basic Site
launch and the patient’s list shows up, displaying the Test patterns.
Configuration
Applications cannot yet be launched. License keys are required.
If not already installed, you may install the test patterns from either
the Root menu or the AW UI: Click Admin/Install SMPTE

Additional Site Parameters:

Configure the Patient’s key. This can be useful for sites requiring that Refer to Job Card
the “regular” Database Management model is changed to a less IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration
“restrictive” model: for example, Emergency sites which might not
know the name of the Patient upon arrival to the Radiology
department.
Setup the color LCD monitor(s) parameters. If your site is not using
the DVI-D digital video (Vascular sites with VGA splitter) or upgrades
from older AW systems and keeping the existing color LCD monitors.

Restart AW:
Restart AW from the Root menu. The AW application should now
launch and the Patient List displays the Test patterns.

AW workstation basic Site configuration is complete.

However, the configuration has to be loaded on AWCCT website.

61 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Setup the Utilities STEP 7

NEW INSTALL
Make sure you are still running the CSD, or restart the CSD (Service desktop) from the AW
Admin. menu, Service Tools option (or Root Menu / Service Tools / Service Tools).
Then click on the Utilities tab.

Configure the PNF firewall:

The PNF Firewall is enabled by default, and all unused ports are Refer to Job Card
IST004 - Common
locked, so the PNF is normally configured “ready to use”. However
Service Desktop
you may need to modify some parameters. Click on the Firewall Utilities
configuration link.
RIS Synchronization option configuration:
On the AW workstation CCOW configuration Refer to Job Card
- Configure the CCOW parameters and enter the license key. IST004 - Common
Service Desktop
Softswitch configuration
Utilities
- Configure the Softswitch parameters and enter the license key Also refer to RIS
and the RIS PC address. Synchro Service
On the RIS PC Manual (available
- Software installation on the RIS PC from AW Admin.
menu, Service docs)

Important! The CCOW / Softswitch software needs to be installed

on the RIS PC. This step is normally out of the GE FE
responsibility, but the customer may request
assistance from the FE for this step.
Liaise with the RIS Vendor FE or with the IT manager of the site, for
installing the synchronization software on the RIS PC.
Configure the Preferences Sharing Manager (PSM):
Note: PSM must be Off unless required by the customer. Refer to Job Card
If your AW4.7 workstation is going to be used as PSM server to share IST004 - Common
preferences between several users of the same Workstation, you Service Desktop
need to configure it accordingly. Utilities

Check GE Remote Update settings

If InSite is not to be installed on your site, it is recommended to dis- Refer to AW SM,
TSG011
able the GERU feature in order to prevent logfiles filled with connec-
tion errors.

AW workstation Utilities configuration is complete.

Chapter 1 62
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

InSite/iLinq connectivity STEP 8

NEW INSTALL
InSite / iLinq connectivity setup:
• If InSite is allowed by the hospital, it should be configured as early Refer to Job Card
as possible. IST008 - InSite
• All necessary files are part of the AW software, so no additional Configuration
load from installation media is necessary.
- Prepare InSite configuration (if InSite allowed by hospital)

Important! Prior to do the Checkout, make sure the InSite, sdc,

root passwords are the default ones otherwise refer to
Job Card TSG014 in the AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)
Service Manual.
• Proceed with the Checkout
• Save the InSite/iLinq parameters.

AW workstation is ready for secure remote connectivity.

63 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Install the optional Advanced Applications STEP 9

NEW INSTALL
Install and setup the Advanced Applications:
If the site will use applications in Node-locked (local) mode, or if all the Refer to Job Card
Advanced Applications have not been installed during STEP 6 NEW IST002 - Basic Site
INSTALL: Configuration and
• From the AW User Interface, click on Admin > Install Package. The Job Card IST005 -
Easy Install tool will start. Applications -
Licensing and
• Install all Applications that the site has purchased, from Hard-disk or
Troubleshooting for
from the installation media (make sure to install the latest available
detailed procedures
version).
• If the License keys are supplied, they will be extracted from USB
memory stick.
Alternatively, you can
- manually enter the license key for each application
- or preload the Apps to the Hard Disk and install them in Node-
locked mode with License Keys at a later time.
• Node-locked License keys for the preloaded Volume Viewer Apps
can also be installed via Easy Install. Refer to Job Card
OR IST009 -
If the site will use applications in Floating License mode: Registration, Final
• Preload the Advanced App(s) to Hard disk (if not already Settings & Checks
preloaded), then install them in Network mode.
See also Job Card IST005 section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating
Licenses.

In both licensing modes, you will be asked to upload your Configuration

File on AWCCT website.

The optional Applications are now installed.

Chapter 1 64
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Final Checks and Turnover to the customer STEP 10

NEW INSTALL
Final checks and configurations:
Proceed with the final checks steps Refer to Job Card
• Ensure that the AW’s configuration is registered on the AWCCT site. IST009 -
• Proceed with the LCD color monitor(s) calibration if necessary (color Registration, Final
matching). Settings & Checks

Declare a DNS and/or NTP server:

DNS Server (Domain Name server: if applicable to your site) Refer to Job Card
NTP Server (Network time server: if applicable to your site). IST009 -
Registration, Final
Settings & Checks

Turnover to the customer:

• Check that the AW can print on the DICOM and/or Postscript Refer to Job Card
printers. IST009 -
• Check that the Applications are fit for use. Registration, Final
Settings & Checks

Refer to Job Card

Important! If the site is going to use the EA3 Enterprise IST009 -
authentication server for managing the User’s Registration, Final
accounts, you can configure it now.Change the Settings & Checks
passwords (if not done yet) for your site, to increase
security. In this case, you must consider proceeding
with the Checkout steps again, as your workstation will
no longer be accessible remotely.

• Save the parameters on the AW Configuration CD-ROM.

• Proceed with Room cleaning and paper work.
• Ensure that the AW configuration is registered on the AWCCT site
and a valid Registration key is installed on the AW workstation.
• Make sure GIB Database/Service CRM is updated.
• Make sure UDI value is available for Service reporting.

AW workstation is ready for use

65 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

3-2 Illustrations - AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Rear Panel Connections

This illustration supplements the New System Installation process.

USB connectors

Ethernet port eth1

Ethernet port eth2 (AMT)

mini Display Port connectors

Ethernet port eth0

Z4 G4

Chapter 1 66
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

USB connectors

Ethernet port eth1

for Direct Connect option -

Ethernet port eth0 -

for hospital network

DVI-D connectors

Z440 Z820
1.) Connect Hospital Network to the additional NIC card (PC/I card) Ethernet port, which defaults to
“eth0”.
2.) Connect Direct Connect” network (if applicable) to the Ethernet port on the Mother board, which
defaults to “eth1”.

Note: Note: Z4 G4/Z440/Z820/Z800 workstation has 2 built-in Ethernet ports on its mother board. Use
port marked “ASF” / "AMT", which defaults to “eth1”. The other port should be left unused. It
defaults to “eth2”.

Note: Fast Link cable connection is required when installing Vision Appls, refer to Vision Applications
Advanced Service Manual.

67 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

4 Full System Upgrade Process: Hardware Swap

Before starting, to familiarize yourself with the related documents referenced in this chapter, and the
related abbreviations used, see Chapter How To Use the AW Service Docs.

Identify pre-requisites for installation STEP 1

FULL UPGRADE
Identify pre-requisites for installation:
• Room readiness: power outlets, network outlet, table, chair, …
• AW parameters: hostname, IP address, netmask, routers, … Refer to AW PIM
• AW environment: remote hosts, dicom printers, Direct Connect Chapter 1
feature, …
• Local language keyboard: May have been delivered for your site.
• Options: if applicable.

Save site parameters on AW configuration CD-ROM:

Make sure you have an up-to-date and operational AW configuration Refer to Job Card
CD-ROM for the workstation, or create a new one, prior to deinstalling IST009 -
it. Registration, Final
It is also recommended to copy the Configuration file to a portable Settings & Checks
media device (USB stick...) as a backup.

Identify pre-requisites for existing images backup STEP 2

FULL UPGRADE
Identify pre-requisites for backup of existing images:
Check with your customer that all images on the old AW station have Refer to AW IM,
been properly saved or archived, and that you can delete them. Chapter 4
If requested, proceed with the image backup. Reinstalling or
Upgrading an AW
Note: It is also possible, depending on the number and size of images, Workstation.
to backup and restore:
- to/from an external USB device, OR
- directly from the older system. Connect the old workstation to
the new one (once it has been loaded with the AW software),
by means of a RJ45 cross-over cable. You will do this at Step 6.
When you have saved a backup copy of the AW Configuration, and if
no images need to be migrated from the old system, delete the
existing images. You can now turn off the old AW. It is now redundant
and can be removed.

Chapter 1 68
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Hardware installation STEP 3

FULL UPGRADE
Refer to section 3-2 Illustrations - AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Rear Panel Connections
Unpack new HW and identify all parts:
• AW CPU box, keyboard and mouse Refer to Job Card
• Local language keyboard option (if applicable) IST001A - Workstation
Hardware Setup
• Power cables and network cable
• System LCD color Monitor and cables

Note: If monitors from old workstations are to be re-used, connect

them to the new workstation using a DVI-D/DVI-D
adapter.Configure monitors in “digital mode” in order to accept
a “digital” rather than “analog” video signal (see below).
• Additional memory option (if applicable) section 7 Physical
• Serial Port Adapter (if applicable) Installation
• K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application (release 3.2 or
higher) - if applicable
• AW software packages:
- OS + AW installation media
• Other Application software packages
• Product Locator cards
• Labels (if applicable)
Keyboard and mouse connection to the CPU box:
Connect the US default keyboard and the mouse to any of the USB
connector at the rear of the CPU box.

Important! DO NOT connect the local language keyboard yet!

Network cable connection to the CPU box:
Do not connect yet the network cable, to avoid potential interference
during the SW load.

Position the system monitor(s):

Position the Color Landscape LCD monitor(s).
If the RIS synchro option has been ordered for your site, check with
your customer where the monitor(s) should be placed in relation to
the RIS PC monitor.
Connect the LCD color monitor(s) to the CPU box:

69 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

• Use the twin DisplayPort-to-DVI adapters provided to connect the See section 3-2 Illustrations -
monitors to the DisplayPorts on the graphics card. AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7)
Rear Panel Connections and
• Dispose of the DVI/VGA cable that shall not be used (unless
Refer to Job Card IST001A -
otherwise specified: Vascular configurations).. Workstation Hardware Setup

Workstation first check, Memory option and Serial Port STEP 4

FULL UPGRADE
Adapter installation
Additional Memory option:
If your site has the additional memory option, install it now: Refer to AW IM, 7-3
• Turn off the workstation Memory Extension Option
Installation
• Disconnect the cables and open the side cover
• Install the memory modules
• Close the side cover, reconnect the cables, turn on power and
check that the workstation boots up to the Welcome screen.
Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse option
If your site has the Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse option, install it now: Refer to AW IM, 7-4 Serial
- Turn off the workstation (if it is on) Port Kit for 3D mouse
installation
- Disconnect the cables and open the side cover
- Install the Serial Port Adapter.
- Connect it to the serial connector on the system board.
- Close the side cover, reconnect the cables, turn on power
and check that the workstation boots up to the Welcome
screen.
K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application (release 3.2 or higher)
If your site has purchased the K620 Graphics Card for the BrainWave Refer to AW IM, 7-5 K620
application (release 3.2 or higher), install it now: Graphics Card for
- Turn off the workstation (if it is on) Brainwave option
installation
- Disconnect the cables and open the side cover
- Install the K620 Graphics Card.
- Close the side cover, reconnect the cables, turn on power
and check that the workstation boots up to the Welcome
screen.
Turn on the workstation:
• Connect the power cord and turn on the workstation Refer to Job Card
• Check the BIOS version displayed IST001B - Initial
Configuration of Core AW
• Check that the workstation boots up to the “Welcome to AW”
Software
splash screen.

Chapter 1 70
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Workstation software loading STEP 5

FULL UPGRADE
Load AW basic software onto the workstation:
• Load the AW basic software to your AW workstation Refer to Job Card
• Enter the hostname, IP address, Netmask and Time zone as IST011 - Reloading
prompted. OS and AW
Software from Cold
• If your site is going to do “Direct connect” through the additional
Network interface, enter the IP address of the eth1 controller
when prompted.
• Enter Time Zone information.
• When prompted, insert the AW configuration CD-ROM to restore
the site’s parameters.

Important! If your site is going to use a “Time server”, do not

select it yet.

Note: Restoring the whole configuration, will restore as well the old
system’s password and other obsolete information proper to
your old hardware, such as licenses.
• We recommend that you only restore the files that are non-
dependent on the “license ID”, as proposed in the restore menu.

• Enter now, when prompted, the AW license key necessary to start

AW application, or do it later through the Service tools menu. (The
AW license key is supplied in the software kit with a new system,
or can be calculated using the e-License tool, from the license ID
which can be found on the workstation Rating Plate Label.)

AW workstation is now loaded with the basic AW software.

AW License key is installed.

71 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Old system images transfer and restore STEP 6

FULL UPGRADE
Image transfer and restore:
If you have to reinstall images from the old system, proceed with the Refer to Chapter 4
image re installation now: Reinstalling or
• Restore the images that you have previously saved on an external Upgrading an AW
USB device (if applicable) Workstation of the
AW IM
OR
• Connect your new workstation to your old workstation using a
standard network cable. If problems occurs, try using a crossover
cable.
• Setup the appropriate network parameters for the connection, and
proceed with image transfer.
• When done, proceed with images deletion and old system removal.

Old system existing images transferred and restored.

Connect the workstation to the network STEP 7

FULL UPGRADE
Connect the Hospital network
• Connect network cable to the PCI Ethernet board. See section 3-2
• The PCI Ethernet board defaults to “eth0” (depending on Illustrations - AW
hardware configuration). Volume Share 7
(AW4.7) Rear Panel
Connections
Connect the Direct Connect network
• To configure an additional Ethernet connection (Direct Connect), See section 3-2
connect the second cable to the Ethernet port on the Mother Illustrations - AW
board, and connect to the 1Gbps Hub. Volume Share 7
• The Ethernet controller on Mother board defaults to “eth1” (AW4.7) Rear Panel
(depending on hardware configuration). Connections

Chapter 1 72
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Setup the workstation and site parameters STEP 8

FULL UPGRADE
Start the Service Tools CSD interface:
• Login as sdc to start the AW application. Note that the AW Refer to Job Card
application will fail to initialize if you have not entered yet (or IST002 - Basic Site
restored configuration) the License key. Configuration
• Start the CSD (Service desktop) from the Root Menu / Service
Tools / Service Tools, and click on the Configuration tab.
• Select Perform full configuration. You will be prompted to enter
the “Root” password, before getting access to the configuration
tool.
Note: the Root menu is accessible by clicking in the dark background
area of the screen
Setup the Site parameters:
This menu allows you to setup miscellaneous parameters, such as Refer to Job Card
the AW license, Hospital name, System ID, Serial number of the
IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration
workstation, language and local keyboard setup, etc …
Note: If your site has a 105 keys USB local keyboard option, connect
it now in place of the default US keyboard. You DO NOT need to
shutdown and turn off the workstation to do this.
Click on Save parameters when done, then on Next step to go to the
next screen.
Remote Hosts Management:
This menu allows you to declare the other Hosts on the network, your Refer to Job Card
IST002 - Basic Site
AW needs to do DICOM sessions with.
Configuration
Click on Next step when done.
Routers Management:
This menu allows you to setup the route to the necessary routers for Refer to Job Card
your site.
IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration
Click on Next step when done.
Dicom Printer management:
This menu allows you to setup all the DICOM printers your AW will Refer to Job Card
IST003 - Connecting
have to be able to use.
Network Postscript &
Click on Next step when done. DICOM Printers
Postscript Printer management:
This menu allows you to setup all the Postscript printers your AW will Refer to Job Card
IST003 - Connecting
have to be able to use.
Network Postscript &
Click on Next step when done. DICOM Printers

73 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Setup the workstation and site parameters (cont’d) STEP 8

FULL UPGRADE
Applications and Licensing:
Determine if your site is going to use the Network Licensing “Floating For detailed
License” feature. procedures, refer to
Note: if the workstation has been supplied with a Floating License IST005 section 3-1
Client Enabler Key we recommend that you install it now to anticipate Application License
possible future installation of Applications in Network mode. Keys and to the
Floating License
The Advanced Applications can be installed now or later in STEP 11 Install Manual
FULL UPGRADE of this Quick Start guide. (delivered on CD-
If you chose to install the applications now, it is highly recommended ROM with the
to configure Insite/Ilinq before the installation, so that you can perform Floating License
an auto registration of the Configuration (refer to STEP 10 FULL software)
UPGRADE for the procedure).

Follow the detailed procedures in IST005 section 5 Configuring CoLA

/ Floating Licenses.
HTTP support configuration:
• Use this menu to check the HTTPS port configuration. Refer to Job Card
• Ensure HTTPS 443 Port is open for Data Export IST002 - Basic Site
Note: Data Export must be Off unless required by the customer. Configuration
Click on Next step when done.

User management:
By default this screen allows you to create and manage local user
Refer to Job Card
accounts for the workstation.
IST009 -
Registration, Final
If the Hospital requires EA3 User Authentication, BYPASS THIS Settings & Checks
STEP. You will enable EA3 and return to this screen to manage user (for EA3 sites only)
skeletons, if relevant, when executing Job Card IST009.
Click on Next step when done.
Passwords management:
This menu allows you to change the AW passwords. Refer to Job Card
IST009 -
We strongly recommend that you change the default Users
Registration, Final
passwords to more secure passwords. Change passwords prior to Settings & Checks
InSite checkout.
Click on Next step when done.

Chapter 1 74
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Setup the workstation and site parameters (cont’d) STEP 8

FULL UPGRADE
Install the SMPTE patterns:
• Restart AW from the Root menu. The AW application should now Refer to Job Card
launch and the patient’s list shows up, displaying the Test IST002 - Basic Site
patterns. Configuration
• If not already installed, you may install the test patterns from either
the Root menu or the AW UI: Click Admin/Install SMPTE
Additional Site’s parameters:
Configure the Patient’s key. This can be useful for sites requiring that Refer to Job Card
the “regular” Database Management model is changed to a less IST002 - Basic Site
“restrictive” model: For example, Emergency sites which might not Configuration
know the name of the Patient upon arrival to the Radiology
department.

Setup the NEC color LCD monitor(s) parameters if your site is not
using the DVI-D digital video (Vascular sites with VGA splitter) or
upgrades from older AW systems and keeping the existing color LCD
monitors.

Restart AW:
Restart AW from the Root menu. The AW application should now
launch and the patient’s list shows up, displaying the Test patterns.

AW workstation basic Site configuration is complete.

However, the configuration has to be loaded on AWCCT website.

75 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Setup the Utilities STEP 9

FULL UPGRADE
Configure the PNF firewall:
The PNF Firewall is enabled by default, and all unused ports are Refer to Job Card
locked, so the PNF is normally configured “ready to use”. However IST004 - Common
you may need to modify some parameters. Service Desktop
Click on the Firewall configuration link. Utilities

RIS Synchronization option configuration:

On the AW workstation Refer to Job Card
• CCOW configuration IST004 - Common
Service Desktop
- Configure the CCOW parameters and enter the license key.
Utilities
• Softswitch configuration
- Configure the Softswitch parameters and enter the license Also refer to RIS
key and the RIS PC address. Synchro Service
On the RIS PC Manual for AW4.7
- Software installation on the RIS PC (available in online
Service Docs)

Important! The CCOW / Softswitch software needs to be installed

on the RIS PC. This step is normally out of the GE FE
responsibility, but the customer may request
assistance from the FE for this step.
• Liaise with the RIS Vendor FE or with the IT manager of the site,
for installing the synchronization software on the RIS PC.

Configure the Preferences Sharing Manager (PSM):

Note: PSM must be Off unless required by the customer. Refer to Job Card
If your AW4.7 workstation is going to be used as PSM server to share IST004 - Common
preferences between several users of the same Workstation, you Service Desktop
need to configure it accordingly. Utilities

Check GE Remote Update settings

If InSite is not to be installed on your site, it is recommended to dis- Refer to AW SM,
TSG011
able the GERU feature in order to prevent logfiles filled with connec-
tion errors.

AW workstation Utilities configuration is complete.

Chapter 1 76
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

InSite/iLinq connectivity STEP 10

FULL UPGRADE
InSite / iLinq connectivity setup:
• All necessary files are part of the AW software, so no additional Refer to Job Card
load from installation media is necessary. IST008 - InSite
• If InSite is allowed by the hospital, it should be configured as early Configuration
as possible.
- Prepare InSite configuration (if InSite allowed by hospital)

Important! Prior to do the Checkout, make sure the InSite, sdc,

root passwords are the default ones otherwise refer to
Job Card TSG014 in the AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)
Service Manual.
• Proceed with the Checkout
• Save the InSite/iLinq parameters.

AW workstation is ready for remote connectivity.

77 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Install the optional Advanced Applications STEP 11

FULL UPGRADE
Install and setup the Advanced Applications:
f the site will use applications in Node-locked (local) mode, or if all the Refer to Job Card
Advanced Applications have not been installed during STEP 8 NEW IST002 - Basic Site
INSTALL: Configuration
• From the AW User Interface, click on Admin > Install Package. and Job Card
The Easy Install tool will start. IST005 -
• Install all Applications that the site has purchased, from Applications -
theinstallation media (make sure to install the latest available Licensing and
version). Troubleshooting for
detailed procedures
• If the License keys are supplied, they will be extracted from USB
memory stick.
Alternatively, you can
- manually enter the license key for each application
- or preload the Apps to the Hard Disk and install them in Node-
locked mode with License Keys at a later time.
• Node-locked License keys for the preloaded Volume Viewer Apps
can also be installed via Easy Install.
OR
If the site will use applications in Floating License mode:
• Preload the Advanced App(s) to Hard disk, then install them in
Network mode. Refer to Job Card
See also Job Card IST005 section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating IST009 -
Licenses. Registration, Final
Settings & Checks
In both licensing modes, you will be asked to upload your
Configuration File on AWCCT website.

The optional Applications are now installed.

AW Dicom Host declaration on Image sources STEP 12

FULL UPGRADE
AW declaration on Image source:
Make sure your AW workstation is still properly declared to the Image Refer to Job Card
source(s) IST007 - Declaring
AW Workstation on
Image Sources

Chapter 1 78
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Final checks and Turnover to the customer STEP 13

FULL UPGRADE
Final checks and configurations:
• Ensure that the AW’s configuration is registered on the AWCCT Refer to Job Card
site. IST009 -
• Proceed with the LCD color monitor(s) calibration if necessary Registration, Final
(color matching). Settings & Checks

Declare a DNS and/or NTP server:

• DNS Server (Domain Name server: if applicable to your site) Refer to Job Card
• NTP Server (Network time server: if applicable to your site). IST009 -
Registration, Final
Settings & Checks
Turnover to the customer:
• Check that the AW can print on the DICOM and/or Postscript Refer to Job Card
printers. IST009 -
• Check that the Applications are fit for use. Registration, Final
Settings & Checks

Refer to Job Card

Important! If the site is going to use the EA3 Enterprise IST009 -
authentication server for managing the User’s Registration, Final
accounts, you can configure it now.Change the Settings & Checks
passwords (if not done yet) for your site, to increase
security. In this case, you must consider proceeding
with the Checkout steps again, as your workstation will
no longer be accessible remotely.

• Save the parameters on the AW Configuration CD-ROM.

• Proceed with Room cleaning and paper work.
• Ensure that the AW configuration is registered on the AWCCT site
and a valid Registration key is installed on the AW workstation.
• Make sure GIB Database/Service CRM is updated.
Make sure UDI value is available for Service reporting.
Old system removal:
• Proceed with old system image deletion Refer to Chapter 4
• Proceed with old system packing (if possible, use the new Reinstalling or
system’s shipping box, to send old system to the Recycling Center Upgrading an AW
of your area). Workstation of the
AW IM

AW workstation is ready for use

79 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

5 Software-only Upgrade Process

Related reference documents are:
• AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Service Manual
(Available on the AW under the Admin.\ Service Docs option.
• Or see Chapter How To Use the AW Service Docs for the Part Number)

Preliminary checks before upgrade STEP 1

SOFTWARE
UPGRADE
Unpack the upgrade kit and identify all parts:
Upgrade instructions Refer to Chapter 4
• AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) software package Reinstalling or
Upgrading an AW
• Service manuals
Workstation of the
• AW Advanced Applications AW IM

Identify pre-requisites for installation:

• Make sure your AW is fully operational before starting the upgrade Refer to Job Cards
• Check that the BIOS version displayed is appropriate Job Card IST010 -
Reloading AW Core
• Make sure you have all items needed to perform a software
& Advanced
upgrade (Applications installation media, etc.)
Applications and Job
• Check if the software upgrade procedure requires a whole Card IST011 -
software reload (Load from cold) or simple AW software upgrade Reloading OS and
(Load From Warm). AW Software from
Cold

Local language keyboard:

Bypass this step if your site does not use a local language keyboard. Refer to Job Card
• If your site already has a local language keyboard, you may want to IST010 - Reloading
put it aside and use the US default keyboard (previously delivered AW Core &
with your system) for doing the software Load From Cold. Advanced
Applications and Job
• If a new local language keyboard has been provided with the
Card IST011 -
upgrade kit, do not connect it yet. Keep the default US keyboard
Reloading OS and
connected for the software Load From Cold.
AW Software from
Cold
Note: If the software load is a simple Load From Warm upgrade, you
can keep the local language keyboard connected.

Backup the InSite parameters:

Make sure you have backed up InSite parameters (if applicable to Refer to Job Card
your site). IST008 - InSite
If not done yet, run the “InSite.backup” script. Configuration

Chapter 1 80
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Save site’s parameters on AW configuration CD-ROM:

Make sure you have a recent and operational AW configuration CD- Refer to Job Card
ROM for the site, or (preferably) create a new one. IST009 -
Registration, Final
Settings & Checks

Backup existing images STEP 2

SOFTWARE
UPGRADE
Identify pre-requisites for backup of the existing images:
• Check with your customer that all images have been properly
saved or archived, and that you can delete them, or most of them.
Reinstalling the existing images can greatly increase the reinstallation
time.
• If needed to preserve and reinstall them, you will have to select
this option at the beginning of the Software Load procedure.

The site is now ready for software upgrade.

81 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Load workstation software STEP 3

SOFTWARE
(Follow the Load from Cold OR the Load from Warm UPGRADE
procedure)
Load from Cold: Load OS + AW software onto the workstation
• Load the Operating System software then the AW core software Refer to Job Card
on the AW workstation. IST011 - Reloading
• If you need to preserve and reinstall the existing images, select OS and AW
this option when prompted. Software from Cold
• Enter the hostname, IP address, Netmask and Time zone as
prompted.
• If your site is going to do “Direct connect” through the additional
Network interface, enter the IP address of the eth1 controller
when prompted.
• Enter Time Zone information.

Important! If your site is going to use a “Time server”, do not

select it yet.
• When prompted, insert the AW configuration CD-ROM to restore
the site’s parameters. Restore the whole configuration, as license
keys do not change between AW4.4, AW4.5, AW4.6 and AW4.7,
and for Applications.
• You may enter the AW license key now, or leave the field with
00000 and do it at step 6. (The AW license key is supplied in the
software kit with a new system, or can be calculated using the e-
License tool, from the license ID which can be found on the
workstation Rating Plate Label.)
Load from Warm: Upgrade the AW core software onto the workstation:
Load the AW software to your AW workstation from the AW SW Refer to Job Card
installation media. IST010 - Reloading
AW Core &
Advanced
Applications

AW workstation is now loaded with the basic AW software.

Chapter 1 82
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Setup the workstation and site parameters STEP 4

SOFTWARE
UPGRADE
Start the Service Tools CSD interface:
• Login as sdc to start the AW application. Refer to Job Card
• Start the CSD (Service desktop) from the Root Menu / Service IST002 - Basic Site
Tools / Service Tools, and click on the Configuration tab. Configuration
• Select Perform full configuration, in order to check that all the
parameters have been properly restored. You will be prompted to
enter the “Root” password, before getting access to the
configuration tool.

Setup the Site parameters:

This menu allows you to setup and/or modify miscellaneous
parameters, such as the AW license, Hospital name, Serial number of
the workstation, language and local keyboard setup, etc …

Note: If your site has a 105 keys USB local keyboard option (and if
not done yet: case of software Load from warm), connect it now in
place of the default US keyboard. You DO NOT need to shutdown
and turn off the workstation to do this.
Click on Save parameters when done, then on Next step to go to the
next screen.
Host Management:
This menu allows you to declare the other Hosts on the network, your
AW needs to do DICOM sessions with.
Click on Next step when done.

Routers declaration:
This menu allows you to setup the route to the necessary routers for
your site.
Click on Next step when done.

DICOM Printer management:

This menu allows you to setup all the DICOM printers your AW will Also refer to Job
Card IST003 -
have to be able to use.
Connecting Network
Click on Next step when done. Postscript & DICOM
Printers

83 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Postscript Printer management:

This menu allows you to setup all the Postscript printers your AW will Also refer to Job
Card IST003 -
have to be able to use.
Connecting Network
Click on Next step when done. Postscript & DICOM
Printers
Applications and Licensing:
Determine if your site is going to use the Network Licensing “Floating For detailed
License” feature. procedures, refer to
Note: if the workstation has been supplied with a Floating License IST005 section 3-1
Client Enabler Key we recommend that you install it now to anticipate Application License
possible future installation of Applications in Network mode. Keys and to the
Floating License
The Advanced Applications can be installed now or later in STEP 7 Install Manual
SOFTWARE UPGRADE of this Quick Start guide. (delivered on CD-
If you chose to install the applications now, it is highly recommended ROM with the
to configure Insite/Ilinq before the installation, so that you can perform Floating License
an auto registration of the Configuration (refer to STEP 6 NEW software)
INSTALL for the procedure).

Follow the detailed procedures in IST005 section 5 Configuring CoLA

/ Floating Licenses.
HTTP support configuration:
• Use this menu to check the HTTPS port configuration. Refer to Job Card
• Ensure HTTPS 443 Port is open for Data Export IST002 - Basic Site
Note: Data Export must be Off unless required by the customer. Configuration
Click on Next step when done.

User management:
By default this screen allows you to create and manage local user
accounts for the workstation.
Refer to Job Card
If the Hospital requires EA3 User Authentication, BYPASS THIS IST009 -
STEP. You will enable EA3 and return to this screen to manage user Registration, Final
skeletons, if relevant, when executing Job Card IST009. Settings & Checks
(for EA3 sites only)
Click on Next step when done.

Chapter 1 84
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Passwords management:
This menu allows you to change the AW passwords. Refer to Job Card
IST009 -
We strongly recommend that you change the default Users
Registration, Final
passwords to more secure passwords. Change passwords prior to Settings & Checks
InSite checkout.
Click on Next step when done.

Install the SMPTE patterns:

• Restart AW from the Root menu. The AW application should now
launch and the patient’s list shows up, displaying the Test Refer to Job Card
patterns. IST002 - Basic Site
• If not already installed, you may install the test patterns from either Configuration
the Root menu or the AW UI: Click Admin/Install SMPTE

Additional Site parameters:

• Configure the Patient’s key. This can be useful for sites requiring Refer to 5-3-1
that the "regular" Database Management model is changed to a Configure.patient_ke
less "restrictive" model: For example, Emergency sites which y
might not know the name of the Patient upon arrival to the
Radiology department.
• Setup the LCD monitor(s) parameters if your site is not using the
DVI-D digital video (Vascular sites with VGA splitter) or upgrades
from older AW systems and keeping the existing color LCD
monitors.

Restart AW:
• Restart AW from the Root menu. The AW application should now
launch and the patient’s list shows up, displaying the Test
patterns.

AW workstation basic Site configuration is complete.

85 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Setup the Utilities STEP 5

SOFTWARE
UPGRADE
Make sure you are still running the CSD, or start the CSD (Service desktop) from the Root
Menu / Service Tools / Service Tools, and click on the Utilities tab.
Configure the PNF firewall:
The PNF Firewall is enabled by default, and all unused ports are Refer to Job Card
locked, so the PNF is normally configured “ready to use”. However IST004 - Common
you may need to modify some parameters. Click on the Firewall Service Desktop
configuration link. Utilities

RIS Synchronization option configuration:

On the AW workstation Refer to Job Card
• CCOW configuration IST004 - Common
Service Desktop
- Configure the CCOW parameters and enter the license key.
Utilities
• Softswitch configuration
- Configure the Softswitch parameters and enter the license Also refer to RIS
key and the RIS PC address. Synchro Service
On the RIS PC Manual (Part No.
• Software installation on the RIS PC 5396254-100)

Important! The CCOW / Softswitch software needs to be installed

on the RIS PC. This step is normally out of the GE FE
responsibility, but the customer may request
assistance from the FE for this step.
• Liaise with the RIS Vendor FE or with the IT manager of the site,
for installing the synchronization software on the RIS PC.
Configure the Preferences Sharing Manager (PSM):
Note: PSM must be Off unless required by the customer. Refer to Job Card
If your AW4.7 workstation is going to be used as PSM server to share IST004 - Common
Service Desktop
preferences between several users of the same Workstation, you Utilities
need to configure it accordingly.

Check GE Remote Update settings

If InSite is not to be installed on your site, it is recommended to dis- Refer to AW SM,
TSG011
able the GERU feature in order to prevent logfiles filled with connec-
tion errors.

AW workstation Utilities configuration is complete.

Chapter 1 86
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

InSite/iLinq connectivity STEP 6

SOFTWARE
UPGRADE
InSite / iLinq connectivity setup:
• All necessary files are part of the AW software, so no additional Refer to Job Card
load from installation media is necessary. IST008 - InSite
• If InSite is allowed by the hospital, it should be configured as early Configuration
as possible.
- Prepare InSite configuration (if InSite allowed by hospital)

Important! Prior to do the Checkout, make sure the InSite, sdc,

root passwords are the default ones otherwise refer to
Job Card TSG014 in the AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)
Service Manual.
• Proceed with the Checkout
• Save the InSite/iLinq parameters.

AW workstation is ready for remote connectivity.

87 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

Install the optional Advanced Applications STEP 7

SOFTWARE
UPGRADE
Install and setup the Advanced Applications:
the site will use applications in Node-locked (local) mode, or if all the Refer to Job Card
Advanced Applications have not been installed during STEP 4 IST002 - Basic Site
SOFTWARE UPGRADE: Configuration and
• From the AW User Interface, click on Admin > Install Package. The Job Card IST005 -
Easy Install tool will start. Applications -
Licensing and
• Install all Applications that the site has purchased, from the
Troubleshooting for
installation media.
the detailed
• If the License keys are supplied, they will be extracted from USB procedures
memory stick.
Alternatively, you can
- manually enter the license key for each application
- or preload the Apps to the Hard Disk and install them in Node-
locked mode with License Keys at a later time.
• Node-locked License keys for the preloaded Volume Viewer Apps
can also be installed via Easy Install.
OR
If the site will use applications in Floating License mode:
• Preload the Advanced App(s) to Hard disk, then install them in
Network mode.
See also Job Card IST005 section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating
Licenses.

In both licensing modes, you will be asked to upload your Configuration

File on AWCCT website.

The optional Applications are now installed.

Chapter 1 88
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

AW DICOM Host declaration on Image sources STEP 8

SOFTWARE UPGRADE
AW declaration on Image source:
• Declare your AW workstation to the Image source(s) Refer to Job Card IST007
- Declaring AW
Workstation on Image
Sources

Final checks and Turnover to the customer STEP 9

SOFTWARE UPGRADE
Final checks and configurations:
• Ensure that the AW’s configuration is registered on the AWCCT Refer to Job Card
site. IST009 - Registration,
• Proceed with the LCD color monitor(s) calibration if necessary Final Settings & Checks
(color matching).
Declare a DNS and/or NTP server:
• DNS Server (Domain Name server: if applicable to your site) Refer to Job Card
• NTP Server (Network time server: if applicable to your site) IST009 - Registration,
Final Settings & Checks
Turnover to the customer:
• Check that the AW can print on the DICOM and/or Postscript Refer to Job Card
printers. IST009 - Registration,
• Check that the Applications are fit for use. Final Settings & Checks
Refer to Job Card
IST009 - Registration,
Important! If the site is going to use the EA3 Enterprise Final Settings & Checks
authentication server for managing the User’s
accounts, you can configure it now.Change the
passwords (if not done yet) for your site, to increase
security. In this case, you must consider proceeding
with the Checkout steps again, as your workstation will
no longer be accessible remotely.
• Save the parameters on the AW Configuration CD-ROM.
• Proceed with Room cleaning and paper work.
• Ensure that the AW configuration is registered on the AWCCT site
and a valid Registration key is installed on the AW workstation.
• Make sure GIB Database/Service CRM is updated.
• Make sure UDI value is available for Service reporting.

AW workstation is ready for use

89 Chapter 1
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Quick Start Guide

6 Installation Quality Issues (and Troubleshooting)

6-1 Order inaccuracy
6-1-1 Floating License: License missing:
Work with your customer to identify the License Server information (ID, IP address) in order for you to
get the corresponding licenses from the eLicense tool.

6-1-2 Missing upgrade Cat Numbers:

Determine your IB system LicenseId and the SysID. Communicate to the Sales representative, so that
they manage order change and licenses update.

6-1-3 Multiple options on multiple systems:

Work with the customer. Follow NTP (Notice to Proceed) email.

6-1-4 Generally incorrect option:

Work with OLC engineers and Local Sales to address issues.

6-1-5 Missing licenses:

Go to eLicense to create licenses at http://elicense.gehealthcare.com

6-2 GIB Database/Service CRM update

Please update GIB Database/Service CRM database, according to the process in place in your pole
(refer to Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks for more details).

Note that the following procedure to update GIB is given for reference only.
6-2-1 New AW installed with new scanner:
Ensure a new SysID creation with eGIB.
Call 1-877-305-1577 in case of issues.
6-2-2 Full forklift upgrade (Software+Hardware):
De-install old system and install a new SysID.
6-2-3 Software only upgrade:
Ensure GIB upgrade with new PSI code and new options (if applicable)
Call 1-877-305-1577 in case of issues.

6-3 Return of upgrade replaced unit

• Repack the workstation. (Refer to Chapter 2 Unpacking the workstation of this manual.)
• See Chapter 4, section 7 Deleting image Files and Returning Old Hardware for return addresses.
6-3-1 Deleting patient data on old systems:
When replacing an AW workstation it is recommended to retain the hard disks and remount them in the
replacement FRU. If returning a system with its disks, in order not compromize any Patients’ data,
DELETE images securely prior to returning the old system. Refer to Service Note SNAW3037 and
consult the OLC if in doubt.
For more comprehensive Troubleshooting guidance, see Chapter 2 of the AW4.7 Service Manual.

Chapter 1 90
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

Chapter 2 Unpacking the workstation

1 Overview
This chapter explains the mandatory procedures for unpacking a new HP Z4 G4, HP Z440 or HP Z820
workstation, and for returning a defective unit, on site, by a single Field Engineer.

Please note that the packaging of workstation may differ from that shown in the illustrations of this
document.

Caution: The HP Z4 G4 / Z440 workstation is heavy. It is around the 19 kg / 40 lbs safe

weight lifting limit fixed by EHS directions for employee safety. When packaged it
weighs even more. If only one person is available for these handling procedures,
the following recommendations must be followed in order to reduce the risk of
strains or other injury.

Caution: The HP Z800 / Z820 workstation is heavy. It is above the 23 kg / 50 lbs safe
weight lifting limit fixed by EHS directions for employee safety. When packaged it
weighs even more. If only one person is available for these handling procedures,
the following recommendations must be followed in order to reduce the risk of
strains or other injury.

Follow safe lifting practices at all times while performing these tasks.

91 Chapter 2
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

Note: Safety shoes, eye protection and cut resistant gloves must be worn during cutting operations and
while handling the unit.

Caution: Do not attempt to lift the

workstation alone

Caution: Please use an

appropriate device to
assist handling on site.

2 Unpacking procedure
1.) Before attempting to unpack this HP workstation, or to move it from the delivery/storage areas to its
installation point, check whether any local technicians or support maintenance staff are available to
help you.
2.) Use the FE handcart or a customer hand dolly to move the unopened carton to the room where the
unit will be installed.

Hand Dolly FE Hand Cart

Chapter 2 92
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

3.) Remove the carton from the transport trolley then tilt flat on one of its sides.

4.) Carefully open the bottom of the carton using an approved retractable cutting tool. Cut resistant
gloves must be worn during this process.
5.) Remove the internal packaging containing the keyboard, mouse and other accessories.

93 Chapter 2
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

6.) Tilt the carton upright, keeping it open as shown below.

7.) Remove the carton from above, taking care not to lift the workstation or knock it over

8.) Tilt the workstation as necessary, in order to remove the foam protectors and plastic packaging.

Chapter 2 94
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

9.) Remove the protective polythene sheet attached to the side plate.

10.) If you need to move the workstation to a final destination, tilt the workstation in order to slide the
forward edge of the hand dolly beneath it.
11.) Wheel the workstation carefully to its final destination.

Caution: Do not attempt to lift the workstation alone.

12.) If the workstation must be installed on a table or other raised surface, seek assistance to lift it using
its handles. Alternatively, use a device similar to the Genie lift, which is designed to assist safe,
controlled lifting. Secure the unit to the lift surface with a tie-down strap to prevent falling. Also ensure
that there is enough space to effectively and safely use the lifting device.

95 Chapter 2
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

3 Returning procedure
This section describes the procedure for repacking and returning a defective workstation, after
replacement by an equivalent unit.

Note: If upgrading to a new workstation, please refer to section 7 Deleting image Files and Returning
Old Hardware for the Harvest process instructions. It is mandatory to return the deinstalled
workstation to GEHC for recycling.
1.) Before repacking the workstation, consider whether the disks can be switched to the new workstation.
If not, patient data must be erased before shipping off-site. Refer to section 7 Deleting image Files
and Returning Old Hardware for more details.
2.) Use section 2 Unpacking procedure to unpack and handle the new workstation.
3.) If possible, reuse the packaging of the new workstation to ship the de-installed workstation back.
4.) Before attempting to unpack the new workstation alone, or to repack the old one, check whether any
local technicians or support maintenance staff are available to help you.

Caution: Do not attempt to lift the workstation alone.

5.) Use the FE handcart or a customer hand dolly (see section 2 Unpacking procedure) to move the old
workstation to the room where it will be packaged for shipping.
6.) Tilt the workstation on one of its sides and use the supplied plastic bag to wrap the unit.

Chapter 2 96
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

7.) Try to refit and adjust the foam protectors to the top and bottom of the wrapped workstation

8.) To ease the operation, you can secure the foam protectors with tape before tilting the unit up.
9.) Carefully tilt the unit upright.
10.) Slide the empty carton over the workstation fitted with its foam protectors.

97 Chapter 2
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Unpacking the workstation

11.) Carefully tip the carton onto one of its large sides and tape it shut.

12.) Tip the carton upright.

Caution: Do not attempt to lift the

workstation alone
.

Caution: Please use an

appropriate device to
assist handling on site.

13.) Slide or use the hand dolly to move the re-packaged workstation to where it will be stored until
shipping.
14.) Clean up any remaining shipping boxes, software and other media, and documentation left in the
room. Refer to Chapter 4, section 7 Deleting image Files and Returning Old Hardware for the
procedure to return the de-installed workstation.

Chapter 2 98
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Chapter 3 Installing A New Workstation

This chapter contains the forms and procedures you need to install and configure a new AW
VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) workstation, as well as for reloading AW4.7 software on a supported
workstation that is already installed on site.
New AW4.7 systems are supplied with HP Z4 G4, HP Z440 or HP Z820 workstations. However, details
of the upgradeable Z800 workstation are supplied for information, as the Z800 may need to be
reinstalled or reconfigured.

1 Advantage Workstation Configuration Form

1.) Complete this form at the end of installation.

Note: You can find much of the key information on the System Health Page, via the CSD Home Page.
See the AW Service Manual, Job Card TSG011 for more details.
2.) Leave it attached to the site’s Service Manual. Upgrade it for each new option or software release.
.
HARDWARE TYPE: Z4 G4 Z440 Z820 Z800
SERIAL NUMBER: ..............................................................................................................
HOSTNAME: ..............................................................................................................
IP ADDRESS: ..............................................................................................................
NETMASK: ..............................................................................................................
DEFAULT GATEWAY IP ADDRESS: ..............................................................................................................
DEFAULT ROUTER IP ADDRESS: ..............................................................................................................
DIRECT-CONNECT IP ADDRESS: ..............................................................................................................
DIRECT-CONNECT NETMASK ..............................................................................................................
ROOT PASSWORD: ..............................................................................................................
SDC PASSWORD: ..............................................................................................................
SDC_ADMIN PASSWORD: ..............................................................................................................
LICENSE ID (licenseId command): ..............................................................................................................
HOSPITAL NAME & ADDRESS: ..............................................................................................................
CUSTOMER NAME & EMAIL: ..............................................................................................................
SYSTEM ORDER (GON; SO nr): ..............................................................................................................
SYSTEM ID (SysID): ..............................................................................................................
APPLICATIONS SUPPORT PHONE Nr: ..............................................................................................................
SALES SUPPORT PHONE Nr: ..............................................................................................................
USER INTERFACE LANGUAGE: ..............................................................................................................
KEYBOARD LANGUAGE: ..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
AW SOFTWARE INITIAL RELEASE: AW4.7 ................................................................................................
AW SOFTWARE UPGRADE RELEASE: ..............................................................................................................
AW SOFTWARE LICENSE KEY: ..............................................................................................................

99 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

..............................................................................................................
FLOATING LICENSE KEY: ..............................................................................................................

APPLICATION LICENSE KEYS *: ..............................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
..............................................................................................................
REMOTE ACCESS LICENSE KEY: ..............................................................................................................
* Note:
A quicker and less error-prone way to record the list of installed Applications and their License Keys is to
use the Print current AW Parameters function, from the Configuration menu.
Go to Admin > Service Tools > Configuration > Print current AW Parameters.
Attach the print-out to other information that you gather.

You can also retrieve this information from the configuration file.
To extract it to a USB stick, open and command window and type the following command:
icm --copyConfFileToUSB <Enter>
The Configuration file will be saved on the USB device.

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.

Chapter 3 100
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

NETWORK HOST #1: Type:............................................

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

NETWORK HOST #2: Type:............................................

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N
Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

NETWORK HOST #3: Type:............................................

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N
Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

Note: Attach a copy of the site Pre-Installation Checklist if available. This may contain details of the
site NTP and EA3 configuration, if required. See the AW Pre-Installation Manual for further details.

NETWORK HOST #4: Type:............................................

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N
Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

NETWORK HOST #5: Type:............................................

101 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N
Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

NETWORK HOST #6: Type:............................................

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N
Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

NETWORK HOST #7: Type:............................................

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N
Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

NETWORK HOST #8: Type:............................................

Hostname:.....................................IP Address:...................................Netmask:..............................
Protocol:........................................Port Number:................................AE Title:................................
Direct Connect IP Address.....................................Direct Connect Netmask:..................................
Encrypted: .......Y.......N
Query/Retrieve supported: ........Y.......N
Storage Commitment :
SC IP address:............................SC Port Number:...........................SC AE Title:.............................

Chapter 3 102
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

NETWORK PRINTER #1: Type:.........................................

Hostname: ................................ IP Address:. .............................. Netmask: ..................................
Protocol: ................................... Port Number: ............................ AE Title: ....................................
12 bits support: ......................... Life Size support:...................... Color support: ...........................

NETWORK PRINTER #2: Type:.........................................

Hostname: ................................ IP Address:. .............................. Netmask: ..................................
Protocol: ................................... Port Number: ............................ AE Title: ....................................
12 bits support: ......................... Life Size support:...................... Color support: ...........................

NETWORK PRINTER #3: Type:.........................................

Hostname: ................................ IP Address:. .............................. Netmask: ..................................
Protocol: ................................... Port Number: ............................ AE Title: ....................................
12 bits support: ......................... Life Size support:...................... Color support: ...........................

NETWORK PRINTER #4: Type:.........................................

Hostname: ................................ IP Address:. .............................. Netmask: ..................................
Protocol: ................................... Port Number: ............................ AE Title: ....................................
12 bits support: ......................... Life Size support:...................... Color support: ...........................

NETWORK PRINTER #5: Type:.........................................

Hostname: ................................ IP Address:. .............................. Netmask: ..................................
Protocol: ................................... Port Number: ............................ AE Title: ....................................
12 bits support: ......................... Life Size support:...................... Color support: ...........................

NETWORK PRINTER #6: Type:.........................................

Hostname: ................................ IP Address:. .............................. Netmask: ..................................
Protocol: ................................... Port Number: ............................ AE Title: ....................................
12 bits support: ......................... Life Size support:...................... Color support: ...........................

103 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

2 Installation guide

Note: AW4.7 cannot be installed on the HP XW8600 or XW8400 or earlier workstations of the Installed
Base.

Important! Advantage Workstation has unshielded monitors. Placing the cartons containing the
monitors or the unpacked workstation near the MR magnet (inside the 1.3 gauss line) will
permanently damage the monitors and potentially void the Warranty.
Illustration 1 Advantage Workstation HP Z4 G4/ Z440 / Z820 / Z800 Basic Overview

Power ON/OFF
(press for approx. 5 seconds to turn off when workstation
is "frozen)
1 or 2 Landscape LCD color monitors

2-1 Required Hardware Environment

2-1-1 HP Z4 G4 Workstation hardware comprising:

• One System MotherBoard
• Single Intel W-2135 @ 3.7 GHz 6 Core Xeon Processors w/8.25MB Cache & 2666Mhz
• 32GB 2666MHz or higher DDR4 ECC Registered Memory Config: Four-channel 2 × 16GB DIMM
• Z4 G4 Memory Cooling Solution
• Slim DVD ROM Drive
• NVIDIA® Quadro® P620 2GB Graphics card
• Intel Ethernet I210-T1 PCI-E Card
• SATA port 0: lower seat within a 2:1 carrier, bottom 5.25in bay
- 256GB min. 6G SATA SFF SSD
• SATA port 1: 3.5in bay upper seat, with 2.5" to 3.5" Adapter
- 512GB min. 6G SATA SFF SSD
• SATA port 2: 3.5in bay lower seat, with 2.5" to 3.5" Adapter -
- 512GB min. 6G SATA SFF SSD
• Power Supply: 750W

Chapter 3 104
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

• US English USB keyboard (plus appropriate Local language keyboard according to GON)
• USB optical wheel mouse
• System BIOS version: 1.73
• Power cables, accessories
• 2 RJ45 Ethernet cables
• 2 single miniDP-to-DP adapters
• 2 single miniDP-to-DVI adapters
• Dual EIZO MX191 or MX193 LCD color monitors

2-1-2 HP Z440 Workstation hardware comprising:

• One System MotherBoard
• Single Intel E5-1660 v3 @ 3 GHz (140W) Eight Core Xeon Processors w/20MB shared Cache &
2133Mhz
• 2133MHz speed 32GB (4x8GB) DDR4 ECC Registered DIMM
• Z440 Memory Cooling Solution
• Slim Line SATA Optical Multi Drive
• NVidia Quadro NVS310 1GB Graphics card
OR NVidia Quadro K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application (release 3.2 or higher)
• Motherboard Single Port Ethernet card: I218
• Additional Single Port Intel Ethernet card I210
• Included cables: 2 single DisplayPort-to-DVI Cables, RJ45 CAT5E or higher Ethernet cable
• SATA port 0, bottom external bay within a 2:1 carrier
- SSD 256GB SATA SFF for System files.
• SATA port 1, top internal bay with 2.5” to 3.5” Adapter
- SSD 512GB SATA SFF for Images files.
• SATA port 2, bottom internal bay with 2.5” to 3.5” Adapter
- SSD 512GB SATA SFF for Images files.

Note: The 2 drives above (Port 1&2) should be the same model and firmware version for optimal RAID0
performance.
• Power supply: 700W
• US English USB keyboard (plus appropriate Local language keyboard according to GON)
• USB optical wheel mouse
• System BIOS version: 2.47
• Power cables, accessories
• Dual EIZO MX191 or MX193 LCD color monitors
• Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse.

105 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Note: This optional board shall be installed inside the Z440 computer box by the GE FE, following the
instructions given in AW SM, Chapter 6.
OR

2-1-3 HP Z820 Workstation hardware comprising:

• One System Mother Board.
• Dual Intel E5-2630 v2 @ 2.6 GHz (80W) Six Core Xeon Processors w/15MB shared L2 Cache &
1600Mhz
• 1600MHz or higher speed 32GB FBD DDR3 ECC DIMM (8x4GB Four channel)
- SAS Port 0 = 300GB SAS 10K RPM SFF HDD for System files.
SAS Port 1 = 300GB SAS 10K RPM SFF HDD for Image files.

Note: SAS Port 2 = 300GB SAS 10K RPM SFF HDD for Image files.
The 2 drives above (SAS Port 1&2) should be the same model and firmware version for optimal
RAID0 performance.

Note: Multi Optical DriveRemove all stick-on labels from the DVDRW drive faceplate.
- NVidia Quadro NVS310 512MB graphics card Video

• Dual Intel Integrated LAN Intel 82579LM and Intel 82574L

Note that one port is reserved for AMT and not usable for Network communication.
• Additional Single Port Intel Ethernet card: I210
• Power supply: 1125W
• US English USB keyboard (plus appropriate local language keyboard according to GON)
• USB optical wheel mouse
• Included cables: 2 single DisplayPort-to-DVI Cables, RJ45 CAT5 or higher Ethernet cable
• Power cables, accessories
• BIOS: v3.88
• Dual EIZO MX191 LCD color monitors
OR

2-1-4 HP Z800 Workstation (legacy hardware) comprising:

• One System Mother Board
1 x Intel Xeon X5550 2.66 8MB/1333 CPU module
OR
1 x Intel Xeon X5650 2.66 12MB/1333 CPU module. RAM 6 GB ( 3 x 2 Gb modules).

Note: 12GB or 24GB memory upgrade kits might be required to install certain applications.
• One internal 300 GByte SAS 15000 rpm disk for System files.

Chapter 3 106
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

• Two internal 300 GByte SAS 15000 rpm disks for Images files.

Note: The 2 drives above (SAS Port 1&2) should be the same model and firmware version for optimal
RAID0 performance.
• One Internal DVD/CD–R writer drive.
• US English USB keyboard (plus appropriate lLocal language keyboard according to GON)
• USB optical wheel mouse
• Included cables: 2 single DisplayPort-to-DVI Cables, RJ45 CAT5E or higher Ethernet cable
• Power cables, accessories
• One Broadcom Integrated LAN: BCM5764M
• One additional Single Port Gigabit PCI Ethernet board: 82574L
• One NVIDIA 295 NVS 256MB OR - NVidia Quadro NVS310 512MB graphics card Video
• BIOS: v3.07 or 3.19
• Dual EIZO MX191 LCD color monitors

2-1-5 Common items for the workstations

2-1-6 RJ45 Ethernet connection.OPTIONS
• Color Printer connected to network (SM, see Chapters 5 and 8).
• Greyscale Printer connected to network (SM, see Chapters 5 and 8).
• InSite option (see Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration).

2-1-7 Compatible LCD Monitor Configurations

AW4.7 supports one or two Flat Panel Color LCD Landscape monitor(s):
• New AW4.7 systems are supplied with Eizo MX191 or MX193 monitors.
• Legacy hardware platforms may have been supplied with NEC LCD monitors.
(These monitors may used in a magnetic field up to 10 Gauss maximum.)

Note: CRT monitors are not supported with AW4.7 workstations.

• In addition to the instructions below, also refer to the manufacturers’ documentation, delivered with
the monitors, for more information about monitor settings and adjustments.

2-1-8 Installing Eizo MX191 / MX193 Monitors

Eizo RadiForce MX191/MX193 19" LCD Color Monitor have two video inputs:
- Left: DVD-D connector (Digital input) /
- Right: D-sub mini 15-pin connector (Analog input).

107 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

See the picture below:

1.) Unpack Eizo RadiForce MX191/MX193 19" LCD Color Monitor(s).

2.) Connect the monitor(s) to the AW workstation video output(s) with the DVI-D Male to DVI-D Male
cable(s) supplied within monitor(s) package(s).
3.) Plug the power cord(s) into a power outlet, and into the power connector(s) on the monitor(s).
Monitor Auto-Adjustment in not available when using Digital Input.
You can revert a monitor to Factory Default Setting by performing the instructions below:

Note: The Eizo RadiForce MX191 19" LCD Color Monitor is delivered in "DICOM" mode with 170cd/m2
as default configuration. This may cause images luminance attenuation for non DICOM images
or customers more accustomed to the luminance of the previously supplied NEC monitors to
request adjustments. To remove this attenuation, you will have to configure the monitor in
CUSTOM mode as describes in section 5-5-1 Eizo Monitor Settings of the JobCard IST002.
This problem does not affect Eizo MX193 monitor as it is delivered in "DICOM" mode with 200 cdm2 as
default configuration.

Chapter 3 108
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

DOCUMENTATION

For more information on Eizo monitor configuration, please refer to:

• Technical Bulletin SNAW2013-11: DICOM Part 14 GSDF luminance adjustment procedure for Eizo
MX191 LCD Color monitor. Please see section section 1-2 Technical Bulletins for precise reference.
• Eizo RadiForce MX191 or MX193 Setup Manual paper format included in monitor package.
• Eizo RadiForce MX191 or MX193 User's Manual CD-ROM included in monitor package.

2-1-9 Configuring NEC LCD Monitors

This information is supplied to support the NEC LCD monitors that were previously delivered with Z800
systems initially installed with the AW4.6 platform. New AW4.7 systems are delivered with Eizo MX191
or MX193 monitors.

The cables delivered with the NEC LCD monitors are:

- 1 x DVI-D to DVI-D digital video cable
- 1 x DVI to VGA analog video cable
- 1 x power cable

Illustration 2 NEC 1990SXi 1K Landscape LCD Monitor

Note: Make sure that the master (normally left-hand) monitor is connected correctly to Display Port 1
on the Z800’s graphics card (via supplied DVI adapter)
Refer to section 5-5-4 Set Auto–adjust parameter to OFF of the JobCard IST002 to set the monitor auto–
adjust to OFF.

109 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

2-1-10 Keyboard connection

For sites impacted by the Language Policy requirements, the default US keyboard as well as one local
language keyboard are delivered.
Proceed with the software Load From Cold steps as usual with the US default keyboard, and then install
the local language keyboard when instructed to do so.

The available Local language keyboards are:

• Canadian (French Canadian)
• Danish
• Dutch
• Finnish
• French
• German
• Italian
• Norwegian
• Portuguese
• Spanish
• Swedish
• United States (American English)

For more information regarding the new language policy, refer to the document DOC1904342 from the
validated service document repository.

2-1-11 Standard Ethernet connection

Important! RJ 45 cables of category > 5E must be used for 1GBPS connection. CAT 5E is fine; CAT
6 is sure. Category is marked on the cable.

Important! Connection to the Hospital Network shall be done through the additional NIC Ethernet
PCI card, which defaults to eth0 at boot.
The Ethernet port on the motherboard (port marked "ASF" on the Z800 and "AMT" on the
Z4 G4, Z440 and Z820), defaults to eth1 and is reserved for the "Direct Connect" option,
see next section.

Chapter 3 110
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Illustration 3 HP Z4 G4/ Z440 / Z820 / Z800 connection to the network

Connect the Network to the additional Ethernet Type: ifconfig -a to get
board (which defaults to ETH0). information about the
The controller on the Mother board (defaults to Ethernet Interface(s).
ETH1) is reserved for "Direct Connect".
Z4 G4/Z440/Z820/Z800 REAR VIEW

DO NOT USE

Important! For "Direct Connect" option with the AW Server product, only the additional Ethernet
board (eth0) shall be used because AW Server does not currently have a network port
dedicated for this usage. As this provides an encrypted (secure) communication between
the stations, it is called "Secure Direct Connect" in some case.
In this case, it is mandatory to ensure that the connection between Direct Connect
systems is securely behind a firewall and can not be accessed from the outside.

2-1-12 Optional "Direct Connect" Ethernet connection

Important! RJ 45 cables of category > 5E must be used for 1Gbps connection. CAT 5E is fine; CAT 6
is sure. The category is marked on the cable.
Direct connection is aimed to connect AW to the Modality system (image source), or to other
workstations which support the same direct connect feature, at 1Gbps speed.
If your site wants to use this feature, you will be asked to select it from the Configuration menu.

111 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Illustration 4 Direct Connect Configurations

other hospital equipment other hospital equipment

hospital network

card eth0 card eth0

IPaddr1 IPaddr2
netmaskHosp netmaskHosp

AW AW

Direct Connect on hospital network

This is not the recommended configuration,. In this case, it is mandatory to ensure that the connection
between Direct Connect systems is securely behind a firewall and can not be accessed from the outside.

Recommended configuration:

other hospital equipment

other hospital equipment
hospital network

card eth0 card eth0

IPaddr1 IPaddr2
netmaskHosp netmaskHosp

AW AW

card eth1 card eth1

IPaddr3 IPaddr4
netmaskDC netmaskDC

GE Direct Connect
network (1Gb/s)
Other GE (CT/MR)
DirectConnect
equipment

Direct Connect on private GE Direct Connect network

Chapter 3 112
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Direct Connect can be achieved either:

• through the second Ethernet port (eth1), using a separate network,
• or directly through the Hospital Network port (eth0), if the hospital network is at 1Gbps. This is not the
recommended configuration,. In this case, it is mandatory to ensure that the connection between
Direct Connect systems is securely behind a firewall and can not be accessed from the outside.
Additionally, firewall rule for 17777 port must be manually opened.
You will have to make this choice during the configuration steps of the Load From Cold sequence.
Direct Connect IS NOT SUPPORTED FOR 10 OR 100Mbps NETWORKS. If the Hospital Network is not
at 1Gbps, you will need to use the second ethernet port (eth1) with a 1Gbps hub for Direct Connect.

Important! The Z440/Z820/Z800 workstations have 2 Ethernet ports.

For each of these workstation types, connect the "Direct Connect" cable to the
motherboard ethernet port, which defaults to eth1.

Important! Connect the Hospital Network backbone to the additional Ethernet board (which defaults
to eth0).

Important! For Direct Connect with the AW Server product, the Ethernet port of the motherboard
(eth1) shall not be used. Set Direct Connect to the Hospital Network (eth0 port on the
additional ethernet board).
If you elect to use the separate network with Direct Connect (recommended configuration):
1.) DO NOT choose address for "eth1" inside the same subnetwork:
i.e: If your AW IP address (in class C) is 192.100.9.45 on the hospital network, DO NOT choose a similar
address for direct connect like 192.100.9.24, which is part of the same sub–network.
Choose any other address in another sub-network such as 193.1.2.5 for example.
2.) You must also choose a valid Netmask for Direct Connect through "eth1".
i.e: If your AW IP address (in class C) is 192.100.9.45 on the hospital network, you can use the default
Class C netmask = 255.255.255.0, unless otherwise specified by the Network administrator. Any non–
valid entry of a netmask will not be saved and will return to the default class C value.
Refer to Chapter 7, section 3–Networking overview of AW4.7 Service Manual for information on
netmasks.

Two workstations in Direct Connect can also be linked together by a simple Ethernet cross cable.
The network speed between 2 stations in Direct Connect is 1G/s - either through the hospital network or
through the private GE Direct Connect network.
The following ports are used when Direct Connect is enabled:
- 2049/tcp and 2049/udp (nfs)
- 111/tcp and 111/udp (portmap/sunrpc)

113 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Illustration 5 Direct connection example (2 hosts) using 2nd Ethernet port

Direct connect between 2 hosts can be done using an RJ45 cross–over (red) cable category 5E or 6.

Illustration 6 Direct Connect example (multiple hosts) using 2nd Ethernet port
Direct connect between several hosts can be done using an RJ45 cables category 5E or 6 and a 1Gbps
switch or hub to connect the hosts (not applicable for the AW Server product).

Illustration 7 Direct Connect example using Hospital Network 1Gbps

Important! Do not use Direct Connect through the hospital network, if the hospital network is not
protected from the outside network by a firewall.

This is not the recommended configuration,. In this case, it is mandatory to ensure that the connection
between Direct Connect systems is securely behind a firewall and can not be accessed from the outside

Chapter 3 114
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

Illustration 8 Direct Connect example with the AW Server product

This is not the recommended configuration,. In this case, it is mandatory to ensure that the connection
between Direct Connect systems is securely behind a firewall and can not be accessed from the outside

2-2 Required Software Environment

• Operating system: HELiOS 6 for AW4.7
• Release AW4.7 of Advantage Workstation software.

2-3 Further Assumptions

In this document, we also assume that an Internet Address, a hostname and a root password are given
by a central or local authority for each ADVANTAGE WORKSTATION.

115 Chapter 3
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Installing A New Workstation

2-4 Installation / re–installation decision chart

Chapter 3 116
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST000 - Installation / Re-installation Scenarios

Job Card IST000 - Installation / Re-installation Scenarios

Foreword
In order to facilitate software installation, check that the Pre-installation Checklist (see AW Pre–
installation Manual) is as complete as possible before starting.

Detailed installation and configuration procedures are provided by the other Job Cards in this chapter.

Note: It is NO LONGER possible to restore setups from legacy Seno Advantage systems. The
parameters are now too different to be usable.

1 Safety precautions

WARNING: When working on site, always take heed of environmental hazard warnings.

WARNING: Always follow GE and site procedures and use appropriate safety equipment. In
particular, always use safety shoes, gloves and mechanical safety glasses when
moving, installing, or uninstalling an AW workstation.

2 New System Installation

Important! A new Workstation is now delivered with the Advantage Workstation Software loaded
(OS+ AW+ Applications).
- It the latest release of AW software was preloaded, a Software load is no longer required
.
- If it is not the latest release of AW software that was pre-loaded, then you must perform
a Load From Cold to install the latest version supplied.

How to make sure your workstation is factory loaded with AW software:

• When the workstation boots up, the GEHC OS eventually prompts you for the workstation’s
Hostname.
• If for any reason your workstation is not delivered with the AW software loaded, basic HP Linux
software will be pre-loaded, to allow you to check that the workstation hardware is operational.
In this case you will need to load the GEHC OS and Advantage Workstation software from the
installation media. Ensure you have the following items available before you start to follow the steps
in Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold:
- Applications installation media purchased by the site if applicable.
- GEHC OS (HELiOS)
- AW4.7 Core software (including documentation)

117
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST000 - Installation / Re-installation Scenarios

3 Installation Job Cards List

The numbering of Job Cards does not necessarily indicate that they need to be executed in a sequence,
or in numerical order.

NEEDS TO BE DONE FOR ...

INSTALL REINSTALL REINSTALL
JOB PURPOSE NEW Load Load
CARD SYSTEM From Cold From Warm

IST000 Installation / Re-installation Scenarios - - -

(this section)

IST001A Workstation Hardware Installation YES NO NO

IST001B Workstation Software Installation and YES NO NO

Configuration

IST002 Basic Site Configuration YES CHECK CHECK

IST003 Postscript & Dicom Printers Installation YES CHECK CHECK

IST004 CSD Utilities YES CHECK CHECK

IST005 Application Licensing Options YES YES YES

IST006 Advanced Applications Workflow Informational Informational Informational

IST007 Declaring Advantage Workstation on Images YES NO NO

Sources

IST008 InSite Configuration YES RESTORE RESTORE

IST009 Final Settings, Checks and Turnover to the YES YES YES
Customer

REINSTALLATION JOB CARDS

IST010 Reloading AW Software NO YES YES

IST011 Reloading OS and AW Software NO YES NO

From Cold

IST012 Installing Demo Exams Optional Optional Optional

118
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

1 Purpose
• The purpose of this Job Card is to setup a new AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Workstation with its
standard peripheral components.
• New AW4.7 systems are supplied with HP Z4 G4, HP Z440 or HP Z820 workstations. However,
details of the upgradeable Z800 workstation are supplied for information, as the Z800 may need to
be reinstalled or reconfigured.

Note: If you need additional illustrations or guidance, consult the appropriate HP Z4 G4 / Z440 / Z820 /
Z800 Service Manual (available online or in the Service Docs supplied with the AW software).

2 Supplies
All components detailed in section Product Presentation must be available. That is to say:
- A new (Z4 G4, Z440 or Z820) or upgradeable (Z820 or Z800) workstation
- One or two Landscape 19” LCD color monitor(s).
Note that CRT monitors are no longer supported.
- Cable(s) and adapters for monitor(s).
- US Keyboard , Mouse and pad. Additionally, the local language keyboard option if applicable.
- Cable set including 1 x ETHERNET RJ45 cable.
- Lock Out Tag Out (LOTO) equipment as required for your region.

3 Safety Precautions
• Line voltage selection is automatic for the Workstation and its peripherals.
• Always follow the LOTO procedure when installing or servicing an Advantage Workstation. See
section 7-2 LOTO Procedure for Advantage Workstation of this Job Card.

4 Prerequisites
The site must have been prepared for installation as recommended in the Pre-Installation Manual (PIM)
P/N: 5476873-1EN (or up). The following required configurations must be in place:
• Site preparation prior to delivery the system, environmental and electrical requirements, networking
capabilities and peripherals.
• Desk and chair.
• Line voltage power supply outlets.
• ETHERNET connection.
• Remote connectivity to the GE Back Office (if approved by the customer) to support secure InSite
connection for support.
• The following information must also be available before starting. It can be obtained from the network
administrator of the hospital.:
- Hostname of workstation.

119
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

Note: The “A.E. Title” (Application Entity Title) = Hostname of the AW workstation.
- Internet Protocol (IP) Address of workstation.
- Netmask Value (if applicable).
This procedure does not describe the ETHERNET hospital network installation, which is assumed to be
already done.

5 Tools and Parts Required

- 2212538 : RJ45 network cross–over cable (red cable) : Length = 4.5 meters. If your customer
requests that you transfer patient data from old to the new workstation, you may need this cable,
or an equivalent.
- Additional memory option. If the site has purchased an additional memory option, make sure you
have this kit available for installation.
- InRoom3D option. If the site has purchased InRoom3D option, make sure you have the
associated Serial Port Kit allowing to plug the 3D mouse on the Z440 Workstation.
- K620 Graphics Card for Brainwave option. If the site has purchased Brainwave option, make
sure you have the associated K620 Graphics card to install on the Z440 workstation.

6 Unpacking Procedure
6-1 Reception
A new AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) system is delivered as follows:

PRODUCT/ WEIGHT METHOD OF

COMPONENT SHIPMENT
HP Z4 G4 Workstation parts 17 Kg Carton on pallet

HP Z440 Workstation parts 19 Kg Carton on pallet

HP Z820 Workstation parts 29 Kg Carton on pallet

1.) Examine the system on reception. Check any shock indicators present. If possible, make a visual
check of all items on pallets (CPU Box and accessories, LCD color monitors) and in cartons.
2.) If any problems are found (items missing, signs of shipping damage, excessive shock, etc.), note
them on the delivery note before signing for reception.
3.) Move the pallet into or close to the review room, ready for unpacking.
4.) No special configuration tools are needed. Unpacking equipment is required, as described in
Chapter 2 Unpacking the workstation.

120
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

6-2 1Unpack Components

1.) Unpack Workstation with care.

Caution: The workstation is heavy. Ask for help to handle. See the mandatory procedure
provided in Chapter 2 Unpacking the workstation.
2.) Unpack keyboard and mouse.
3.) Unpack LCD landscape color monitor(s). and handle it with care.

7 Physical Installation

Important! If standard HP manufacturer installation instructions and HP Linux CD-ROMs are

delivered with your AW workstation, do not use them! Discard them, do not leave on them
site. Only use GEHC documents and GEHC Software CD-ROMs.

7-1 HP Workstation unpacking

Monitors and workstation are heavy. Please see Chapter 2 Unpacking the workstation for safe
unpacking procedure.

7-2 LOTO Procedure for Advantage Workstation

Always adhere to the Lock Out Tag Out (LOTO) procedure when installing or servicing an AW
workstation.
MODE: Imaging
EQUIPMENT: Advantage Workstation
Premises: Customer owned locations or facilities
SUBSYSTEM: None
ACTIVITY: Installation, Preventive Maintenance, Corrective Maintenance
Equipment Specific LOTO Procedures

Steps are to be completed in the order listed below

Label /Tag Energy Magnitude Location Procedure for Lockout & Zero Energy Tryout,
Descriptio Source Energy Release Verification, & Testing
n

121
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

Electrical Electrical 110 / 230 Various Carry out workstation Verify/ Test Equipment to
Wall Outlet VAC shutdown procedure, assure power source has
depending preferably from within the AW been removed by
on region software, OR depressing On/Off Switch on
by depressing the On/Off the workstation front panel.
switch on the workstation front
panel.
Disconnect the power cord
from the electrical outlet and
then from the workstation.
Remove the power cord and
any spare power cords from
the vicinity of the workstation.
Apply any protective devices
mandated by local EHS
legislation (LOTO power
socket locks, tags, adaptors).
Equipment Electrical 110V / / Within Wait 5 minutes after Power Check Power Supply output
Power 230 VAC System down to allow for discharge of using Voltage and Continuity
Supply depending Power any capacitors in the Powers tester for Zero Power status.
on region Supply Supply
GEHC Field Service General LOTO Instructions
Shut Down Steps & Return to Service Summary
The following section provides a Business Level Summary of the Key Steps for conducting a LOTO (Lockout
Tagout).
Step 1: PREPARE FOR SHUTDOWN:
- Acquire LOTO training and any related training mandated by local EHS legislation.
- Understand the applicable procedures. Determine associated equipment.
- Acquire any protective materials (i.e. socket locks, tags, lock adapters).
- Access consequences of shutdown. Notify all affected persons.
Step 2: NOTIFICATION OF PERSONNEL:
- Personnel who may be affected shall be notified prior to the application and after the
removal of power cords, lockout devices or tagout devices.
- Personnel may include workstation operators, clinical users, technicians, engineers
or area managers.
Step 3: SHUTDOWN:
- Carry out workstation shutdown procedure, preferably from within the AW software,
OR
by depressing the On/Off switch on the workstation front panel.
Step 4: ENERGY ISOLATION:
- Disconnect the power cord from the electrical outlet and then from the workstation.
- Disconnect peripheral device cables from the workstation.
- Remove the power cord and any spare power cords from the vicinity of the
workstation.
Step 5: LOCKOUT TAGOUT (If mandated by local EHS legislation):
- Attach LOTO Red Lock & filled out Red Tag (or local equivalent devices) on each
point of disconnect, shut off, blank & vent as appropriate. Verify that all above is
complete.
Step 6: CONTROL STORED ENERGY:
- Assure that all stored potentially hazardous energy has been relieved, dissipated,
restrained, drained or otherwise controlled (i.e. electrical capacitors) by waiting at
least five minutes between power-down and opening the workstation case.

122
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

Step 7: VERIFY ISOLATION:

- EXTREMELY IMPORTANT! Do not assume the posted shutdown procedure is
accurate – Report any inaccuracies immediately to your EHS Rep.
- Verify that the equipment is fully LOTO-compliant and that all energy is zero.
- Zero energy tests shall include:
1) Attempt to operate the equipment, by the On/Off switch;
2) Check Power Supply output using a Voltage and Continuity tester for Zero Power
status.

Caution: NEVER leave the workstation unattended with the case

open.
If you must leave the workstation during servicing,
resecure the case.
When you return to the workstation, check that the power
cord has not been reconnected, before opening the case.
If necessary, re-start this procedure from Step 3.
Step 8: RETURN TO SERVICE:
- Ensure that maintenance schedule has been successfully completed and any faulty
FRUs replaced.
- Ensure that the workstation case and vicinity are clear of tools
- Ensure that all internal parts, covers and side panels have been securely
reattached/ reconnected.
- Reconnect peripheral device cables to the workstation.
- Reconnect the power cord to the workstation and then electrical outlet.
- Notify affected persons that energy is to be restored.
- Removes any tags and lockout devices from power sockets.
- Reboot the workstation and assure that the equipment is functioning safely &
properly.

7-3 Memory Extension Option Installation

Verify whether the system has been delivered with memory extension modules to be fitted. If so, retain
them in a safe place so that they are not mislaid in the packaging during unpacking.
- To install memory extension on a Z440, Z820 or Z800 workstation, please refer to AW4.7 Service
Manual, Chapter 6 - Options Hardware and Software for the detailed procedure.
- To install memory extension on a Z4 G4 workstation, please follow the procedure described
below.
1.) Shutdown the workstation if it is running.
2.) Disconnect all cables and open the side cover.
Use an antistatic wrist wrap and antistatic mat to handle the printed circuit boards.

123
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

3.) In the base configuration, the default two x 16GB Dual In-line Memory Modules (DIMM) are located
in slots 1 and 2.
Additional two x 16GB DIMMS must be installed in slots 3 and 4.

4.) Holding the Memory Modules by their sides, slide them into the empty memory slots (3 and 4) and
apply equal pressure on both sides of the modules until the retention clips click and lock the modules
into place.

124
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

5.) When you reboot the workstation, you will see the following screen informing you that the memory
size has changed.
Press <Enter> to continue.

OPTIONAL - If a security package against chassis intrusion is installed on your workstation, you will see
the following screen informing you that the machine cover has been removed since last boot.
Press <Enter> to continue.

125
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-4 Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse installation

Verify whether the system has been delivered with a Serial Port Adapter kit. If so, retain it in a safe place
so that it is not mislaid in the packaging during unpacking.
For more details, you can refer to AW4.7 Service Manual, Chapter 6 - Options Hardware and Software.
1.) If the InRoom3D option has been ordered, you need to install in the workstation the Serial Port Kit
that will allow you to plug the 3D mouse.
2.) Shutdown the workstation if it is running.
3.) Disconnect all cables and open the side cover.
Use an antistatic wrist wrap and antistatic mat to handle the printed circuit boards.
4.) For your convenience, remove the memory cooling solution for easier access.

5.) Push down on the expansion card retention clamp levers to open the retention clamp.

126
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

6.) Remove the slot cover from any available expansion slot.
7.) Install the Serial Port Adapter into the available expansion slot.

8.) Connect the plug on the Serial Port Adapter to the serial connector on the system board.

9.) Close the expansion card retention clamp.

If the expansion card retention clamp does not close, ensure that all cards are properly seated, and
then try again.

OPTIONAL - If a security package against chassis intrusion is installed on your workstation, you will see
the following screen informing you that the machine cover has been removed since last boot.

127
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

Press <Enter> to continue.

7-5 K620 Graphics Card for Brainwave option installation

The new K620 Graphics Card is delivered with the BrainWave application (release 3.2 or higher), you
must install it in the workstation.
You can also refer to AW4.7 Service Manual, Chapter 6 - Options Hardware and Software.
1.) Shutdown the workstation if it is running.
2.) Disconnect all cables and open the side cover.
Use an antistatic wrist wrap and antistatic mat to handle the printed circuit boards.
3.) For your convenience, remove the memory cooling solution for easier access.

128
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

4.) Push down on the expansion card retention clamp levers to open the retention clamp.

5.) Gently push the little green tab to release the graphics card and remove the card.

129
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

6.) Install the new K620 graphics card in the same PCIe slot and push to lock it

7.) Close the expansion card retention clamp.

If the expansion card retention clamp does not close, ensure that all cards are properly seated, and
then try again

Note: The K620 graphics card has 1 DVI-D connector and 1 Display Port connector (instead of 2
Display Port connectors on previous graphics cards).

OPTIONAL - If a security package against chassis intrusion is installed on your workstation, you will see
the following screen informing you that the machine cover has been removed since last boot.
Press <Enter> to continue.

130
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-6 Line Voltage Selection

Line voltage selection is automatic for the workstation, monitors and its peripherals.

7-7 Power Connections

• One power outlet is required for the computer.
• One power outlet is required for each of the monitors.

Caution: Power cables must be fitted with proper plugs for the country where the
workstation is installed.

131
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-7-1 AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Components Connection (HP Z4 G4)

USB connectors
- keyboard
- mouse

Ethernet port eth1

Ethernet port eth2 (AMT)

Connect System monitor

to mini DisplayPort labelled 1

Connect additional monitor

to mini DisplayPort labelled 2

Ethernet port eth0

Note: The P620 graphics card has 4 mini Display Port connectors.

132
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-7-2 AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Components Connection (HP Z440)

USB connectors
- keyboard
- mouse

Port marked AMT

RJ45 Ethernet
connector (eth1)
Reserved for
Direct Connect option

Connect System monitor

to DisplayPort labelled 1

Connect additional monitor

to DisplayPort labelled 2

Ethernet port eth0 -

for hospital network

Note: The K620 graphics card has 1 DVI-D connector and 1 Display Port connector (instead of 2
Display Port connectors on previous graphics cards).

133
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-7-3 AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Components Connection (HP Z820)

The rear panel of the Z820 is almost identical to that of the Z800.

Port marked AMT

RJ45 Ethernet
connector (eth1)
Reserved for
Direct Connect option

USB connectors
- keyboard Not used
- mouse

Ethernet port eth0 -

for hospital network

Connect System monitor

to DisplayPort labelled 1

Connect additional monitor

to DisplayPort labelled 2

134
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-7-4 AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Components Connection (HP Z800)

Serial port Power connector

USB connectors
- keyboard
- mouse Not used

Connect System monitor

to DisplayPort labelled 1

Connect additional monitor

to DisplayPort labelled 2

DisplayPort-to-DVI
adapters

Port marked ASF

RJ45 Ethernet RJ45 Ethernet
connector (eth1) connector (eth0)
Reserved for
Direct Connect option Connect to Hospital
network

7-8 Video Monitor Connection

1.) Connect the DisplayPort-to-DVI adapters to the monitor cables.
2.) Connect the DisplayPort-to-DVI adapter attached to the left-side monitor (Master) to the DisplayPort
of the graphics card marked "1"
3.) Connect the DisplayPort-to-DVI adapter attached to the right-side monitor to the DisplayPort of the
graphics card marked "2"

Note: The K620 graphics card has 1 DVI-D connector (marked "1") for the left-side monitor and 1
Display Port connector (marked "2") for the right-side monitor.

135
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-9 Mouse connection

4.) Connect the mouse to one of the computer’s USB ports.

7-10 Keyboard connection

5.) Connect the US default keyboard to one of the computer’s USB ports.
For sites impacted by the new Language Policy requirements, both the default US keyboard and one
local language keyboard are delivered.

Important! If your site has a 105 keys local language keyboard, it should NOT be connected yet.
You will be asked to connect it prior to configure your system for the local language during
the configuration steps described in Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration
Proceed with the first setup steps with the US default keyboard (Job Card IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration), and then install the local language keyboard when instructed to do so.
The available Local language keyboards are:
• Canadian (French Canadian)
• Danish
• Dutch
• Finnish
• French
• German
• Italian
• Norwegian
• Portuguese
• Spanish
• Swedish
• United States (American English)
For more information concerning the new language policy, refer to the document DOC1904342 from the
validated service document repository.

Important! .

Note: The keyboard is delivered with a set of safety labels in different languages.
DO NOT remove the existing English safety sticker. Use the sticker in the appropriate language,
and just stick it upon the English sticker. This step is mandatory for the Chinese market to be
CCC compliant.

136
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-11 Network Connection

Between computer and Image Source through Ethernet network.

Refer to section 7-7-1 AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) Components Connection (HP Z4 G4) for detailed
illustration.
• If no additional Ethernet card is installed on the Z4 G4 / Z440 / Z820 / Z800, the two Ethernet ports
on the motherboard are respectively labeled eth0 and eth1:

Z800 Z820 Z440 Z4 G4

eth0 Hospital Network Hospital Network Hospital Network Hospital Network

eth1 Direct Connect Direct Connect Direct Connect Direct Connect

• If an additional Ethernet card* is installed on the Z4 G4 / Z440 / Z820 / Z800, the port on the additional
card is labeled eth0 and the two Ethernet ports on the motherboard are respectively labeled eth1 and
eth2:

Z800 Z820 Z440 Z4 G4

eth0 Fast Link Hospital Network Fast Link Fast Link

eth1 Hospital Network Direct Connect Hospital Network Hospital Network

eth2 Direct Connect Fast Link Direct Connect Direct Connect

*when Vision applications are installed and the Workstation is connected to X-ray imaging system with
Fast Link.
Also refer to Chapter 7 of the AW Service Manual for more information concerning Networking.

Important! In order not to interfere with other hosts already connected to the network, we
recommend that you do not connect yet the network cable, as long as your workstation is
not properly configured, and you have not entered the appropriate hostname, IP address
and Netmask, matching the network.

Note: Vascular systems may require different settings for the Ethernet cards. Consult Vascular system
documentation for details.

137
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup

7-12 Affix the Regulatory and EHS labels

Important! Medical equipment must be accurately labeled, in order to comply with international and
local regulations.
Carefully follow the instructions below.
The workstation must have the english Rating plate/country-specific labels, the e-IFU label and an EHS
label. You will find the missing labels in the accessory kit.
Stick them on the workstation’s side as shown in the diagram below.

138
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

1 Purpose
This job card explains the initial configuration of the core software factory preloaded on a new AW
VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) workstation.

Note: A new AW 4.7 workstation is normally preloaded with the GEHC (Helios) OS, the AW software
and the main Advanced Applications.
However, if it is not preloaded, refer to Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from
Cold for details of "Load From Cold" installation procedure.

2 Pre-requisite
The workstation is physically installed with the keyboard, mouse and monitor(s) connected.
Refer to Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup for the detailed procedure.

3 Supplies
The following information must be available to install the workstation:
• Hostname of the workstation
• IP address of the workstation
• Netmask
• If the workstation requires the network Direct Connect option:
- IP address for Direct Connect
- Netmask for Direct Connect

• Set of OS + AW software installation media

139
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

4 Configuration procedure
BOOT THE WORKSTATION
1.) Turn on the workstation (if it is off). The power LED is illuminated.
If the power LED is solid or blinking red, it indicates a system error; in this case, refer to the System
diagnostics and troubleshooting of chapter of the HP Service manual for the workstation.

Note: Follow instructions given in the Z4 G4 / Z440/ Z820 / Z800 Service Manual prior to using HP
Hardware Diagnostics tools, and use the software on the media appropriate for the workstation
model.
2.) Turn the monitor(s) and the workstation ON. The green power LED is illuminated.
If the power LED is solid or blinking red, it indicates a system error; in this case, refer to
Troubleshooting chapter of the Z4 G4/Z440/Z820/Z800 Service manual (see Diagnostic light codes).
In this case, follow instructions given in the AW Service Manual, Job Card TSG005, prior to using
HP Diagnostics software workstation.
3.) The system starts to boot up and displays the BIOS version at the bottom left of the screen in the HP
invent screen.
4.) If you installed a memory extension, you will see the following screen informing you that the memory
size has changed.
Press <Enter> to continue.

OPTIONAL - If a security package against chassis intrusion is installed on your workstation, you might
see the following screen informing you that the machine cover has been removed since last boot.
Press <Enter> to continue.

140
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

5.) Check the BIOS version:

- For the Z4 G4 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 1.73 or higher.
- For the Z440 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 2.47 or higher.
- For the Z820 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 3.88 or higher.
- For the Z800 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 3.07 or higher (version 3.19 is
mandatory for the 6-core, X65650 CPU version of the Z800).
a. If not, you must update the BIOS using the delivered BIOS.
Refer to AW Service Manual, Chapter 2, TSG012 for details on the BIOS Flash procedure.
b. If yes, continue below.
6.) You can "Press any key for Option ROM Messages". The system settings display, followed by the
hard disks size and other information on the internal hardware devices.

BASIC NETWORK PARAMETERS

7.) The AW workstation boots up. A number of configuration messages are scrolled on the display.
You are now prompted to enter to the Hostname, IP address and Netmask given to your AW.

Important! Make sure to note down these parameters in case you need to reinstall the workstation.
• The Hostname must begin with a letter
• The Hostname must be less than 12 characters and must contain only the following characters:
- Letters (a, b, c, d...) lower or upper case
- Numbers (0, 1, 2, 3,...
- Dash ( - )
- Underscore ( _ )
The Hostname will automatically be used as the Dicom A.E. Title for the workstation.
8.) Type in the Hostname you want to give to your workstation and press on the <Enter> key when done.
e.g. AW-01 <Enter>
OR
e.g. aw_01 <Enter>

141
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

9.) Type in the IP address for your workstation and press on the <ENTER> key when done.
e.g. 3.45.12.145 <Enter>
The Internet Protocol (IP) address value is only given as an example. Use the value given by the
Network Administrator if applicable.
10.) Type in the appropriate Netmask then press on the <Enter> key when done.
e.g. 255.255.252.0 <Enter>
This Netmask value is only given as an example. Use the value given by the Network Administrator if
applicable.
11.) A confirmation message displays to let you confirm your settings (or modify if needed).
IP = 3.45.12.145
netmask = 255.255.252.0
Apply these settings? (y/n)
12.) Type y <Enter> to accept or n <Enter> if you wish to modify the settings.
In this case, you will be prompted to enter again the IP address and Netmask.

DIRECT CONNECT
The next steps are for the configuration of the second ethernet port eth1, in order to allow the Direct
Connect feature to work through an additional 1Gbps network.

13.) The following message is displayed:

Do you want to configure the second ethernet card? (y/n)
• If you do not want to configure your workstation for Direct Connect through additional network
(mandatory case for DC with the AW Server product), type n <Enter> and directly go to Step 17 .
OR
• If you want to configure your workstation for Direct Connect through additional network, type y
<Enter>, and answer the next set of questions.

Note: You do NOT need to configure eth1, if your site is going to use Direct Connect through the 1Gbps
Hospital network (mandatory case for DC with the AW Server product).

14.) Type in the Direct Connect IP address and press on the <Enter> key when done.
Please enter the IP address for eth1: 192.9.25.1 <Enter>
Use here the value given by the Network Administrator if applicable.
DO NOT choose an IP address for Direct Connect in the same sub-network than the main IP address of
your workstation.
For example, if your AW IP address is 3.45.12.145, do not choose a Direct Connect IP address such as
3.45.12.110 (within the same sub-network).
Choose anything else, like 192.9.25.1 in our example (not in the same sub-network).

15.) The following message is displayed. Type in the Direct Connect Netmask and press on the <Enter>

142
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

key when done.

Please enter the netmask for eth1: 255.255.255.0 <Enter>
Use here the value given by the Network Administrator if applicable.

Note: You must choose a valid Netmask for Direct Connect. You can use the default Class C netmask
255.255.255.0, unless it is specified by the Network administrator. Any non-valid entry of a
Netmask will not be saved and will return to the default class C value.
16.) A confirmation message displays to let you modify your settings if needed:
IP = 192.9.25.1
netmask = 255.255.255.0
Apply these settings? (y/n)
Type y <Enter> to accept or n <Enter> if you wish to modify the settings.
In this case, you will be prompted to enter again the Direct Connect IP address and Netmask.
DEFAULT GATEWAY PARAMETERS
17.) Type in the IP address for Default Gateway and press on the <Enter> key when done.
e.g. 3.45.12.145 <Enter>
The Internet Protocol (IP) address value is only given as an example. Use the value given by the
Network Administrator if applicable.
18.) The following message displays. Verify the details and press y <Enter>.
Apply these settings? (y/n)

DATE/TIME PROPERTIES SETTINGS

19.) A graphical interface displays, to allow you enter the Time Zone and Date & Time settings.
Press <Enter> when ready.

Important! You must configure the Time Zone first, and then configure the Date and Time settings.
If you configure the Date and Time first and then select your Time Zone, the Date and
Time might shift and you will have to configure it again.

143
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

20.) Go to Time Zone tab to select the right Time Zone.

21.) Go to Date and Time tab and select the right Date and Time.

Note: If your site uses a NTP server for time consistency, do not select it yet as you may have to add
information about a DNS (Domain Name) server as well.
This can be done later (see Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks)..

144
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

22.) When time settings are correctly set, click the OK button.
23.) The workstation reboots.

VGA ANALOG CONFIGURATION FOR NEC MONITORS

This step only applies if the workstation needs to be connected in VGA analog mode. (For example,
Vascular systems using a VGA video splitter.)

Skip this step for standard AW installation, which should keep the DVI ”digital” factory default setting and
directly go to section 5 Make sure the latest release of OS/AW platform is installed.
Z800 workstations have been suppliedwith DVI–D adapter cables, for "digital" video connections to the
supplied NEC monitors.
Z440 and Z820 are delivered with DVI-D cables for the supplied Eizo monitors.

Prior to start the software loading sequence, you must check and update (if necessary), the NEC
monitors parameters.
1.) Turn OFF the monitor.
2.) Press the Select 1/2 button and turn ON the monitor.
3.) Keep the Select 1/2 button depressed for at least 2 seconds, then release the button.
4.) Press several times the > button to reach Tab 7.
5.) When Tab 7 is highlighted, confirm by pressing the Select 1/2 button

Note: The following must be done for each monitor. The monitors must be connected and have an
active video signal at their input (the LED is green).

DVI selection
6.) Set up the DVI input to ”Analog” (if using the DVI-VGA cables) INSTALLATION
7.) Press several times the > button to reach DVI selection. Confirm by pressing on Select 1/2 button.
8.) Press on the + or – button to change from Digital to Analog. Confirm by pressing on Select 1/2 button.
The monitor turns on and displays the Maintenance menu.

VGA selection
9.) Set up the VGA input to ”None” or ”Last detect” and confirm by pressing on Select 1/2 button.
10.) Proceed with the same steps for the second monitor.

IT IS NOW TIME TO WRITE DOWN WORKSTATION HOSTNAME, INTERNET ADDRESS, AND

NETMASK IN THE AW CONFIGURATION FORM (see section 1 Advantage Workstation Configuration
Form at the beginning of Chapter 3).

145
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

5 Make sure the latest release of OS/AW platform is installed

A new AW4.7 workstation comes factory loaded with OS and AW core software but it might not be the
latest release that was pre-loaded.
After the initial configuration of the workstation, you must make sure that you have the latest AW release
installed on your workstation compared to the supplied AW software kit.
If the AW release provided on the installation media is more recent, then you must install it on the
workstation through a Load From Cold.

To check which AW release is installed on the workstation:

1.) Start the Common Service Desktop as explained below:
2.) Login as sdc:
sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
The sdc password is factory loaded as adw4.7.

Important! Please note that on the French keyboard, if you use the dot "." on the numeric pad it will
be replaced by a comma ",". Pay particular attention when entering passwords.
3.) AW will attempt to startup but will fail as the software protection key has not been installed yet, so
don’t be alarmed to see the following message in the upper left corner of the screen:
Invalid Software key for AW Station.
Do not insert the USB memory stick with Applications license keys yet!
4.) Click the OK button to close the warning window.
5.) Press the middle button of the mouse and select the Display Configuration option from the main
menu:

6.) The Configuration file opens. Check the AW release in the Environment Configuration section.

146
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

- If the AW release is the same as in the Software Kit, then you do not need to reinstall the AW
platform. Go directly to section 6 Site Configuration of this Job Card.
- If the AW release is less recent than the one contained in the Software Kit , follow the procedure
below to re-install the latest release using the provided software kit.

RELOAD THE OS AND AW PLATFORM

Before starting the software reload, make sure that the following data are available:
- Hostname of workstation.
- Internet Protocol Address for workstation.
- Netmask Value for workstation.
- Internet Protocol Address and Netmask for "Direct Connect" through additional network (if
applicable).
- AW Software Licence key.
- Optional Applications license keys.
1.) Make sure to plug in the default US keyboard to the workstation before proceeding with the Load
From Cold.
You will be able to switch to your local keyboard later in the procedure (section 6 Site Configuration).
2.) Turn on the workstation (if it is off). The power LED is illuminated.
3.) Insert the GEHC OS for AW4.7 installation media into the system and reset the workstation by
pressing on the Reset (On/Off) button of the workstation.
The system closes processes and powers down.
Note that you must install the OS that corresponds to your AW Platform release. Refer to section New
operating system of the Product Presentation for more details on OS versions.
4.) Press the Reset (On/Off) button again to reboot.
The system reboots, starting with the Power On Self Tests.
5.) After a few moments, the OS Installation menu screen displays.
On AW4.7, this screen directly displays after quitting the Boot menu.

6.) Select the option to install the GEHC OS on the workstation:

Install AW 4.7 (VS7) <Enter>
The GEHC OS installation now loads 4Gb of packages and takes around 20 minutes to complete,
according to workstation.

147
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

A status bar indicates the percentage completed during this time. Details of the installed packages are
displayed below.
7.) When 100% complete, the system reboots.

Note: Remove the GEHC OS USB device when instructed

8.) When the workstation reboots, you must boot on the local drive.
Boot from local drive (default) <Enter>
9.) When prompted, enter localhost login and password:
root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>

Note: By default the system assumes a US keyboard is used.

10.) The following message is displayed:
Do you want to manually update any system files ? (y/n) [Enter]
11.) Type n <Enter> unless you want to make manual changes.
If you are installing from a DVD, it is ejected. Remove the GEHC OS DVD-ROM from the drive.
12.) As prompted, insert the AW4.7 SW installation media and press <Enter> to continue.
13.) If you are installing from a USB device, AWeDIM Package Installer opens to let you select the
package to install. Use the arrow keys and the space bar to select the AW Platform and press <Enter>
to launch the installation.
14.) You are now prompted to configure the basic network parameters.
Configure the hostname, IP address, netmask, default ethernet port, eth0, as follows, (using
information supplied as needed by the hospital network administrator):
15.) Type in the Hostname you want to give to your workstation and press <Enter> when done.
e.g: AW-01 <Enter>
16.) Type in the IP address for your workstation (as supplied by the Network Administrator) and press the
<Enter> key when done.
e.g: 3.45.12.145 <Enter>
17.) Type in the appropriate Netmask then press on the <Enter> key when done.
e.g: 255.255.252.0 <Enter>
18.) A confirmation message displays to let you modify your settings if needed:
IP= 3.45.12.145
netmask= 255.255.252.0
Apply these settings? (y/n)
19.) Type y <Enter> to accept or n <Enter> if you wish to modify the settings.
In this case, you will be prompted to enter again the IP address and Netmask.

Note: This response is case sensitive, enter y or n in lower case.

148
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

DIRECT CONNECT
20.) The following message is displayed:
Do you want to configure the second ethernet card? (y/n)
- If you do not want to configure your workstation for Direct Connect through additional network
(mandatory case for DC with the AW Server product), answer n <Enter> and directly go to Step
24 .
OR
- If you want to configure your workstation for Direct Connect through additional network, answer
y <Enter>, and answer the next set of questions.

Note: You do NOT need to configure eth1 to do Direct Connect through 1Gbps Hospital network
(mandatory case for DC with the AW Server product).
21.) Type in the Direct Connect IP address and press on the <Enter> key when done.
Please enter the IP address for eth1: e.g:192.9.25.1 <Enter>
DO NOT choose an IP address for Direct Connect in the same sub-network than the main IP address of
your workstation.
For example, if your AW IP address is 3.45.12.145, do not choose a Direct Connect IP address such as
3.45.12.110 (within the same sub-network). Choose anything else like 192.9.25.1 (not in the same sub-
network).
22.) The following message is displayed. Type in the Direct Connect Netmask and press on the <Enter>
key when done.
Please enter the netmask for eth1: e.g:255.255.255.0 <Enter>

Note: You must choose a valid Netmask for Direct Connect. You can use the default Class C netmask
255.255.255.0, unless specified by the Network administrator. Any non-valid Netmask entry will
not be saved and will return to the default class C value.
23.) A confirmation message displays to let you modify your settings if needed. Type y <Enter> to accept
or n <Enter> if you wish to modify the settings.
In this case, you will be prompted to enter again the Direct Connect IP address and Netmask.
24.) The following message is displayed. Enter the IP address for Default Gateway and press <Enter>.
Please enter the IP address for Default Gateway:
25.) Verify the details and press y <Enter>.
Apply these setting? y <Enter>
The system reboots.
26.) A graphical interface displays, to allow you enter the Time and Time Zone and Date & Time settings.

DATE/TIME PROPERTIES SETTINGS

149
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

Important! You must configure the Time Zone first, and then configure the Date and Time settings.
If you configure the Date and Time first and then select your Time Zone, the Date and
Time might shift and you will have to configure it again.

Note: If at this time of the procedure your USB mouse becomes inoperative, please remove the USB
connector and re-insert it into another USB port of the workstation.
It should start working normally again.
27.) Go to Time Zone tab to select the right Time Zone.

28.) Go to Date and Time tab and select the right Date and Time.

Note: If your site uses a NTP server for time consistency, do not select it yet as you may have to add
information about a DNS (Domain Name) server as well.
This can be done later (see Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks)..

150
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

29.) When time settings are correctly set, click the OK button.
30.) The Application Install window opens. A series of messages relating to configuration of AW core
platform features and services is displayed. This phase takes around 10 minutes.
The following message with an empty list indicates that no package failed to install:
Packages failed to install:
================================================

================================================
If the name of an installation package appears in this field, then you must make sure that your OS
installation media is not damaged and then reinstall the OS.
31.) Finally, you will see the following prompt:
Press [Enter] to continue. <Enter>
32.) The following command is displayed:
Do you want to restore the configuration from a CD-ROM?(y/n)
As you don’t have a Site Configuration CD-ROM, type n <Enter>.
33.) You are now prompted to enter basic configuration details.
• AW software license key.*
• GE system ID (mandatory)**
• Hospital name (mandatory)
• User Interface language: enter the abbreviation for the required languaged (e.g: "e" for English).
• Monitor configuration: (in most cases you should enter 2, for dual monitor display).

Note: *The AW Software License Key can be generated on eLicense.

If you haven't generated your Key, you will be able to enter it later simply press <Enter> to skip
this step.
**The System ID cannot contain only "0" (e.g. 0, 00, 0000, etc...), non-ASCII characters, space,
Back slash (\) and Forward slash (/) or any non-English characters.
It is recommended to keep the length of the value within 32 characters/digits.
The allowed special characters are: # % ^ & ( ) _ - + = [ ] | ; : > <
34.) Press the <Enter> key to accept settings and finish the installation.
The system reboots.
35.) It is time to swap the local Keyborad with the default US keyboard while the system reboots.
36.) When the system has rebooted, it is operational but the configuration is not yet complete.
Remove the installation media and file it in a safe place with other software media.
You can later review the installation logfiles by typing the command:
more /export/home/install.log <Enter>
37.) Continue with the next section to complete site configuration.
! Notice:
If you are having trouble to connect to the workstation, it might be because the wrong keyboard is
connected to the workstation. Try to plug the US default keyboard instead of the local one.

151
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software

6 Site Configuration

To configure the Site parameters, follow the procedures explained in Job Card IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration .

152
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

1 Supplies
• None

2 Tools
• None

3 Safety Precautions
• None

4 Prerequisites
• Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup and Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of
Core AW Software done.
• AW shall be operated exclusively in the LAN/hospital network and never on public internet.
In addition, GE recommends that medical devices are operated in a network that is separate from an
organization's general purpose computing network.
There are many effective techniques for isolating medical devices on a secure sub network, including
implementing firewall protection, demilitarized zones (DMZs), Virtual Local Area Network (VLANs)
and network enclaves.

5 Procedure
• You can partially restore the configuration using a back-up CD-ROM.
Avoid restoring the full configuration or you will face several issues (wrong licenseID, wrong keyboard
layout,...).
For the detailed procedure, refer to section 11-2-3 How to Restore a Configuration.
• Follow this procedure to complete the configuration of any parameters that you did not set when
following Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software or Job Card IST011 -
Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold.
• At the end of this Job Card, you should also execute Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration, if InSite
connectivity is allowed by the hospital.

5-1 Configuration through the CSD

1.) To configure the workstation, start the Common Service Desktop as explained below:
2.) Login as sdc:
sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
The sdc password is factory loaded as adw4.7.

Important! Please note that on the French keyboard, if you use the dot "." on the numeric pad it will
be replaced by a comma ",". Pay particular attention when entering passwords.

153
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

3.) AW will attempt to startup but will fail as the software protection key has not been installed yet, so
don’t be alarmed to see the following message in the upper left corner of the screen:
Invalid Software key for AW Station.
Do not insert the USB memory stick with Applications license keys yet!
4.) Click the OK button to close the warning window.

5.) Press the middle button of the mouse and select the Service Tools option from the main menu, and
then from the sub-menu:

6.) The first time a User runs Firefox, a message displays, asking whether Firefox should be the default
browser. Always select the Yes option (do not attempt to change the browser).
7.) You will also get a Security Warning message.
Select the check box to accept the risk and press the Run button to run the application.

8.) The Firefox navigator opens, displaying the Common Service Desktop.
Note that it can take a few seconds for the Healthpage to display.

154
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

You can increase the size of the window as follows:

Move the mouse cursor over the bottom right corner of the window, press and hold the mouse left button
while moving the mouse to adjust the size.
9.) Click the Configuration button.The Configuration menu is displayed.

10.) Click Configure single feature menu then on Site Parameters to open the Site Parameters menu.

155
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5-1-1 Site Parameters menu

11.) As this is your first entry into the Configuration menu, you will be prompted to type in the Root
password.

12.) Click into the password field and type in the root password:
Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (or click OK)
13.) The Configure Site Parameters menu pops up allowing you to configure the various parameters.

14.) Select the desired parameters for each section, as described below.

AW Software license Key

The Software Key is supplied in the software kit with a new system, or can be calculated using the e-
License tool, from the license ID which can be found on the workstation Rating Plate.
• If you need to read the workstation’s license Id number, in order to check (or request from your OLC)
the corresponding AW software license key, open a new command window and type in:
licenseId <Enter>
• Enter the Key with the numeric pad of the keyboard (make sure Num Lock function key is pressed).
If the AW software license key is 7 characters instead of the usual 8 characters, prefix it with a”0” (Zero)
e.g. Enter license key 4596623 as 04596623.

156
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

User Interface language

Choose a language corresponding to your site
Note that for some languages, only User docs translation is supported (marked as "documentation
only").

Keyboard Layout
The default setting is “Automatic: keyboard layout follows language”.

Important! DO NOT plug in the local keyboard yet, until you have finished entering all Site’s
parameters, and clicked on the Save parameters button.
Select the keyboard corresponding to your site.
• If no local language keyboard has been delivered for your site, you can use the default US keyboard
with any other local language. Make sure in this case, to select “United States” keyboard.
• If applicable for your site, the local language keyboard will be connected later, in place of the US
default keyboard (in section 5-1-14 Restart software, step 2.).

Monitors Configuration
Select single or dual monitor configuration (normally dual for new system).
It depends on the number of Landscape color monitors, connected to your workstation.

157
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

System Serial Number (MANDATORY)

The System Serial Number defaults to the Device Serial Number of the workstation (as printed on the
label located at the top right corner of the CPU Box right side panel).

If the field is empty or filled with "000000", please enter the Serial Number printed on the label.

Model number

GE System ID (or SystemID) (MANDATORY)

This Field is mandatory. The System ID is the workstation’s Service identifier within the GE AW network.
It is used both by InSite and is also vital for support by remote login.
The System ID cannot contain only "0" (e.g. 0, 00, 0000, etc...), non-Ascii characters, space, Back slash
(\) and Forward slash (/) or any non-English characters.
It is recommended to keep the length of the value within 32 characters/digits.
The allowed special characters are: # % ^ & ( ) _ - + = [ ] | ; : > <

Note: - If no InSite checkout is performed, the status of the GE System ID will be displayed in red in the
Healthpage. This is a normal behavior.
- In case of InSite configuration, make sure that the SystemID configured on the workstation is
the SystemID that will be used by the GE Back Office. The SystemID field will be auto-populated
by the value held for the workstation by the Back Office during InSite checkout.

Note: Starting from AW4.7 Ext.3 release, the SystemID will be automatically checked against this list of
allowed characters.

Country Code

GE System Order
This is the Customer Global Order number (GON) of the workstation (also known as SO, or FDO).

Hospital name, Hospital address (MANDATORY)

Do not use the following characters for hospital name and phone number: ! $ " ‘ { } [ ] * @ # ? ^

Customer name

Email address

158
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

Support Phone Number and Sales Phone Number

Enter the telephone number of GE's local Sales Support Answer Line.

Remote Node control

• When set to Off, all the remote hosts are allowed to send images to the station.
• When set to On, only the remote hosts having their AE title declared in the AW VolumeShare 7
(AW4.7) host manager are allowed to send images to the station.
This feature can be considered as a DICOM Hosts filter.
By default, AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) is configured with Remote Node control set to Off.

Autodelete Activity and parameters:

The suggested values are to start autodelete when the capacity is < 10% of the image disks capacity
and to stop when it gets to > 25%.
In case of a workstation with 2 x500GB disks (HP Z440):
• Start Autodelete at: 100000
• Stop Autodelete at: 200000
In case of a workstation with 2 x300GB disks (HP Z820 and HP Z800):
• Start Autodelete at: 60000
• Stop Autodelete at: 150000
To activate this setting, you will have to restart AW.
The rule for autodeleting images is oldest images first (except for locked images).

Important! You must be aware that activating Autodelete feature might results in data loss.
Compressed DICOM networking (receive only)
Select if your site wants to use this feature (whether compression is used for network transmission of
DICOM images).

Additional DICOM query with replaced caret (^) and space (?)
Wildcard parameters for DICOM patient queries.

Autolock Activity and parameters:

Select if your site wants to use this feature.
If you select Autolock = On, the User will have to enter the password to unlock the screen after the
system has entered into the "Screen Save" state.

Screen Saver Activity and parameters.

Select if your site wants to use this feature.
It is recommended to use this feature in order to save the monitors life and avoid "burning" the screen.

DPMS activity and parameters.

Select if your site wants to use this feature.It is recommended to use this feature in order to limit the
monitors power on time.

159
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

Direct Connect
It allows you to define whether or not the workstation will use the Direct Connect feature.
Select Enabled if you want to activate the Direct Connect feature. Otherwise, select Disabled.
For this configuration, you will need to setup a physical private Network.
If it is not possible, it is mandatory to ensure that the connection between Direct Connect systems is
securely behind a firewall and can not be accessed from the outside.

Postfetch Timeout
Configure any/all of the three Postfetch fields if the user experiences problems with DICOM-related
Postfetch features (and only after subject to discussion and agreement with the user).
Use this parameter to interrupt a DICOM communication, actually reading from an association, when
processing a DICOM response takes too much time. The Default value for this is 10 minutes.

Important! For an explanation of how the Postfetch can be enabled and configured by the User, see
the following reference: Chapter 6, Section 4 of the AW VolumeShare 7 User Guide
Postfetch Priority
Three priorities can be assigned to DICOM queries during a Postfetch operation.
The default priority for Postfetch related DICOM communication is LOW but it can be set to MEDIUM or
HIGH.

Important! For this to be taken into account, the DICOM source must also be able to handle this
parameter.

Postfetch Query Level

• The default Query level is Image.
• To speed up Postfetch operations, set the Query level to Series.

Warning: In this case, it is possible that not every image from the remote host will be
downloaded to the AW.

15.) When you have properly entered all the desired parameters, click the Save parameters button.
The "Please Wait" message pops up until the parameters have been saved:

Note: The time required to save parameters depends on the number of features and which features
you change. Changing certain features, in particular Language and Keyboard, can result in a
delay of up to one minute while reconfiguration occurs.

160
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

16.) Eventually a successful installation confirmation window message pops up:

17.) Click the OK button to close the confirmation window.

Important! DO NOT restart or reboot the AW workstation at this time. You should only do this when
instructed, at the end of the whole AW configuration.

5-1-2 Remote Hosts Management option

1.) Click Remote Hosts Management to enter the Remote hosts configuration menu.

The View Local Host Parameters button allows you to view the DICOM network parameters of your
workstation. This workstation's network information may need to be configured on other DICOM hosts to
allow successful DICOM communications between this workstation and other DICOM hosts.
Click Back to Host Management button, to return to the Host Management menu when done.
2.) Click Add Host button to create a new entry in the Remote Hosts table or select an existing entry in
the table then click Modify Host to modify an existing remote host information.

161
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

3.) The Host Parameters Menu opens to let you enter the Host parameters.
- Host label: Enter the name you want to give to the icon that will represent the remote host.
- Host name: Enter the hostname
- Application Entity Title: Enter the Application Entity Title (A.E.T.) *
- Network address: Enter the Internet address
- Network protocol: Select Dicom 3.0
- Encrypted: Select Yes for encrypted communication only (DICOM TLS)
To establish an encrypted connection with a Remote Host, the AW must also be declared as
"Encrypted" on this remote host.
- Port number: Enter the listened Port number of the Target station*
* This information can be obtained from the Remote Host Conformance statement documents.
The Port number depends on the DICOM system to be connected. For instance, AW listens to DICOM
Hosts on the Port 4006.
4.) Click Save Host button, when done.The Please Wait message pops up until the parameters are
configured.
5.) The Host Management menu is displayed again, in order for you to add/modify other hosts.
6.) Click the OK button to close the confirmation window.

Important! DO NOT restart or reboot the AW workstation at this time. You should only do this when
instructed, at the end of the whole AW configuration.

5-1-2-1 For encrypted connection with remote DICOM Hosts (DICOM TLS)
*Starting from AW4.7 Ext. 14 release, AW listens to encrypted DICOM Hosts on the port 2762 (for
DICOM TLS).
Notes:
- The local AW issuer CA certificate (/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca.crt) may need to be imported to the
remote host depending on the remote system.
Make this file available to the site IT Admin. If needed, refer to section 6-4 Copy AW issuer CA
certificate file on a USB device in Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks for
detailed instructions to copy it on a USB device.
- To establish an encrypted communication between two AWs, it is not needed to exchange their
AW issuer CA certificate.
- Postfetch cannot work on a host with which you established a secured encrypted communication

OPTIONAL - Set ciphers (also called "cyphers") in the DICOM encrypted language
AW is configured to use by default the default DICOM ciphers suites (AES128-SHA, DES-CBC3-SHA)
and a secured cipher suite (AES256-SHA256).
AW is configured by default to the most secured encryption protocol (TLSv1.2). However, it is possible to
configure AW to a less secured communication protocol with the following options:
• SSLv23 (that corresponds to TLS1.0, TLS1.1, TLS1.2)
• TLSv1 (that corresponds to TLS1.0)
• TLSv1_1 (that corresponds to TLS1.1)

162
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

• TLSv1_2 (Default option that corresponds to TLS1.2)

1.) To change the default values, edit the following file:
cd /export/home/sdc/default/Xapplresdir/ <Enter>
gedit Dcserver <Enter>
2.) Change the encryption protocol in the file.
3.) Some customers may require to use only the secure cipher suites. In that case, you must only keep
"AES256-SHA256" in the file.
4.) Save and close the file.

5-1-3 Routers Management

1.) Click Routers Management to display the Routers declaration screen.

2.) To declare a default router, click on the Add Default Gateway button.

3.) Enter the Gateway address, and the number of hops (default=0), then click on Save Router.
For more information, see the AW SM, Networking chapter.
4.) The Default Gateway declared successfully message displays.
Click on the OK button to return to the Routers declaration screen.

Note: Only a single default gateway can be declared. The Add Default Gateway button will be greyed
out if a gateway has already been declared.
To change it, first use the Delete Default Gateway option, then declare the new gateway using
the method described above.
In case of problem using the Routers Management screen, refer to the AW SM, Networking chapter.

163
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5.) To declare a router to a network, click on Add Network router.

6.) Enter the Gateway address (if any), the network to reach address, the netmask and the number of
hops (default=0), then click on Save Router.
For more information, see the AW SM, Networking chapter.
7.) The "Network router declared successfully" message displays.
Click on the OK button to return to the Routers declaration screen.
8.) To declare a router to a host, click on Add Host Router.

9.) Enter the Gateway address, the address of the host to reach, and the number of hops (default=0),
then click on Save Router. For more information, see AW SM, Networking chapter.
10.) The Host router declared successfully message displays.
Click on the OK button to return to the Routers declaration screen.

TROUBLESHOOTING
To uninstall (delete) a router:
1.) Click Routers Management to display the Routers declaration screen.
2.) Click on the relevant Remove... button.
3.) From the displayed list, select the router to be uninstalled.
In the case of a problem using the Routers Management screen, refer to the AW SM, Networking
chapter.

164
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5-1-4 DICOM Printers Management

1.) Click Dicom Printers Management to display the Dicom Printers Management screen.

2.) Use this screen to:

- Add, Modify or Remove DICOM printers to which the AW can print, or
- view the AW workstation’s DICOM parameters, which are established by default and cannot be
modified.
3.) To delete a configured printer from the list, simply select it and click Remove printer.
4.) When you click Add Printer or Modify Printer (for a selected printer in the list), the following DICOM
Printer Parameters screen displays.

165
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

These 2 fields must be identical

5.) Enter the DICOM Printer parameters, as defined by the Vendor’s Printer DICOM conformance
statement.
See Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers for more information.

Note: The DICOM Printer Label (name you want to give to your printer) must be identical to the Printer
hostname. Otherwise, you will not be able to print DICOM images if SmartScore application is
installed.
Do not use "spaces", only use separators like "-" or "_".

166
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

• 12 bits image supported: Not supported by AW application.

• Colour supported:
• Printer pixel size: If applicable with your printer and calling application.
• True Size: If applicable with your printer and calling application.
• Density: AW application uses this information if supplied for your camera, and entered in the
corresponding fields. In the other case, leave the fields blank.
• Configuration information: (i.e.: PERCEPTION_LUT=LINEAR): Allows selecting the LUT of the
printer instead of the default AW LUT.

6.) Click on Save Printer, when done.

7.) The Printer data saved successfully message displays. Click the OK button to continue.
8.) The DICOM Printer Management screen displays again, in order for you to add/modify other Dicom
printers.
When done with Dicom printers declaration, click on Next Step to continue.

5-1-5 Postscript Printers Management

1.) Click Postscript Printers Management to display the Postscript Printers Management screen.

2.) Click on Add Printer, or select an existing entry in the table.

3.) Then click on Modify Printer, to modify an existing postscript printer.
The Postscript Printer Parameters screen displays.

167
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

4.) Enter the Postscript Printer parameters, as defined by the Vendor’s Printer operator’s and service
manuals. See Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers for more
information.

Note: For the Printer name, do not use "spaces". Only use separators like "-" or "_".
5.) Make sure the printer is not in ”sleep” mode, before clicking on Save Printer, when done.
The printer is ping’ed to check if it is alive. If it is not the case, the printer declaration will not be taken into
account.
6.) The Printer data successfully saved message displays. Click OK.

The Postscript printers supported with the current AW release are:

- Codonics (1660M 1660MD)
- Codonics Horizon
- HP LaserJet
- Kodak (DMI 3600)
- Lexmark (Optra 1650N 1855N SC1275N C710n C720N T612 T614)
- QMI GL2101HD Film/ThickPaper
- QMI GL2101HD Plain Paper
- Seiko (1720D)
- Tally (T8106)
- XeroxPhaser
7.) When done with postscript printers declaration, click on Next Step to continue.

168
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

Note: When a postscript printer is already installed on the AW, if attempting to modify and save the
parameters of the printer with the Service Tools, a message pops up that the printer already
exists, and that a different name should be specified for this printer.
As the printer name field is not editable, you cannot modify its parameters. The workaround is to delete
the current printer and create a new printer with the correct parameters.
5-1-6 Applications and Licensing
Click on Applications and Licensing to display the Applications and Licensing Configuration screen.

This screen lets you configure the Licensing Mode and related parameters.
LICENSING CONFIGURATION
1.) Define if your site will have local licenses (Standalone mode) or Network licenses (Network
mode = floating licenses between several AWs managed by a remote server).
Note that you must enter the floating license Access Enabler key before pressing Floating Mode for
Licensing mode.
• If Standalone mode, you do not need to configure this screen. Go directly to APPLICATIONS
INSTALLATION.
• If Network mode:
- Ensure that the PNF Firewall is OFF (Utilities > Firewall Configuration.)
- Enter the Floating License Client Access Enabler key (also called "Concurrency Enabler”),
supplied with the workstation’s application licenses.
- Select the Floating mode radio button.
- Enter the IP address(es) of the Primary and Secondary (if applicable) license server(s).
- License server port is set to ”17767” by default. You may change it if otherwise specified.
- Set the inactivity timeout, so that licenses not in use can be freed up for use by another station.
- Optionally enter a contact phone number and workstation local information.

169
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

- Click on Save Parameters.

- If you want to go on with the Configuration, click Next to move to the next configuration screen
Go directly to section 5-1-7 HTTP support (advanced configuration) of the procedure.
- To install the Advanced Applications now, follow the procedure described below.
APPLICATIONS INSTALLATION

Note: Applications installation is only accessible through the Easy Install menu. It is not directly
accessible from the CSD/Configuration menu.

Note: Applications’ Operator and Installation Manuals are either supplied on media or available online.
For applications released on 2 CD-ROMs, documentation is on the second CD-ROM, from which
it should be loaded on the AW workstation.
1.) To access the Easy Install menu, you may need to restart AW now.
Select Restart AW from the Root Menu.
A pop-up may be displayed, if you have selected ”Direct connect” through the Hospital Network
please ensure that the connection between Direct Connect systems is securely behind a firewall and
can not be accessed from the outside.
2.) Start Easy Install from the User Interface/Admin/Install Package, and install the Advanced
applications from the Hard disk (preloaded Applications), and/or from their respective CD-ROMS.
Refer to Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.

Note: When installing newer Applications, the associated Installation Manual displays automatically. If
you do not wish to read the manual at this time, DO NOT quit, but simply close or iconify the
document window. Quitting it would close the internet browser, and your CSD window as well.
3.) When done with the Software options installation, press simultaneously on <Alt> <F3> to iconify the
AW Patient list.
4.) Double–click on the ConfigMenu - Mozilla Firefox icon to reopen the Configuration screen that gives
access to the online Service Documentation.
Click on Next Step to continue.
5-1-7 HTTP support (advanced configuration)

Note: Data Export must be Off unless required by the customer.

By default the HTTPS service is not running and the HTTPS 443 port is closed.
You can verify the status of this port in the Expert section of the PNF Firewall (Utilities > Firewall
Configuration. The port will be listed here if it is open.
You can also look on the Admin./Display Configuration page for the status of the Remote Access of Data
Export Web Server (On/Off).
(The 443 port provides support for features such as DataExport. This allows file/data exchange via the
http protocol with a remote host running a Web navigator.)
To open the 443 port:

170
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

1.) Click the HTTP support option in the Service Tools\Configuration\Configure single feature menu.
2.) Click the Enable button. The "Please Wait" message pops up until the parameters are configured.
Then the HTTP support enabled successfully message is displayed.
3.) Click the OK button to close the confirmation window.

Note: To enable access from the workstation to the public Internet, you may also need to configure the
https proxy used by Firefox. Consult the Local Administrator for this information and be aware of
the security risks involved.

DO NOT restart or reboot the AW workstation at this time. You should only do this when instructed, at
the end of the whole AW configuration.
For Troubleshooting, see AW SM, Jobcard TSG006.
5-1-8 InSite/ProDiags/iLinq
The InSite, ProDiags and iLinq Configuration menu window displays.
No CSD-based tool is supplied to configure InSite. This window is only an informational window, to let
you know what steps should be done.
For more information on InSite installation and configuration, refer to Chapter Job Card IST008 - InSite
Configuration.
1.) In Full Configuration mode, click on Next Step to continue.
As indicated in the window, the InSite checkout should only be executed after completing all the other
steps of a full configuration, as part of the procedure involves closing the CSD.

2.) In Configure single feature mode, please make sure to change the passwords as described in section
5-1-10 Password change BEFORE proceeding to the InSite checkout.
When done with Insite configuration, close the Command window to return to the CSD Configuration
menu.

5-1-9 Users Management

The User management menu window displays (if the workstation is configured to use Local user
management).
• If your site is going to manage Users through the EA3 Enterprise Authentication server, refer to Job
Card IST009, section 8 Managing User Accounts to enable EA3 configuration first.
• If your site is not going to use EA3, you can create Users now as follows:
1.) Click the Add User button.
Note that you can only add Users only in local mode (and not in EA3 mode). If the Add User button
doesn’t display, switch to local mode.
2.) Create the new User data (mandatory fields are User name and password), then click the Save
button.
3.) The Please Wait message pops–up until the parameters are configured.
Then the User data saved successfully message displays. Click OK to continue.
4.) When done with the User management, click on Next Step to continue (in Full Configuration mode).

171
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5-1-10 Password change

Important! It is MANDATORY to change the site’s system passwords before proceeding to the InSite
checkout (root, sdc, sdc_admin, insite) in order to increase security for the workstation.
You must communicate the new passwords to your OLC and Checkout team at the time
of InSite Checkout.
1.) Click Password Change to continue.
The Change password for sdc, sdc_admin and root menu window displays.
2.) Select/highlight the User (sdc, sdc_admin or root) whose password you want to change by clicking
on the name and click the Change Password button.

3.) Type twice the new password in the password fields and click the Change Password button.
You must choose passwords of a least 8 characters, an assortment of lower/upper case letters,
numbers and special characters, and the grouping of letters should have no known meaning.
Refer to the list of allowed special characters displayed in the tool-tip.
4.) A Please Wait message pops up until the parameters are configured.

Important! DO NOT CHANGE the passwords unless notifying the Checkout and OLC
representatives. Failing to do so would no longer allow access to your system from the
OLC support teams.
Changing passwords after "Checkout" means that a new Checkout will be necessary, to
allow remote connectivity.
5.) When done with the password management, exit the Common Service Desktop by clicking Quit from
the File menu.
For more details on the password change procedure, you can refer to AW4.7 SM, Job Card TSG014
- Changing System Passwords.
6.) Communicate the new passwords to the Checkout and OLC representatives.

5-1-11 Register Configuration

Use this option after changing the workstation’s software configuration (after the installation/upgrade of
ALL AW/Application Software release), to register the configuration on the AWCCT website.
Refer to Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks for more details.

Press Next Step to skip this step now (if Applications are not yet installed).

172
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5-1-12 Print current AW parameters

This option lets you display the workstation’s AW parameters. You can then print them to a declared
Postscript printer, or save the output to a text file.
If Firefox is configured to block pop-up windows, this feature will not work. See Job Card TSG002 in the
AW SM for troubleshooting details.

5-1-13 Remote License Manager

This option lets you configure remote license usage, as long as Floating License Client Access has
been enabled using the Applications and Licensing screen.
You can install licenses from local media to the configured license server, or enter licenses manually to
update the server.

5-1-14 Restart software

To enable a modified configuration, you need to restart the AW core software.
1.) Select Restart Software from the Application menu (or Restart AW from the Root Menu).

OR

2.) If your site has been delivered with a local language keyboard, you shall connect it NOW, in place of
the default US keyboard while the software is rebooting.

Important! Ensure that you have finished installing all new/upgraded software and that the new
Configuration has been registered on AWCCT.

Note: If the parameters configured from the Service Tools can be saved but are not taken into account
after restarting the software, please refer to AW4.7 SM, Job Card IST011 for the procedure to
solve this issue.

173
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5-2 Install the SMPTE test patterns

Bypass this step if the SMPTE patterns are already available from the Patients List.

Note: These patterns are not automatically installed after a software reload (Load From Cold or Load
from Warm). However they will be retained on the workstation’s hard disk if you enter <y> when
prompted "Do you want to keep the existing images?" during the re-installation.
1.) Install the SMPTE pattern from the AW Admin. menu (if they not already installed).

2.) Check that the SMPTE test patterns are correctly installed. They should appear in the Patient list
(Patient Name = SMPTE).

DIN Patterns
On AW4.7 Ext.10 release, the DIN Patterns are installed using the Free Image Importer tool.
On AW4.7 Ext. 12 and higher releases, the DIN Patterns are directly installed using the Admin.> Install
SMPTE menu.
For the detailed procedure to use the DIN Patterns for calibration, refer to the Read Me First delivered
with the monitor.

5-3 Additional Site Parameters

5-3-1 Configure.patient_key

Warning: This script should be used very carefully, as it might cause Patients’ data to be
mixed in the AW Database.
DO NOT CHANGE the Database Management model, unless explicitly requested
by the Site.

The standard Database patient identification is based on 4 information:

- Patient name
- Patient ID (unique number to identify a patient in the hospital)
- Patient birth date
- Patient sex

174
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

Some sites may require that the "regular" Database Management model is changed to a less ”restrictive”
model. For example, Emergency sites which might not know the name of the Patient upon arrival to the
Radiology department.
These sites, may consequently require to have the Patient ID + Patient sex model only.
1.) If your site requests a different Database management model, than the standard Name_ID_Birth_sex
model, open a Command Window and run the /export/home/sdc/scripts/configure.patient_key script.

======== Database patient key configuration ========

WARNING!!!–––––––WARNING!!!
MODIFYING PATIENT_KEY ON NON RELIABLE CENTRALIZED PATIENT ID MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION SYSTEMS MAY LEAD TO MIX PATIENTS IN THE AW DATABASE
Database patient key configuration
1 NAME_ID_BIRTH_SEX (SAFEST) Patient is identified by his name, birthdate, hospital id and sex
2 NAME_ID_SEX Patient is identified by his name, hospital id and sex
3 ID_SEX_BIRTH (UNSAFE ON NON CENTRALIZED PATIENT ID SYSTEM) Patient is identified only
by his hospital id and sex
4 ID_SEX (UNSAFE ON NON CENTRALIZED PATIENT ID SYSTEM) is identified only by his hospital id
and sex
Please choose the desired Database patient key configuration [?,??,q]:
[NAME_ID_BIRTH_SEX] i.e : 2 <Enter]>
Database patient key configuration : NAME_ID_SEX
Please confirm [y,n,?,q] y <Enter>

Note: At this time, the Database is going to be reconstructed, to take the change into account.
PLEASE WAIT !!! DATABASE IS BEING RECONSTRUCTED !!!

5-4 OPTIONAL - Hardware lockdown for security

Hardware security is essential to minimize the risks of Software Hacking and we STRONGLY
RECOMMEND that you proceed to hardware BIOS lockup when done with the Hardware Configuration
steps.

If the workstation is located in a non-secured room, then you must make sure to prevent any intrusion
attempt. Changing the boot order will prevent any unauthorized user to boot on a USB stick or on a CD-
ROM.
Once you have setup the Boot order, you need to lockup the BIOS so that the parameters cannot be
changed by unauthorized user.

Refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security for the detailed procedure.

175
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5-5 LCD Monitors Settings

5-5-1 Eizo Monitor Settings

Note: The Eizo RadiForce MX191 19" LCD Color Monitor is delivered in "DICOM" mode as default
configuration. This may cause images luminance attenuation for non DICOM images or
customers more accustomed to the luminance of the previously supplied NEC monitors to
request adjustments. To remove this attenuation, please follow the instructions below.

Note: This problem does not affect Eizo MX193 monitor as it is delivered in "DICOM" mode with 200 cd/
m2 as default configuration.
1.) Click on M button; the DICOM mode is displayed as shown in picture below:

2.) Click on M button multiple times until CUS (Custom) Mode is displayed

3.) Once you are in CUSTOM Mode, click on the last right button to set it as default mode. The display
should now have more luminance.

5-5-2 NEC Monitor Settings

Note: For more accurate information on the monitor settings, and/or if the right format cannot be
obtained automatically, you need to setup the format manually on the monitor.
Refer to the monitor’s documentation delivered with the monitor.

5-5-3 Check DVI and VGA inputs configuration

If not done yet, you must make sure that the video inputs of your monitor(s) is(are) properly configured.
See Job Card IST001B, section VGA ANALOG CONFIGURATION FOR NEC MONITORS.

176
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

5-5-4 Set Auto–adjust parameter to OFF

Depending on the overall system configuration, the NEC 1990SXi LCD monitors can be configured to
have the auto–adjust disabled, in order not to automatically ”catch up” the screen size, after the Screen
Saver is releasing and unblanks the screen, and possibly display the image bigger than the field of view.

Note: - This section does not apply to standard AW4.7 workstations connected to monitors via digital
cables, (for instance Z440/Z820/Z800 connected to monitors via digital Display Port connectors).
In these cases monitor de-synchronization does not occur.
Where possible it is recommended to use digital cables to connect monitors (order new cables if
necessary).
- Instructions only apply to cases where the AW VolumeShare 7 workstation is installed in a
configuration where VGA cables (X-Ray) are used and depending on the monitor type. Refer to
the relevant product installation instructions.

In order to set the auto–adjust parameter to ”disabled”, proceed as follows with each monitor.

Pre–requisite:
• The workstation is up and running AW application.
• Left screen : Display the Patient list for catching up the 1280x1024 format
• Right screen : Display the 2D Viewer + Filmer in full screen mode for catching up the 1280x1024
format
You can use the SMPTE test patterns for performing this adjustment.
1.) Catch up the image resolution (format), by pressing alternatively on the Select 1–2 button , and the
Exit button. Note that at the first time the system is powered up, the image can be shifted to the left
or right, or out of the screen limits.
2.) When the image has the right format, turn OFF the monitor.
3.) Turn ON the monitor, while keeping the Select 1–2 button pressed.
4.) The Brightness/Contrast menu pops up. You can now release the Select 1–2 button.
5.) Press on the Exit button. The Monitor adjustment menu pops up.
6.) Press again on the Exit button.
7.) Press twice on the > button, and move to Tab 3 (auto–adjust).
Your monitor is most probably set to ”single” or to ”full”.
8.) Press on the Select 1–2 button.
9.) With the + and/or – buttons, move auto–adjust to OFF.
10.) Press on the Exit button.
11.) Press again on the Exit button to quit the Monitor adjustment menu.
12.) Repeat the same steps in order to set the auto–adjust of the second monitor (if applicable).

177
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration

If you have a NEC 1990Sxi monitor:

1.) Press the button at the right of INPUT button to display the Monitor adjustment menu
2.) Press the > button twice to move to EXPANSION menu
3.) Press the Select button.
4.) Press down to select EXPANSION
5.) Press the > button to select “OFF”
6.) Press the Exit button twice to quit the Monitor adjustment menu.
7.) Now it is Time to Shutdown and Reboot the Workstation.

Advantage Workstation Basic System is operational.

It is now time to write down AW Software Protection Key, Serial Number of Workstation, Application Support
telephone number, Hospital Name and User Interface Information in the AW Configuration Form (section 1
Advantage Workstation Configuration Form at the start of Chapter 3).

Note: For details of how to configure other settings using the Common Service Desktop tools, including
the PNF Firewall and RIS Synchronization, see Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop
Utilities.
For details of the Service Tools provided for workstation diagnostics and basic preventive
maintenance, see the AW SM, Job Card TSG011.

5-6 Configure InSite Now

If InSite connectivity is allowed by the hospital, now is a good time to execute Job Card IST008 - InSite
Configuration.

Now the workstation’s configuration must be registered, but not until after you have installed all
application software and their license keys, as explained in Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing
and Troubleshooting.
The method for registering the configuration is explained in Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final
Settings & Checks.

178
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

1 Tools required
• None.

2 Safety precautions
• None

3 Prerequisites
• The workstation must be correctly installed and configured.
• The workstation’s local Network connection must correctly installed and configured.
• The printer(s) to which you wish to connect the workstation must be correctly installed and connected
to the local network.

Note: This procedure does not explain how to connect printer(s) to the network.

Make sure the following information is available before starting to install printer:
- Internet address and Hostname of Network printer(s). This information can be obtained either
from the Network Administrator of the Hospital, or from the Pre-Installation Checklist (see AW
PIM).
- Application Entity Title (A.E.T.) of Network printer(s). This information can be obtained from the
Printer Supplier.
- DICOM Port number of Network printer(s). This information can be obtained from the Printer
Supplier.

4 PART 1: Network Postscript Printers

The supported Network Postscript printers are:

• Codonics NP1660 M or NP 1660 MD; Codonics Horizon
• Seiko 1720D; Kodak DMI 3600; Tally T8106; HP LaserJet; Xerox Phaser
• Lexmark 1650N; Lexmark C710n; Lexmark C720N; Lexmark T612; Lexmark T614; Lexmark
SC1275N; Lexmark Opera S1855N.
• QMI GL2101HD Film/ThickPager; QMI GL2101HD Plain Paper

Note: If your site has purchased the DICOM option for the Codonics NP1660MD or the Seiko 1720D
printers, you may skip to section 5 PART 2: DICOM Printers for the installation procedure for
these printers.

179
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

4-1 Procedure
4-1-1 Test the network connection to the printer
Once a network printer is connected to the network and assigned an IP address, it should respond to
TCP/IP messages from another Host on the network (e.g. the AW workstation).
Before declaring a printer on the AW workstation, check the network connection:
1.) From the workstation, open a Command Window and switch User to root:
console login: su – root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (factory loaded default root password)
Do not forget to always close the Command Window when the action is done, otherwise it opens a
security hole.
2.) Type in the following ping command:
/bin/ping <network_printer_IP_address> <Enter>
e.g.: /bin/ping 192.100.9.5 <Enter>
(replace the example IP address with the actual address of the printer)
3.) The reply should be: <Network printer IP address > is alive.

Note: When entering the printer IP address, do not enter leading zeros in any of the four numeric fields
separated by dots, e.g., do not type in 192.100.009.005, but type 192.100.9.5 instead.

• The "alive" answer from the system means that the Network printer can be reached from the
Acquisition Workstation system through the network.
• If the system displays "unknown host", your printer may not be correctly declared on the network.
• If the system displays "Network unreachable", you probably have given the printer an IP address
incompatible with your Review Workstation's IP address.
Check that they belong to the same network, 192.100.9.X, for example.
4.) Log out.
4-1-2 Postscript Printer Installation
Postscript Printers must be installed through the CSD Configuration menu. This is normally done during
initial configuration. See Job Card IST002, section 5-1-5 Postscript Printers Management for
instructions.
You may also install the printers through command lines as follows:
1.) Login as sdc, if not already logged in as sdc:
console login: sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter> (factory loaded default sdc password)
2.) When AW has completed its startup, from the VolumeShare 7 browser’s Admin. menu, select
Command Window.

180
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

Note: You should move this window to the lower right corner of the screen so that it does not get
overwritten by AW pop-up windows.
3.) Switch user to root:
su – root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>
Do not forget to always close the Command Window when the action is done, otherwise it opens a
security hole.
4.) Change to the sdc install directory:
cd /export/home/sdc/install <Enter>
5.) Run the printers installation script:
./install.printers <Enter>
Do you want to install new printer(s) [y,n,?,q] y <Enter>
Define the local name of the printer [?,q] <printer1.name> <Enter>
At this point, you should give the name you have chosen for your printer. It can be the same as the
network Hostname of your printer but it is not mandatory.

Installing Printer

Printer model
1 c Codonics (1660M 1660MD)
2 h Codonics Horizon
3 hp HP LaserJet
4 k Kodak (DMI 3600)
5 l Lexmark (Optra 1650N 1855N SC1275N C710nC720NT612 T614)
6 qf QMI GL2101HD Film/ThickPaper
7 qp QMI GL2101HD Plain Paper
8 s Seiko (1720D)
9 t Tally (T8106)
10 x Phaser Xerox
Enter selection [?,??,q]: 5 <Enter> (i.e: you are selecting a Lexmark printer)

Printer type
1 c Color printer
2 g Greyscale printer
Enter selection [?,??,q]: 2 <Enter> (i.e: you are selecting a greyscale printer)

Printer format
1 a Letter (or A for Codonics)
2 a4 A4
Enter selection [?,??,q]: 2 <Enter> (e.g.: you are selecting A4 format)
Printer internet (IP) address [?] e.g: 192.9.100.6 <Enter>
Printer hostname [?,q] e.g.: lexmark.1 <Enter>

181
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

Note: Be sure to use a hostname with less than 10 characters, and avoid special characters other than
"-", "_" and "." signs.

Checking wether lexmark.1 is alive ...

......................
lexmark.1: lpd: scaled: unknown printer
*** WARNING : Greyscale Printer (lexmark.1 is installed but not idle . ***
Do you want to install new printer(s) [y,n,?,q]
Type y <Enter> if you want to declare another printer. The same set of questions will be asked or the
next printer.
Type n <Enter> to exit.
If you get the following message, the printer is not responding. You must check that it is connected to the
network and properly configured.
install.printer error : <printer_host_name> not responding ...
Printer *Greyscale Printer (printer_name)* installation aborted
6.) Switch user back to sdc:
exit <Enter>

The workstation is now configured for one optional Network printer operation.

7.) Install other postscript printers the same way then click on Root menu > Restart AW button to validate
the installation of the printer(s).

Note: On rare occasions the install.printers script may fail to properly install certain printers. In this
case, try using the embedded install.lpr script directly instead.

4-1-3 Printing in A3 format

Some printers can support A3 format printing. If your site requires that the Postscript printer is configured
for A3 format, (and if applicable to the kind of Printer), refer to the AW SM, Job Card TSG015 to set up
your printer accordingly.

182
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

5 PART 2: DICOM Printers

5-1 Procedure
DICOM Printers should be installed through the CSD Configuration menu.
Normally this is done during initial configuration. Refer to Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration.

5-1-1 Declare DICOM printer(s) to the AW Workstation

1.) Login as sdc:
sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
(the sdc password is factory loaded as adw4.7)
2.) Select the Service Tools from the Admin. menu.
The Firefox browser opens and displays the Common Service Deskop.
Note that is can take a few moments for the System Healthpage to display.

183
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

3.) Click the Configuration button at the top of the page. The Configuration Menu is displayed.
You can increase the size of the window as follows:
• Move the mouse cursor over the bottom right corner of the window, press and hold the mouse left
button while moving the mouse to adjust the size
.

4.) Click on Configure Single Feature then select DICOM Printers management.
As this is your first entry into the Configuration menu, you will be prompted to type in the Root
password.

5.) Click into the password field and type in the root password.
Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>

184
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

The DICOM Printers Management screen displays.

6.) Click the Add Printer button to create a new DICOM printer entry.
(You can also select an existing entry in the table, then click Modify Printer, to modify an existing DICOM
printer information).
The 1 The DICOM Printer parameters window displays.
7.) Enter the DICOM Printer parameters (see the next page for the details).
Refer to the DICOM Conformance Statement of the Printer to install.
In this section, listed printers are currently the only printers qualified for use with the Senographe 2000
D, Senographe DS and Senographe Essential systems.

Note: The DICOM Printer Label (name you want to give to your printer) must be identical to the Printer
hostname. Otherwise, you will not be able to print DICOM images if SmartScore application is
installed.
Do not use "spaces", only use separators like "-" or "_".
8.) Click the Save Printer button when done.The Printer data saved successfully message is displayed.
9.) Click the OK button to continue. The Printer Management menu displays again, in order for you to
add/modify other DICOM printers.
10.) When done with the DICOM Printers management, exit the Common Service Desktop by clicking
Quit from File menu.
11.) To restart the application, select Restart AW from the Root Menu, or under Application, from the
System menu. This takes about 20 seconds to complete.
The DICOM Printer is now operational.
It is now time to write down printer parameters information in the AW configuration form located in
section 1 Advantage Workstation Configuration Form at the start of Chapter 3.

185
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

Illustration 1 The DICOM Printer parameters window

To be These 2 fields must be identical

completed
by GE FE

Don’t care

Don’t care
(Correct
values are
loaded by
software)

To be
completed by
GE FE
(common to
ADS /SA
configuration)

186
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

• Enter the Dicom Printer parameters, as defined by the Vendor’s Printer Dicom conformance
statement.

Note: The DICOM Printer Label (name you want to give to your printer) must be identical to the Printer
hostname. Otherwise, you will not be able to print DICOM images if SmartScore application is
installed.
Do not use "spaces", only use separators like "-" or "_".
- 12 bits image supported: Not used for AW application.
- Colour supported: If applicable to your DICOM printer
- True Size supported: Not used for AW application
- Pixel depth and Printer pixel size: Not used for AW application.
- Density: AW application uses this information if supplied for your camera, and entered in the
corresponding fields. In the other case, leave the fields blank.
- Configuration information: (i.e.: PERCEPTION_LUT=LINEAR):
Allows to select the LUT of the printer instead of the default AW LUT
• Finally click on Save to update and Quit.

The following information is available from the Codonics and Seiko manufacturers, but is subject to
change without notice, so it is given as information only. Please check with the camera vendor.

Codonics NP 1660 MD:

- Application Entity Title (A.E.T): PRINT_SCP
- Port number: 104
- Medium: Paper or Blue Film
- Destination: Magazine
- Film size: 8 x 10
- Film format: Select all formats

Seiko 1720 D:
- Application Entity Title (A.E.T): 1720D.1 to 1720D.16
- Port number: 104
- Medium: Paper
- Destination: Magazine
- Film size: 8 x 10
- Film format: Select all formats

187
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

Once created, the printers logical devices can be found under the following directories:
• For Dicom Printers:
cd /export/home/sdc/Prefs <Enter>
i.e : more printer1.dev <Enter>
set dUid "/export/home/sdc/Prefs/printer1.dev"
set dName "printer1"
set dType dicom
set dColour greyscale
set dQueueType DICM
set dQueueName "dicom"
props canDoSaveOnDisk
props canDoMultiCopies
props canDoCustomResolution
.........................................
set defaultFormat 1x1_fid
pformat 1x1_fid
set filmingMode FittedSize
pfilmingMode FittedSize
set printerMemorySize 20971520

• For Postscript Printers:

cd /export/home/sdc/app.defaults/devices <Enter>
i.e : more lexmark.dev <Enter>
more lexmark.dev
set dName "lexmark"
set dType postscript2
set dColour greyscale
set dQueueType LP
set dQueueName lexmark
# Options
props canDoMultiCopies
props canDoCustomResolution
# List of supported formats
set defaultFormat 2x2_fid
pformat 1x1_fid
pformat 2x1_fid
.........................
pformat 6x4_fid
set filmSize "A4"
pfilmSize "A4" 2560 0
set printerMemorySize "25165824"
props canDoMixResolution

188
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

It is now time to write down printer parameters information in the AW configuration form located in
section 1 Advantage Workstation Configuration Form at the start of Chapter 3.

Note: You will be invited later to save the DICOM Printer parameters on the Configuration CD-ROM
(see Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks).

Important! The AW Application Entity title (A.E.T) to be declared to DICOM printers (when
requested) is PR_hostname and not the Hostname of AW as for DICOM hosts.
i.e.: Your AW workstation hostname is AW01 >>> AW Print AE Title is PR_AW01

Note: Also refer to the AW DICOM Conformance Statement delivered with the product.

189
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers

This page is intentionally left blank.

190
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

This chapter explains the features on the CSD Utilities menu that you can use to configure the
workstation.
(Other Utilities features are explained in the AW SM, Job Card TSG011.
Other configuration tools provided on the Common Service Desktop are explained in Job Card IST002 -
Basic Site Configuration.

1 Tools required
• None

2 Prerequisites
• Steps from Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup and Job Card IST001B - Initial
Configuration of Core AW Software have been completed.
• The workstation is up and running.

3 Utilities Workflow
• Bypass step 4-1 if you are continuing from the basic site configuration explained in Job Card IST002
- Basic Site Configuration.
• The order in which the Utilities are presented below represents the typical configuration of a new
computer. However this order is not mandatory and you may access the Utilities individually as
needed.

4 Launch the Configuration Tool

• Login as sdc if you have not yet done so:
console login: sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter> (this password is the default pre-loaded)

4-1 Start the Common Service Desktop (CSD)

• From the AW Admin menu, select the Service Tools option.
(TIP: You can also press on the middle button of the mouse, and select the Root Menu / Service
Tools / Service Tools menu).
The Common Service Desktop displays in the Firefox browser.

Note: A Warning message displays on top of the CSD menu when accessing the CSD remotely.

Note: The first time any User runs Firefox, a message displays, asking whether Firefox should be the
default browser. In this case, users should always accept by clicking Yes (do not attempt to
change browser).

4-2 Start the Utilities menu

• Click on the Utilities button.
The Utilities menu displays on the left side of the browser window.

191
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

5 Configure Audit Trail (EAT)

5-1 Preliminary information
Note that if you plan to set up encrypted communication with the remote Syslog server, you must first
configure a Public Key Infrastructure as described in section 6 OPTIONAL - Manage the Digital
Certificates for encrypted communication from Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks.
1.)
 Audit Trail recording is enabled by default. Fill in the various values as specified by the IT
Admin of the site.
2.)
 From the Utilities menu, click on EAT Configuration. The following screen opens:
• Enter the Audit Source ID: replace the default value by the system’s Hostname or Serial
Number, or any other value as specified by the IT Admin of the site. Click on Save.
If the Audit Trail shall not be used for the site, do not enter anything.
Note: It is highly recommended to use encrypted communication
• Patient Name is anonymized by default (the “On” radio button is selected).
Note that it must be On if you want to establish an encrypted connection.

Source ID: Identifier of the source.

The identification of the system that detected the
auditable event and created the audit message.

192
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

3.)
 If your site is going to use an Enterprise Repository, click on the Enterprise Repository tab.
The following menu is displayed:
Enter the information given by the IT administrator of the site.
• Enable Enterprise Repository 1: On
• Hostname/IP of the Enterprise repository server 1 and Port number.
• Protocol to be used:
- TCP BSD Syslog for regular communication
- TLS IETF Syslog for encrypted communication.
(TLS BSD Syslog can also be used depending on the remote system)
• Enter information for the second server if applicable.
Click on Save.
For the changes to be effective, do not forget to restart the AW at the end of the configuration.

When the EAT configuration is complete, use the Send Test Message button to make sure
that a (encrypted) communication can be established with the declared syslog server.
To test the encrypted communication, make sure that prior to the test the remote log server's
CA certificate has been copied on the AW and - if required - that the AW issuer CA certificate
has been imported on the syslog server.

193
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

4.)
 If your site is NOT going to use an Enterprise Repository, click on the Local Repository tab.
The following menu is displayed:

Click on the "On" radio button to select Local Repository.

Audit Trail events can be reviewed by clicking on the event to review.

6 Configure EA3 User Authentication

6-1 Preliminary information (Declare Enterprise Server configuration)

Note: - It is highly recommended to configure NTP before using EA3 because EA3 may not work
properly if the time difference between AW and EA3 repository exceeds 5 minutes.
- If you plan to set up encrypted communication with the remote authentication server (LDAP/
Microsoft Active Directory), you must first configure a Public Key Infrastructure as described in
section 6 OPTIONAL - Manage the Digital Certificates for encrypted communication from Job
Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks.

There are TWO alternative ways to authenticate user accounts:

• Local User Accounts (default mode). See Job Card IST009 section 8-1 Define Local User
accounts
•EA3 Authentication mode. Select this mode using the procedure in Job Card IST009, section 8-3
Use EA3 Authentication for User Accounts.
The site IT administrator should make this decision. You can only use one mode, NOT both.
If EA3 Authentication has been enabled, use the following procedure to configure details of the site
Enterprise server (so that logins on the workstation can be authenticated using account details held on
the server).

6-2 Configure EA3 for User Accounts

The following instructions summarize the recommended steps:
1.) Get the Enterprise Server information from the site IT Admin or User Admin (Server IP address,

194
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

Authentication type, Server Type). Refer to IST009, section 8-3-1 Prerequisites.

2.) Enable EA3 authentication mode from the AW Root/Service Tools/EA3 Configuration (refer to
IST009, section 8-3-2 Enable EA3 authentication).
3.) Declare the Enterprise Server configuration from CSD/Utilities/EA3 Configuration, referring to Job
Card IST004, section 6-1 Preliminary information (Declare Enterprise Server configuration).
- Note: Do not use the Local Users or Groups tabs.
Use this procedure only if the site IT Admin or site User Admin has provided Enterprise Server
information, and if EA3 Authentication mode has been enabled.
If there is no Enterprise server data in the Site Survey, and /or IT does not have the data, only Local User
Accounts can be configured.

1.)
 Click the Enterprise tab at the top of the page. The following screen displays.

Note that the data in this form is given for example only.

At the top of the page, enter the following settings:

2.)
 Enable Enterprise Authentication – This must be enabled (checked) to allow enterprise users
to access the server.

195
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

3.)
 Cache Enterprise Users – (the site’s IT admin should make this decision.) Checking this box
allows users who have previous successful logins to access the server during temporary
authentication-server outages.
4.)
 Enterprise Authentication Latency (Seconds) – Set this to 10 seconds unless the IT admin
wants a different value. (This determines how long before timeout.)
You will now configure details of the Enterprise server by entering all information needed in the right-hand
column (the Server Configuration and LDAP Configuration sections). There are TWO ways to do this.
Select one of the two ways as follows:
5.)
 Semi-Automatic Configuration:
Follow the steps in the Configuration Instructions panel on the left side of the page. This will
automatically enter configuration data into the right-hand column.
(If this method does not complete successfully, you must use manual configuration.)
–OR-

 Manual Configuration:
Enter all configuration data manually, using information from the site survey document and/or
the IT admin.
Note: In the DN section, configure only authorized user groups.
For an encrypted communication with remote authentication server, you must enable the
following parameters:
- Use SSL
- Verify Certificate
6.)
 Click Apply Configuration (at the bottom of the right-hand column) when done. You must do
this, no matter which configuration method you used.

Testing the Enterprise Configuration

To verify that the enterprise configuration was successful, do the following steps from the “Configuration
Instructions” panel on the left:
7.)  Click the Test Connection button. If the connection is successful, the message
“CONNECTION OK” will display briefly (on a green background) next to the button.

196
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

8.)
 Enter an enterprise user name and password, then click the Login button.
Remember not to use a numerical username. Only usernames conforming to UNIX account-
naming conventions can be used with EA3 authentication.
An example of a successful Login Test is shown in the following illustration.

If both tests are successful, the Enterprise server details are correctly configured.

9.)
 Shutdown and restart the workstation to complete the new configuration.
Before turning the system over to the customer, shutdown AW, restart and check that you can
login with a “UNIX” user account.

6-3 Restore Configuration

While declaring details of an Enterprise server on the Enterprise screen, if you wish to roll back your
changes to the last applied configuration, click the Restore Configuration button.
In the case of an upgrade to AW4.7 from a previous version, or reinstall of the core software, the will be
automatically restored from the Configuration CDROM. See Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final
Settings & Checks.

7 Check PNF (Product Network Filters) Firewall Settings

This is the common firewall used for GE’s other medical software products. The Firewall is turned On by
default on AW to offer the maximum protection for the network. Common rules are predefined and in
most of cases, no additional configuration is necessary, unless otherwise specified by the installation
instructions of an Application.
It is STRONGLY RECOMMENDED to keep the PNF Firewall On at all times.
Nevertheless, you might have to temporarily disable the firewall to allow remote connection or (S)FTP
transfer but this can only be done for a LIMITED period of time. You MUST turn it back On afterwards, or
it can create a security risk by exposing equipment to unauthorized access.
This also applies to other security-related software such as anti-virus, etc. Always make sure to re-
enable the firewall, anti-virus, and any other security-related software when you have finished your
actions.

197
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

For this reason, the Firewall will automatically turn on after each reboot (starting from AW4.7 Ext. 14
release).

Note: If you upgrade from a previous version of AW and restore the previous configuration from a CD-
ROM, by default the PNF firewall will be turned Off. In this case you need to turn PNF On
manually.
By default, all DICOM remote hosts declared on the workstation (see DICOM menu section below, and
Job Card IST007 - Declaring AW Workstation on Image Sources) have access rights to ping, (s)ftp, and
ssh to the workstation.
The following steps are listed FOR YOUR INFORMATION ONLY. No configuration of the Firewall is
necessary, unless otherwise specified by the installation instructions of an Application.
1.) Click on the Firewall configuration menu in the left pane.
As this is your first entry into the Firewall configuration menu, you will be prompted to identify yourself
as root user and to enter the root account password.
2.) The Product Network Filters configuration screen displays.

3.) The Firewall shall be On in order to maximize the workstation’s network security.

Note: If you encounter problems contacting hosts, or using applications, you may temporarily Pause
the Firewall, or turn it Off, and check if this solves your issue.
4.) Click the Turn On / Pause / Restart / Turn Off control to change the Firewall status:

5.) When the issue is resolved, do not forget to turn the firewall On again.
Note that the Firewall will automatically turn on after each reboot (starting from AW4.7 Ext. 14
release).

198
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

7-1 Firewall Rules

The configuration screen is divided into several sections in which you can create different types of
service, host and port permission rules to be enforced by the firewall.
1.) Use the Expand All / Collapse All controls to display or hide these sections according to need.
2.) Functionality is similar in each section:
a. To add a new port / service rule, click on the Add a rule button.
b. If you know the hostname but not the IP of a host for which you want to define a rule, use the
IP look up tool to find its IP address.
c. To Edit or Delete a manually defined rule, click on the corresponding button.
Do not forget to Restart the Firewall to take changes into account.

7-2 Allowed Nodes

Use this section to define access by trusted remote systems.
By default, hosts are simply authorized to ping the AW4.7 workstation. No other services are configured
for firewall access by default, and unless otherwise specified, you should not add any new service.

7-3 DICOM
This section lets you configure workstation ports on which DICOM services are allowed.
By default ports 4006 and 4008 are open for DICOM communication.

199
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

- Port 4006 is used for DICOM Query and Retrieve

- Port 4008 is used for DICOM Storage Commitment
Note that from AW4.7 Ext. 14 release, the following ports are used for encrypted DICOM
communication:
- Port 2762 for DICOM Query and Retrieve
- Port 2764 for DICOM Storage Commitment
These ports cannot be manually removed. They are synchronized with the Remote Node Control
(configured under Site Parameters, see Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration .
However, turning Remote Node control On disables these ports.

7-4 Expert
1.) Use this section to grant firewall access to remote connections coming from a specific host and a
specific port. You can add applications if needed, by entering Application name (or title), port number,
choosing the network protocol and clicking on the Add a Rule button.
The firewall allows to enter a name to easily identify the reason/application name trying to connect from
a remote host.
For example, CCOW and SoftSwitch application:
2.) If your site is going to use the CCOW application, manually enable the following ports after the CCOW
configuration steps completion (see section 6 Configure EA3 User Authentications):
- Name: RMI. Port: 1099. Protocol: tcp . Allowed IP: <IP of the synchronized PC>
- Name: CCOW. Port: 12355. Protocol: tcp . Allowed IP: <IP of the synchronized PC>
- Name: SoftSwitch. Port: 24800. Protocol: tcp. Allowed IP: <IP of the synchronized PC>

7-5 GE Service
1.) Click on the Edit Rules button to configure access rights (remote login) for InSite through the VOLC
server.I.

200
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

The Configure GE Service window opens.

2.) Select an IIP version.

- If the site will not use InSite, select No incoming IIP connectivity.
- If the site will use Pre-defined settings for traditional access or Pre-defined settings for encrypted
access, select the appropriate option.
3.) Select the IP address of the Local Back Office that will make InSite connections with the workstation.
- In most cases, use the Standard (150.2.0.0/16) Network address for InSite connectivity.
- The NHSnet dedicated network is used for certain UK sites,
- The UK N3 net network
- The SJUnet dedicated network is used for certain Northern Europe sites,
- Select Manual IP entry if the site uses NAT filtering and enter an IP address.
4.) To save the settings, click on the Save button.

Note: For further details on how to configure the firewall for remote login during InSite checkout, see
IST008, section 6-2 Configure PNF firewall to allow remote OLC login.

201
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

7-6 Backup and Restore PNF Rules

1.) Select these options (Backup current rules or Restore from backups) at the top of the Firewall Rules
page to backup or restore current firewall filter settings to/from a local file.

7-6-1 Backup current rules

1.) Select Backup current rules at the top of the Firewall Rules page to backup current firewall filter
settings to a local file.
2.) Enter a file name and click Save.

Note: The most recent PNF settings are automatically saved, together with all the other AW
parameters, on the AW Site Configuration CD. See Job Card IST009, section 11-2 Save
Configuration to CDROM for details.
If you restore the Configuration from the CD-ROM, the PNF settings will be automatically
restored but any local PNF filter backup files will NOT be restored.

202
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

7-6-2 Restore from backups

3.) Select Restore from backups at the top of the Firewall Rules page to restore the Factory defaults or
the set of previously saved filters settings from a local file.
.

7-7 View iptables list

1.) Select this option at the top of the Firewall Rules page to view the iptables and ip6tables.

203
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

8 RIS Synchronization - CCOW and Softswitch Options

The RIS synchronization feature allows synchronization between networked RIS systems and "non-
CCOW" RIS systems such as the GE RIS.
This new feature is part of the RIS synchronization software CD-ROM.

8-1 Tools
The following software must be installed on the RIS PC. Refer to the RIS Synchronization Service
Manual for AW4.7 - P/N: 5481717-1EN, delivered with the option.
• CD-ROM P/N: 5481424 or higher contains both the CCOW Enabler, the RIS component for non-
CCOW RIS, and the Softswitch options software.
• CD-ROM P/N: 5481426 or higher contains the Context Manager for CCOW software. This CD-ROM
is only delivered if your site does not already have a Context Manager server.

Note: These software CD-ROMS do not need to be loaded on the AW workstation. CCOW and
Softswitch software is preloaded and only needs to be configured.

Important! You must restart the firewall (by rebooting the workstation) to apply any new filter
settings, The firewall must remain ON for the filters to be in force.

8-2 CCOW Option Configuration

8-2-1 Configuration steps on the AW workstation

1.) From the CSD / Utilities menu, click CCOW configuration.

After entering the root password, the following window displays.

2
3
4

204
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

System Settings
2.) Check the box Enabled (1).
3.) Enter the CCOW application License key (2).
4.) Select the Default Language from the drop-down menu (3).
5.) Keep the default Port 12355 (4). Port 12355 will have to be manually enabled in the PNF Firewall.
Additionally, Port 1099 for RMI will also have to be enabled. See section 7-3 DICOM in this Job Card,
to check the parameters.
NOTE: You must manually open these ports only to the IP address of the PC on which CCOW
synchronization will be done.

Important! You must activate this configuration only on a secured/isolated network.

RIS to AW synchro settings

6.) Check the box Launch applications on Context change (5). This feature is selected by default.
When an exam is selected on the RIS PC, it will be selected in the AW browser and the application
configured as default application on AW will be launched.
If the feature is not selected, the application will not launch upon Context change request, however
the corresponding exam will be selected in the AW browser.
7.) The Default modality (6) is MG (Mammography). Your customer may want that another default
modality (CT, MR, etc…) will be selected when a context changed is initiated.This modality code is
used when Fusion Context Channel (FCC) is used or when a RIS provides Patient Synchronization
only.

8
9

10

11

12

8.) Enable partial Patient identifier match (7).The beginning of the patient ID will be matched.
Default setting enables this feature and allows identification with only 15 characters. It can be

205
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

modified in order to allow a different number of characters to be used for partial identification.
9.) For User messages (8), make sure that “Show balloon messages” is checked and preferably deselect
“Show popup messages after every succesful context change”, as it could be undesirable for your
customer to have to acknowledge in a popup message, for each context change.

AW to RIS settings
10.) Do not select Enable Context Change from AW (9) unless requested by your customer. When this
option is checked, a selection on AW will induce a modification of the RIS selection.
Note: The HIS/RIS shall support DICOMStudy context change
11.) When Enable exam change (10) is checked, the AW will send selection change to the RIS, when the
exam is changed within the same patient.
Prerequisite: ContextChangeBehavior (from AW)is enabled (9).
Note: The RIS shall support DICOMStudy context change.
12.) Suffix to be used at message creation (11). The default suffix for Patient identification is ”CCOW”.It
can be changed to any other suitable value.
Prerequisite: Context Change Behavior (from AW) is enabled (9).
13.) Force context change (12). The default setting allows AW to force a context change whether or not
the application is able to do it itself.
Prerequisite: Context Change Behavior (from AW) is enabled (9).
14.) When you have entered your changes, click Save Settings to save and exit the CCOW configuration
tool.
15.) Check that CCOW and RMI ports are enabled in PNF Firewall. Refer to section 7-4 Expert in this Job
Card for more details.
If the license key is not valid, you may get the following message:

16.) To make the changes effective, click on the Log Out button at the bottom of the patient list and then
login again.

8-2-2 Configuration steps on the HIS/RIS PC

See section 8-4 CCOW / NON-CCOW RIS / SoftSwitch Installation on HIS/RIS PC of this Job Card.

8-2-3 CCOW HIS/RIS synchronization behavior

8-2-3-1 Introduction
It is possible that the HIS/RIS system installed at your site does not correctly handle the incoming
Context Change request from AW4.7:
• Data loss may happen in the HIS/RIS system if context change request is coming from AW4.7 while
the user is creating/dictating the report.

206
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

• It is possible that the HIS/RIS system will not save the data modifications to the active patient if an
incoming context change request from AW4.7 causes the HIS/RIS to switch to another patient without
warning before the report is completed and saved.
This behavior has to be explained to the customer. If the customer does not accept this behavior, the
Context Change from AW must be disabled.

Note: We recommend that by default you do not enable the Context Change from AW. Only do so if
explicitly requested by your customer.
If your customer requires that you enable Context Change from AW, perform the procedure in the next
section. If your customer requires that you disable Context Change from AW, you should test again the
system behavior as follows:
1.) Check that selecting a different patient on the AW4.7 does NOT initiate a context change (select a
different patient) on the HIS/RIS. Demonstrate this operation to the customer and ensure that he/she
is satisfied with it.
8-2-3-2 System behavior check procedure
1.) Ensure that the context change initiation is enabled for AW (on AW, in CSD / Utilities menu/ CCOW
Configuration menu, Enable Context Change is checked) and working properly (selection changes
in the AW Patient List initiates context change so the same patient is selected on the HIS/RIS system
automatically).
2.) Edit some data on the HIS/RIS system for the currently selected patient. Do not save your
modifications.
3.) Change the selected patient in the Patient List of AW.
4.) Check the behavior of the HIS/RIS system:
- The HIS/RIS system changes to the new patient without any notification.
Go back to the previous patient in the HIS/RIS and check that your modifications were correctly
saved. Even if the HIS/RIS has saved the modifications in its database, explain the situation to
the customer, and if requested, then disable the context change from AW (unselect Enable
Context Change from AW).
- The HIS/RIS system does not change to the new patient.
This means that the HIS/RIS system blocks the change until the changes is saved correctly. In
this case the systems are out of sync. Explain the situation to the customer and if requested then
disable the Context Change from AW4.7 (unselect Enable Context Change from AW).
- The HIS/RIS system asks the user whether he wants to save/change.
This means that the HIS/RIS system requires the user to decide what to do. Explain the situation
to the customer, and if requested then disable the context change from AW (unselect Enable
Context Change from AW).
5.) If you modify the CCOW configuration on AW, click the Save Settings button of the CCOW
Configuration page.
6.) Click on the Log Out button at the bottom of the patient list and then login again to AW.
7.) Reconnect the HIS/RIS computer to AW using the Connect to AW feature of AW CCOW Proxy
configuration tool on the HIS/RIS PC.

207
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

8-3 SoftSwitch Option Configuration

8-3-1 Configuration steps on the AW / SA workstation
1.) From the CSD / Utilities menu, click SoftSwitch configuration.
After entering the root password, the following window is displayed:

2
3
4

2.) To Enable SoftSwitch, click on the SoftSwitch is enabled check box (1).
3.) Enter the License key in the dedicated field (2).
4.) Enter the hostname (Computer Name) of the HIS/RIS computer to control (3). Do not enter the IP
address. e.g. RIS_PC_room_3 in our example before.
5.) Determine which edge leads to the other screen (4). The default setting is left edge, this is correct if
HIS/RIS screen is installed on the left side of SenoAdvantage monitors.
Otherwise, change this setting to right if HIS/RIS screen is installed on the right side of
SenoAdvantage monitors. It is also possible to choose top or bottom as needed.
6.) When done with all the changes, click Save settings to save.
7.) You must manually open port 24800 in the firewall, only to the IP address of the PC on which
SoftSwitch will be synchronized.

Important! You must activate this configuration only on a secured/isolated network.

8.) Click on the Log Out button at the bottom of the patient list and then login again to AW to make the
changes effective.

If the license key is not valid, you may get the message:

8-3-2 Configuration steps on the HIS/RIS customer’s PC

See section 8-4 CCOW / NON-CCOW RIS / SoftSwitch Installation on HIS/RIS PC of this Job Card.

208
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

8-4 CCOW / NON-CCOW RIS / SoftSwitch Installation on HIS/RIS PC

Starting with VS4, the RIS synchronization option has a new component which allows connecting to
"non-CCOW" RIS. It is possible to select whether this RIS connection component must be installed and
added to the Windows Start menu or not.

Important! CCOW and/or SoftSwitch options MUST NOT BE installed on the HIS/RIS PC by the GE
FE unless explicitly requested by the customer.
They shall be installed by the customer or IT administrator of the hospital.
The following guidelines are given for information only.

8-4-1 CCOW / NON-CCOW installation on the HIS/RIS PC

Installation on the HIS/RIS PC goes through the standard Windows installation Wizard, so it is easy to
follow. The CCOW/Softswitch Enabler CD-ROM includes as well the RIS Synchronization Service
Manual for AW4.7 release installation/configuration guide in PDF format P/N: 5481717-1EN.
1.) Install the AW CCOW Enabler from the AW RIS Synchronization SW & Docs CD-ROM P/N: 5481424
(or up).
Follow instructions given in the accompanying documentation.
2.) If the site does not already have a Context Manager Server, install the Context Manager for CCOW
software from CD-ROM P/N 5183926 (or up).
3.) If installation is successful, you can see on AW screen the message Connection Test Successful
when clicking on the Test Connection button on the HIS/RIS PC.
4.) When connection to the HIS/RIS is successful, you should get on your AW the following message
when you login:
Mismatch possible between RIS selection and Patient List selection. Do you accept it? warning the
user that it is always possible that Patients may not be exactly identified the same way on the HIS/
RIS and on the AW station.
5.) You may use the AW CCOW Tester utility (on the HIS/RIS PC) to check that the Context manager is
operational. Select Test Patterns, first instance UID under the Dicom Study list relative to the Test
Patterns, then click the Set Dicom button. The Test Patterns should open and display on AW.

8-4-2 SoftSwitch installation on the HIS/RIS PC

The softswitch option to be used together with the CCOW option is aimed to control the HIS/RIS PC with
the AW keyboard and mouse.
1.) Install the AW SoftSwitch feature from the from the AW RIS Synchronization SW & Docs CD-ROM
P/N: 5481424 (or up).
Follow instructions given in the accompanying documentation.

If the installation is successful, you are able to use the AW mouse and keyboard to operate the HIS/RIS
PC.

209
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

9 PSM (Preferences Sharing Manager) Server configuration

The Preferences Sharing feature allows AWs and AW users to share the same User preferences either
by:
• Exporting the preferences through a USB memory stick, so they can be installed on other AW
workstations. (There is no need to setup an AW as Preferences Server in this case).
Starting from AW4.7 Ext.10 release, this will be the only way to share User preferences between
several AWs.
OR
• Storing Preferences on an AW4.7 (PSM server), so they can be retrieved by other AW users on the
same workstation.

9-1 Pre-requisite for PSM server setup

• The Preferences Sharing manager chosen server must be an AW4.7.

9-2 PSM Server Configuration steps

Note: Configuring a workstation as "PSM server" is not mandatory, if your site will simply use the USB
key media to transfer Preferences from one AW to another.
1.) From the CSD / Utilities menu, expand the Advanced Service Tools menu, then select the PSM
Server Configuration.
2.) A window prompts you to enter the "root" password
After entering the root password (default is Tbd_bu_15), the following window is displayed.

1 2

3.) Select the Configure PSM On radio button (1), then click on Apply (2) to save the configuration. It
takes several seconds before the setting is saved.

Note: The following tasks are administration tasks only, which are not necessarily required at
installation. They allow to reconcile or clean the PSM database, as well as backup / restore the
preferences stored on the Server to/from USB memory stick.

210
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

9-3 PSM Server Administration steps

1.) Click on the link Click here for PSM server Administration to configure the PSM.
2.) The display changes prompting you to enter the "root" password.
Enter the root password : (default is Tbd_bu_15) and click the Login button.
3.) The PSM administration menu window displays.

4.) Reconcile Database (1) allows to reconcile the Preferences between the Images (PostgreSQL)
Database and the Preferences Database. This is useful if Preferences can no longer be viewed and/
or accessed.
5.) Clean Database (2) opens the following configuration window.

6.) Select the Preferences you want to remove from the server, when no longer in use or inappropriate.
Click on the Clean Preferences button and then Go to Main Page.
7.) Backup/Restore (3) allows to backup or restore on a USB memory stick the Preference(s) saved by
the Preference Sharing Manager (Refer to section 9-4 Using the Preferences Sharing Manager).

211
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

9-4 Using the Preferences Sharing Manager

9-4-1 Exporting preferences
1.) Click on the Backup/Restore button. The following window opens.

2.) Click on the link Click here for PSM Server Administration.
3.) To export the preferences of your AW workstation, you can either export them to a USB memory stick
to share them with another workstation, or send to the PSM server to share them with another user
of the same workstation.
- When using a USB memory stick*, plug in advance so it can be auto-mounted by the system.
Otherwise, you will get the message: "USB Device could not be detected".
When the USB memory stick is mounted, you will be prompted to select it among a possible list
of mounted USB devices.
If there are already preferences on the USB memory stick, you will be notified by a popup
message. If there are none, you will be notified as well.
*If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
- When using the AW workstation as PSM server, you will be prompted to enter the IP address of
this local AW.
4.) Click on the Refresh button, to make sure the list of preferences is complete, then select the
preferences you want to export (or select all) and click on the Export button.

212
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

Server/memory stick selection

Preferences selection

Refresh

Export

Import

When exporting the preferences has completed, a PSM Export Status Information message window
pops up.

9-4-2 Importing preferences

1.) To import preferences on your AW workstation, first select whether you want to import from a USB
memory stick or get preferences from the PSM server.
In the example above, import through USB memory stick is selected, and the AW already contains
the same Preferences, so it shows a warning signal in the "Conflict" column.
2.) To import the Preferences from the PSM server, select PSM Server. You will be prompted to enter
the IP address of the local AW in order to access to the PSM menu.
3.) To enable the Utilities features, restart AW.
To enable RIS Synchronization, it is necessary to logout and login again.

213
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities

This page is intentionally left blank.

214
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

1 Overview
This Job Card provides GENERIC guidance for licensing Volume Viewer Applications, and those
Advanced Applications which do not have a separate Installation Manual (for instance, AngioViz, GSI
Viewer, CardIQ Xpress Process, CortexID Suite).

Note: - For other Advanced Applications, a separate application-specific Installation Manual is

supplied. For these applications, the PDF0 is launched during the installation process, (when you
click on Easy Install’s Install button). Consult this manual for information that supplements the
generic procedure provided in this Job Card.
IMPORTANT: the default root password has been changed to Tbd_bu_15 since AW4.7 Ext.3
release and some application installation manuals have not taken this change into account yet.
- Operator’s and Installation manuals for Applications, where supplied, are now only accessible
on-line.
- Some Applications are released on 2 CD-ROMs. The second CD-ROM contains the Operator’s
and Installation documentation and must also be loaded on your workstation.
- In China, Platform/Applications CNDA registration documents shall be available on client site.
They will be delivered with the product, either in paper format or electronically on the CNDA Doc
addendum media (refer to Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks, section 9For
China only - CNDA Registration documents).

Some applications might not be factory pre-loaded or it might not be the latest release that has been pre-
loaded on the workstation.
Before proceeding to the installation or licensing, always check the Application software package
preloaded version against the installation media supplied in the order. If it was not pre-loaded or if it is
not the latest version that has been pre-loaded, then you must install from the corresponding media::
• Volume Viewer Applications release 15.0 or higher.
Advanced Applications available on the latest DVD Collector series.
• Advanced Applications delivered on separate software package

2 Prerequisites
• AW workstation is configured (SeeJob Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup, Job Card
IST002 - Basic Site Configuration, Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities).
• Internet access is available (for Remote Service).
• A USB memory stick is available for the application license keys (note that a distinct USB device
must be used to install software) .
• If InSite connectivity is allowed by the hospital, ensure that you have executed Job Card IST008 -
InSite Configuration before completing application installations.

Important! Some applications may require configuration of the PNF firewall.

In this case, refer to Job Card IST004, section 7 Check PNF (Product Network Filters)
Firewall Settings.

215
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

• Be prepared to install all the applications at once because the Configuration Registration is
mandatory at each modification of Applications/version installed.
• New AW4.7 Systems have 32GB base memory. In case of upgrade of an AW4.7 platform installed
on legacy Z800 hardware workstation, a 24GB Memory Upgrade Kit will be systematically delivered
with the order to support the installation of all the Advanced Applications.
The Preprocessing/AutoLaunch option in the Volume Viewer Apps software package runs with a
minimum of 12 Gigabytes memory (RAM). Memory Packages contain modules which are specific to
a given AW workstation model. Instructions for installing additional memory are given in the AW
Service Manual, Chapter Options - Hardware and Software.
(If you attempt to install this application on a workstation with insufficient memory, it will fail with an
error code.)
• The following applications require DUAL-monitor configuration:
Dentascan, Motion VUE, Dynamic VUE, Cortex ID Suite.
All other applications running on AW VolumeShare 7 support both single-monitor and dual-
monitor configuration.

Important! Installation of these applications will fail on single-monitor systems. If you try to install any
of these applications on a dual-monitor system configured in software as a single-monitor
system, you will receive a warning to reconfigure and reboot the system first.
• Also refer to Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications which
provides an overview of the key Advanced Applications supported on the VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)
platform.
• Floating License: If your site is going to use the Network Licensing feature for Applications:
- The ”Floating Licence” server (Customer’s server or AW Server product) software must be
installed and configured. For Customer’s server case, refer to the Floating License Service
Manual delivered onto the Floating License product software CD-ROM.
- The ”Floating License” software is already embedded in the AW4.7 software, so on a new
workstation it simply needs to be enabled and configured. Refer to Job Card IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration.
- If the site decided to convert Node-Locked licenses to a license Server, you will have to reinstall
the affected applications in Network mode and remove the node-locked licenses.
You MUST discard any electronic or hard copies that could contain the license(s) to prevent their
accidental re-installation (backup CD, configuration file...). Failing to do so constitutes a violation
of GE’s integrity policies.
• At least one DICOM Printer is installed (Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM
Printers) prior to installing the Dentascan option.

216
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

3 Foreword
This Job Card provides generic procedures explaining the different methods for installing and licensing
applications.

3-1 Application License Keys

3-1-1 License Delivery Methods
Application options are protected by a software license key. These license keys are linked to
the AW workstation’s ID number (licenseId) of the Site which has purchased the option(s).
These keys can be delivered in two ways, according to regional policy:
• A USB memory stick, either containing the license keys (along with a printed copy of the keys) or a
blank key. If your key is blank, you must go to eLicense website ( http://elicense.gehealthcare.com)
and calculate the license keys matching the ID number of your workstation.
Type the command licenseId <Enter> in a Command Window to obtain the licendeId of the
workstation.
• A sheet of paper on which these license keys are printed.
Site information needed to generate the licenses is not always available prior to supply of new
workstations. In such cases, the configuration sheet may be replaced by an “eLicense Request
sheet”, pointing to on-line software license key generation.

Note: If this USB memory stick is not available, empty, or corrupted, you can still enable purchased
applications, using one or more of the following methods:
• Entering the appropriate key(s) manually when prompted by the EasyInstall utility, (see section 5
Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses) OR
• Generating license keys through the eLicense web site, storing them on a blank USB memory stick
so you can install them as recommended, with the EasyInstall utility (see section 4 Tools Required:
eLicense Tool).
When all your applications are enabled, you can save all the software license keys at once, together with
all the configuration parameters of your system, on a blank CDROM. See Job Card IST009, section
Chapter 11 Save Site Parameters on the Configuration CD-ROM.

Note: It is not possible to save Site Configuration Parameters on a USB device. They can only be
saved on a CD-ROM.
License keys for Applications are currently supplied in two different formats, “Legacy” and “CoLA”.
“Node-locked” and "Network" (Floating) are license running modes.
3-1-2 “Legacy” format key: applies to "Node Locked" (non-floating) applications
This is the older form for license keys. These have a numeric format, e.g. 137655984.
These licenses must be used exclusively to run applications on a single workstation.

Note: The Legacy format licenses are not restored when you reinstall the platform (Load from Warm or
Load from Cold). You must note them down and re-enter them manually.
When operating in Node–locked (fixed) license mode, each Advanced Application requires a software
license key generated for a specific workstation (as a function of the licenseld).

217
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Note: Applications supporting Floating License mode can also be enabled in Node–locked mode.

Important! If the site decided to convert Node-Locked licenses to a license Server, you will have to
reinstall the affected applications in Network mode and remove the node-locked licenses.
You MUST discard any electronic or hard copies that could contain the license(s) to
prevent their accidental re-installation (backup CD, configuration file...).
Failing to do so constitutes a violation of GE’s integrity policies.
3-1-3 New "CoLA" format key: Created to support ”Floating” applications
Also called ”Network type” licenses or ”CoLA” licenses, this is the new form for Applications licenses.
These keys have an alphanumeric format, e.g. G9HTR23 BYPF3XR 2, and contain a ”space” followed
by a number at the end.
• If the number is ”1”, it means the license is local and can only be used for one host. (This is
equivalent to ”Node Locked”.)
• If the number is ”2” or more, it means that the license is networked and will be used together with a
”License Server”. The last number (2 in this example) means that the Application can be used on up
to two AWs at the same time, using the license.
Refer to Chapter 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses for related installation procedures.

3-2 Installing / Configuring Applications - Overview

There are several methods for installing new Applications using the Easy Install utility.
- From the Hard disk:
Applications (and corresponding documentation) are already pre–loaded onto the workstation’s
hard disk with a new system. They can then be enabled with License Keys at a later time.
See section 7-3 Installing Applications from the Hard Disk of this Job Card.
- From an Application(s) CD-ROM:
Application(s) will be loaded onto the workstation’s hard disk from the DVD-ROM or CD-ROM,
and enabled with License Keys immediately. See section 7-4 Installing Advanced Applications
from CD-ROM (or DVD-ROM).
- From a DVD Collector kit. Supplied on a series of DVDs, it, provides software upgrades to new,
intermediate releases.
Application (upgrades) are loaded onto the workstation’s hard disk from the DVD-ROM(s), and
installed at once. See section 7-5 Installing Applications from the Applications DVD collector kit.
- From a USB device. The electronic files are manually downloaded from a download server -
eDelivery) and installed through USB device. See section 7-6 Installing Advanced Applications
from USB device.
4.) For alternate method, please refer to AW4.7 SM, Chapter 6, section 7.8 Manual Installation / De-
installation.

218
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

4 Tools Required: eLicense Tool

No additional tools are necessary.
If Manufacturing was not able to determine which licenses to supply to the site or in order to generate or
verify licenses supplied on USB, you should connect to the eLicense web site.
Please refer to the AW-eLicense Service Manual, accessible from eLicense website (under the User
Guide icon) for the detailed instructions to generate License keys.

Note: The following procedure may change slightly according to changes made to the eLicense
website, however the screens contain their own instructions.

4-1 Checking or generating licenses with eLicense

1.) Connect to the eLicense website at http://elicense.gehealthcare.com

Note: The eLicense tool web site is accessible from any computer which has access to Internet
(eLicense is not on the GE Intranet). A link to the website is also provided under the GE Service
Web Links option on the Service Desktop Utilities menu.
2.) Login with your SSO ID and password. The eLicense home page displays.

3.) To generate new licenses, enter the Order Management details,

OR
To check license keys for a workstation, enter the System Configuration details.

Note: The Order Number required is the Customer Global Order number (GON) (formerly called FDO)
and/or the licenseId of the AW workstation (note that it is called Host ID in eLicense tool), for
which you wish to obtain or check the license keys.

Note: The license ID is called Host ID in eLicense tool. You can find it from:
- the label stuck on top of the workstation, or
- by typing in a Command Window licenseId <Enter> (capital I), or
- by selecting the Display Configuration option from the AW4.7 Admin menu
- by displaying the System Health Page (Admin \ Service Tools menu, Home page)

219
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

4.) When done, click on the Go button to proceed.

Note: If you change the workstation’s Network card, the license ID will change. Thus you will need to
regenerate the application licenses (and the AW software license key).
5.) To generate new licenses:
a. If there is more than one order that matches the GON entered, the Order Information screen will
display a list. Select the Customer name appropriate to the workstation.
b. Click the Add a System button.
c. Select the appropriate Model Type ("AW47" for AW4.7 release) and enter the licenseId of the
system to generate licenses.
OR
To check a System Configuration:
a. If the details you have entered correspond to a new system in the eLicense database, you will be
prompted for further information including the installed version of AW (Model type), the
workstation serial number AND its MAC ID (available on the System Health Page. The MAC ID is
listed as the Ethernet HWAddr)
b. Compare the licenses shown with those supplied on the USB memory stick and on the sheet of
paper (if applicable).
To read the licenses text file supplied on the USB device:
- Insert it in one of the USB ports of your PC
- Allow a few moments for it to be recognized (LED has stopped blinking)
- Open the file using Windows Explorer.
c. If licenses are OK, jump to section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses.
If licenses are not OK or the USB memory stick is blank, go to section 4-2 Writing licenses on a
USB memory stick.

IN CASE OF CONVERSION TO A LICENSE SERVER

When doing conversion of Applications Node-locked license to a License server, the licenses will be
moved in eLicense from the workstation HostID to the License Server HostID.
In eLicense tool, you will have to acknowledge and accept the following message informing you that the
licenses identified must be uninstalled from the original system.

220
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

You will have to reinstall the affected applications in Network mode and remove the node-locked
licenses.
You MUST discard any electronic or hard copies that could contain the license(s) to prevent their
accidental re-installation (backup CD, configuration file...). Failing to do so constitutes a violation of GE’s
integrity policies.

4-2 Writing licenses on a USB memory stick

This step is only necessary if Manufacturing has delivered a blank USB memory stickif or if license keys
on the USB device supplied with the workstation do not correspond to those shown for it with eLicense.
In this case, you can write the licenses generated by eLicense on this USB memory stick.

Important! This USB memory stick cannot be used to install software. You must use a distinct USB
device to install the OS, the platform or Advanced Applications.
1.) Make sure the USB memory stick is properly formatted.
A new blank USB memory stick is normally DOS formatted (FAT), so it is directly usable on your PC
and with the AW workstation.
2.) The Volume Name should be set to LICENSES (in upper case).
To check this, open Windows Explorer if not done yet, right click on the drive letter corresponding to
the USB memory stick and select Properties.
3.) Change the Volume name to LICENSES if necessary.
4.) If the USB memory stick is not DOS formatted, you need to reformat it.
Right click on the letter corresponding to the USB memory stick, and select Format.

Important! Be careful not to select and format another storage device, especially a hard disk!

Note: If the memory stick is not visible in My Computer, you can go to Start > Control Panel >
Performance & Maintenance > Administrative Tools > Computer Management > Storage > Disk
Management (local). From here, identify the USB memory stick (marked as a removable device),
assign a new drive letter to it, and format it (using right click > Properties).
When done, set the volume name to LICENSES as shown above.
5.) Make sure you are still connected to the eLicense website with your SSO ID and password
@ http://elicense.gehealthcare.com
6.) Enter the licenseId of your AW workstation, in the System Configuration menu (right part of the
screen), choose Modality = AW, and make sure Host ID is selected (Host ID = licenseId for eLicense
tool).
7.) When done, click on Go to proceed.
If the workstation’s licensid does not yet exist in the eLicense database, the Add New System screen
pops up.

221
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

8.) Select Model Type = AW47

9.) Enter the Serial Number of the AW computer box.
DO NOT enter the System ID at this time!!! You should do this later.
If you enter an ID that is not unique or is already known in the database, you will get an error
message. This may occur, for instance, if the licensid is already registered for another system (or if
you are replacing an old workstation with a new one.
10.) When done, click on Save to proceed.
The new system will be added to the eLicense database.
The System Information screen now pops up. If needed, you can update the information you have
entered by clicking on the Edit system Information link.

222
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Note: - If the Application is to be used locally, there will be ”N” written in the Floatable column.
- If the Application is to be shared between several hosts (AWs), you will find a number in the
Floatable column, corresponding to the number of hosts that can use it simultaneously.
11.) If the table is empty, you need to generate the new license keys before proceeding.
Click on Generate New Licenses button.
12.) The Generate New Licenses screen pops up.
Enter the GON (Global Order Number) in the Order number field and click the Go button.
13.) When the table is completed, you can print, email or save the new license keys on a USB device:
- Click on Print Licenses button. It displays a printable version of the AW Configuration file,
OR
- Click on Email Licenses button. It displays a menu, allowing you to add another email address
than your own address. Click on Continue. The AW configuration file will be sent to the chosen
email address.

Important! If you need to enter manually the new ”CoLA” type licenses (licenses with mixed numbers
and letters), DO NOT use the last number after the space (i.e: RT657FGFOIUY7DF 1 (or
2 or n)), which corresponds to the maximum number of hosts that are licensed to access
the Application simultaneously.
OR
- Click on Save Licenses button. The File download window pops up:
o Insert the USB memory stick into one of the USB ports of your FE laptop
Allow a few seconds for the USB device to be recognized.
Make sure your USB memory stick is properly labelled with the LICENSES Volume name.
o Click on the Save button.
o A new dialog window lets you select where to save the file. You can save it directly onto your
USB memory stick, by clicking on the My Computer icon, and selecting the drive
corresponding to your USB memory stick.
o Click on the Save button.
o When download is complete, click on the Close button to close the Download Complete
window.
o The USB memory stick is now ready for use with the corresponding AW workstation.

Note: It is also possible to store the Configuration files of several AWs on the same USB memory stick.
Configuration files are named using the convention:
config–XXXXXX.txt
config–YYYYYYY.txt
config–ZZZZZZZ.txt
etc...
(where XXXXXX, YYYYYYY and ZZZZZZZ correspond to each workstation’s licensid.)

223
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

5 Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses

CoLA or Floating licenses can be made available to all the AW clients connected to a License Manager
server, on which the floating license server component is installed.

Important! If you don't have a CoLA License Server on your site, please skip this step and go to
section 6 Application Preload and Product Hold.
To enable Floating Licenses for AW Advanced Apps on a new AW workstation, follow the procedure
described below.
1.) Ensure that the PNF Firewall is Off (Utilities > Firewall configuration).
2.) Check that the Client Access Enabler key (also known as the Concurrency Enabler License or
Client_FL_Access_Enabler) has been supplied. (This could be on paper or USB).
If not, you can get it by connecting to the eLicense website with your SSO ID and entering the Server
PC information. This key allows the AW workstation to be a Floating License client.
3.) The Floating License software environment (Ref 5149785-2 or later) must be installed on the
customer’s Floating License server(s). A Floating License server may be either a networked PC or a
networked AW Server.
(Note: The client component of the software is integrated with the AW4.7 core software).
4.) Configure DICOM connectivity to/from the Floating License server(s) and the AW workstation. See
Job Card IST003 - Connecting Network Postscript & DICOM Printers.
5.) From the AW Admin menu, select Service Tools \ Configuration \ Configure single feature \
Applications and Licensing. You will be prompted to enter the root password.The following screen
displays.

2
3

224
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

6.) Check the Floating mode option (1). This allows communication between the Floating License server
and the AW client.
7.) Enter the Floating Liense Client Access Enabler key (supplied with application licences) (2).
8.) Also enter the IP address of the Floating License server(s) (3) if not already done.
(Normally steps 4 - 6 are done during initial configuration of the workstation. See Job Card IST002 -
Basic Site Configuration).
9.) Preload the Advanced Apps software package, or individual applications to the Hard Disk of the AW
client workstation, without license keys. Refer to section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses
10.) Install the applications from the Hard Disk, in "Network" (Floating) mode. (This option is not available
during initial preload). Refer to section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses
11.) For those applications now installed in Network mode, load the customer’s purchased license keys
on the Floating License server:
- From the AW workstation, using the CSD Configuration \ Remote License Manager option
OR
- Directly on the Floating License server. (This screen is the same as that used on the
workstation.)

Important! When manually entering a new alphanumeric "CoLA" type license keys, DO NOT use the
last number after the space i.e: RT657FGFOIUY7DF 1 (or 2 or more). This number is for
reference only, and corresponds to the maximum number of clients that are licensed to
run the Application simultaneously.
12.) When ALL applications have been installed:
- Save the workstation’s configuration on a CD-ROM.
- Export the workstation’s configuration file to the AWCCT website. See Job Card IST009 -
Registration, Final Settings & Checks for the procedure.

Note: Also refer to the Floating License Installation/Service Manual, available on the Floating License
Documentation CD-ROM delivered with the server (See the AW SM, Renewal Parts chapter for
Part Numbers.)

Note: Once the CoLA (floating license) server has been configured, the CoLA server’s LicenseID will
be displayed in the configuration file, that can be accessed via Admin\Display Configuration
menu.

Troubleshooting Floating Licenses

Use the Diagnostics \ Licensing menu to test configuration, if Floating License mode is enabled.

225
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

6 Application Preload and Product Hold

The following application software packages might be preloaded on new AW 4.7 systems:
• Volume Viewer Applications release 15.0 or higher.
(Volume Viewer applications might not be pre-loaded or it might not be the latest release that has
been pre-loaded on the workstation.
Always check the version against the installation media supplied in the order. If it was not pre-loaded
or if it is not the latest version that has been pre-loaded, then you must install the latest release of
Volume Viewer applications from the corresponding media.)
• Advanced Applications available on the latest DVD Collector series.

Note: Some application(s) may not have been preloaded on the workstation because they were on hold
at the time of the preload. Please check in the client order if this/these application(s) is/are
available. In that case, please install them.
The installation packages are also supplied on DVD media as part of the software kit, so that they may
be reinstalled (for instance following a Load From Cold of the OS and AW core platform software).
To complete installation of preloaded applications, you must configure the workstation with license keys
purchased by the customer for use on that workstation.

Whenever a safety issue is identified with a single Application on its dedicated SW media, it will be put
"on-hold" until the issue is fixed and the new software release is ready to be put into Forward Production.

Whenever a safety issue is identified with an Application on a multi-applications software media (i.e:
Volume Viewer Apps), production of the multi-apps media will be temporarily suspended so that the
Application impacted by the "Product hold" can be removed from the media build package.

When it is done, the updated multi-Apps media will be introduced in Forward Production (without the
Application impacted by the safety issue) and its package will bear a "Product Hold" notice mentioning
the name of the missing Application(s).

Sites identified having ordered the Application impacted by the Product hold will not be shipped with the
reworked software media. Manufacturing will wait until the safety issue is fixed and the Product Hold is
lift, to ship those sites with the updated SW media

If at the time of shipping a new AW workstation a Product Hold applies to one or more app(s), then these
apps are not preloaded on the workstation, whether or not the customer has purchased licenses for the
affected app(s). However product upgrade(s) in which the issues have been resolved will be delivered at
a later date.
Sites at which an affected application is already installed will be remediated via the FMI process.

226
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

6-1 How to handle the missing Application issue

Important! When you install the new application (of a multi-application software) purchased by the
site, it will also update all applications within this package. So it could potentially disable
an Application currently installed on the site, if this application is not in the new software
media contents because it is impacted by a safety issue.
Thus before installing / updating applications, make sure to always:
• Contact your On-line support center for more information on the issue and possible date for a fix and
the process to obtain the updated media.
• Identify if any application concerned by the Product Hold is installed/licensed on the system.
If yes, you need to contact your customer and ask him/her to decide whether:
- He/she agrees that you install the new purchased Application, but this will disable an application
already installed on the system (can be acceptable if the application currently installed is not
regularly used by the customer)
*** OR ***
- He/she does not agree to lose temporarily the access to a regularly used application and prefers
to postpone the new application installation and/or upgrade of applications.
When the issue is solved and the Product hold is lift, an updated Applications package will be delivered
through FMI, so you can upgrade the site with the new release.

6-2 Product Hold notice example

The following notice will be placed on the front cover of the Applications media box jacket, whenever one
or several Applications normally shipped in the package have been removed, due to a safety or quality
issue.

The following notice will be placed on back cover of the Applications media box jacket, whenever one or
several applications normally shipped in the package have been removed, due to a safety or quality
issue

Note: No Product Hold notices are fixed to a new AW workstation from which application(s) have been
removed due to Product Holds. However, the issue is tracked for each workstation via AWCCT
and will be resolved via delivery of a software new release.

227
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7 Installation/configuration Using Easy Install

7-1 Notes and Prerequisites

Note: If your site is going to use "Floating" Licenses, install the Floating License software on the server,
prior to installing the applications. Refer to the Floating License Service Manual.
Also make sure you have entered the server information in the AW configuration.
See Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration and section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating
Licenses of this Job Card.

Important! The default root password has been changed to enforce the security of the system.
Since AW4.7 Ext.3 release and higher, the default root password is Tbd_bu_15.
This password change impacts the installation of several applications. Please note that
this Installation Manual is the reference and that the Application manuals might not
contain the latest information.

Important! If the site decided to convert Node-Locked licenses to a license Server, you will have to
reinstall the affected applications in Network mode and remove the node-locked licenses.
You MUST discard any electronic or hard copies that could contain the license(s) to
prevent their accidental re-installation (backup CD, configuration file...).
Failing to do so constitutes a violation of GE’s integrity policies.

Important! Some applications may require configuration of the PNF firewall. In this case, refer to Job
Card IST004, section 7 Check PNF (Product Network Filters) Firewall Settings

Important! DO NOT USE Applications CD-ROMs from previous AW releases unless you have
verified their compatibility!!! Refer to section 5 Configuring CoLA / Floating Licenses of
this Job Card.

Important! Volume Viewer applications might not be pre-loaded or it might not be the latest release
that has been pre-loaded on the workstation.Always check the version against the
installation media supplied in the order. If it was not pre-loaded or if it is not the latest
version that has been pre-loaded, then you must install the latest release of Volume
Viewer applications from the corresponding media.

Important! Ensure that you have the installation media for the currently installed applications, in case
you need to uninstall a new/upgraded package and revert to the current version. In case
of doubt concerning a previously installed version, please check the CONFIG.TXT file on
the corresponding Configuration Backup CD.

228
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Important! It is good practice to only retain the installation media for the currently installed
applications, so once you have verified that new releases have been successfully
installed (configuration has been uploaded on AWCCT), you should destroy media for the
previously installed version(s).

Important! Before installing CardIQ Xpress Process, the following pre-requisites must be met:
- Install Volume_Viewer, CardIQ_Xpress_Reveal, Autolaunch licenses on the workstation.
- These licenses shall be installed before installing CardIQ Xpress Process. Otherwise, installaiton
of CardIQ Xpress Process will fail with a message indicating which license is missing.

Note: When installing Volume Viewer Innova, a pop-up is displayed with several settings to be
configured:
- When asked for the root password, enter the password (default is Tbd_bu_15) and press
<Enter>.
- The pop-up window closes and after a while, a new window

- Enter the IP address corresponding to the Xray system that will communicate with Volume
Viewer Innova.
- Check the box to Enable 3D mouse if applicable on your system.

229
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7-2 Procedure
1.) Login as sdc (if not already done):
console login : sdc <Enter>
Password : adw4.7 <Enter> (default sdc password is factory loaded)
2.) In the AW browser, click on the Admin button in the bottom left corner of the Patient List. This will
open a menu displaying the available applications.

3.) Click on Install Package button from the pop–up menu. An Installation Note panel displays,

Note: This is the message displayed if the workstation is InSite is connected. If it is not InSite
connected, the message will be slightly different.
It is recommend to configure InSite in order to faciltate the Configuration Registration.

230
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

4.) Carefully read the message that instructs you to register your configuration on AWCCT website upon
completion of the installation of all the Applications.
To continue with the installation, click Yes. The Easy Install window opens.

5.) If the Applications License keys were copied on a USB memory stick, insert it now in one of the USB
ports.Allow a few moments for your USB memory stick to be recognized before attempting to access
its contents (if the USB memory stick has a LED, it should no longer be blinking).

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that USB ports are not disabled.
6.) Applications can be installed either from:
- The AW workstation’s hard disk (if applications have already been pre-loaded)
Refer to section 7-3 Installing Applications from the Hard Disk
- Dedicated CD-ROM or DVD-ROM
Refer to section 7-4 Installing Advanced Applications from CD-ROM (or DVD-ROM)
- The Collector DVD (in the case of upgrades)
Refer to section 7-5 Installing Applications from the Applications DVD collector kit
- A USB device (in case of applications delivered through eDelivery)
Refer to section 7-6 Installing Advanced Applications from USB device.
Each case is explained in turn below.

231
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7-3 Installing Applications from the Hard Disk

You can install (add license keys for) Applications directly from the workstation’s Hard Disk, if they have
previously been pre-loaded.

Note: Volume Viewer applications might not be pre-loaded or it might not be the latest release that has
been pre-loaded on the workstation. Always check the version against the installation media
supplied in the order. If it was not pre-loaded or if it is not the latest version that has been pre-
loaded, then you must install the latest release of Volume Viewer applications from the
corresponding media.
Refer to section 7-4 Installing Advanced Applications from CD-ROM (or DVD-ROM) for the
procedure.)
In the case of the DVD Collector series, multiple applications are on a single CD-ROM or DVD-ROM.
When installing (enabling with the license memory stick) one or more of these Applications from the CD
or DVD, all other Applications on the disk will be automatically preloaded at the same time. They are
then available for future installation from the Hard disk.
1.) Under Driver, select the Hard Disk option (1), then click on the Contents button (2).
Installation instructions display on the EasyInstall window.

1
2

232
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Note: If the client order contains a more recent version of an Application preloaded on the AW hard
disks, always use it instead of the preloaded release.
The Easy Install window for optional software application(s) present on the hard disks, pops–up.
The example below may differ from what you actually get. It depends on the applications that have been
pre-loaded and on the applications already installed.

2.) Click on the button(s) corresponding to the software application(s) you want to select or deselect for
installation. The application status will change to/from Not installed to Ready to be installed.
3.) If available, insert the USB memory stick with the License key(s) in any of the USB ports.
4.) Click on the Install button to start the installation of the first of the chosen application(s).
You might get the following error message, please click OK to dismiss it and go on with the procedure:
Error: copy config - HOSTID.txt to config.txt on the usb key.
5.) Enter the root password when prompted.
If Floating licensing has been configured for the workstation, you will be prompted to select whether
or not this is a Networked (Floating) application.
6.) For Stand-alone workstations and applications, you will need to enter the License key specific to the
workstation and the application if you did not insert the USB memory stick with the License key(s).
7.) Some applications may require additional configuration parameters, e.g. InRoom3D requires the IP
address of the connected X-Ray System (to enter it you will need to re-enter the root password).
8.) When the application has been installed, status will change to Installation successful.
Click on the Install button to install additional application(s).
Make sure the Uninstall check-box is not selected inadvertently. This would mark selected
applications as candidates to be erased. (In this case, the Install button changes to Uninstall).

Note: If a single application fails to install, an Error code 42 message displays. Check the list of
applications and related installation messages to identify the failure.
9.) When Easy Install successfully completes installation of selected applications, the following message
displays:
Applications installed and ready to be used by the customer.
This message is the confirmation that the application was properly installed.

233
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Additional installation messages including errors is also saved to the logfile /export/home/sdc/logfiles/
easyInstallLog)
10.) After installing new applications using Easy Install, the Workstation’s Configuration must be
registered with the AWCCT site. See section 8 Complete Applications installation and Register
Configuration.
See also Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks for more detailed instructions.

234
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7-4 Installing Advanced Applications from CD-ROM (or DVD-ROM)

The procedure provided in this section is a GENERIC procedure which describes how to install Volume
Viewer Applications and those Advanced Applications which do not have a separate Installation Manual
(for instance, AngioViz, GSI Viewer).

Note: For other Advanced Applications, a separate application-specific Installation Manual is supplied.
For these applications, the PDF is launched during the installation process (when you click on
Easy Install’s Install button).
Consult this manual for information that supplements the generic procedure provided in this Job
Card.
1.) If not already done, login as sdc and select Install package from the Service menu
The package installation window pops up.

1
2

2.) From the Driver: drop-down list, selet CDRom (1).

3.) Make sure the USB memory stick with the Licence key(s) is inserted in any of the USB ports.
4.) Insert the appropriate ”Advanced Application” software CD-ROM into the drive.
5.) Click on the Contents button (2).
The Application Package name appears in the window that opens.

235
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Installation messages and

instructions display into
this window.

6.) Click on the Install button.

You might get the following error message, please click OK to dismiss it and go on with the procedure:
Error: copy config - HOSTID.txt to config.txt on the usb key.
7.) The ” Applications_Name Installation” window appears.
The node–locked software license key (1) is read on the hard disk (if the application is already
installed) and on the software license key support media, the software license key support media
having the priority:

8.) If the software license key has not been properly entered, it can be modified as follows:
Either
- Insert the software license key support media (USB device) into the drive. Wait for a few seconds.
- Click on the ”Reload Software License Keys” button. This option lets you automatically extract the
software license keys from the hard disk and from the configuration media.
Or
- Enter the software license key manually into the license key entry field:
- Tick the application to install.
- Erase the ”0” and type in the software license key using the keyboard.

236
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Note: If you engage the <Caps Lock> key for typing in the CoLA type License, make sure you
disengage it when done, to avoid later errors mistyping the sdc password when logging, for
example.
! Notice:
Make sure NOT TO type the last number (if any) after the space of the ”CoLA” type licenses.
i.e: RUYTY78FYHUYTR1X 2
"2" is not part of the license, but corresponds to the maximum number of hosts allowed to access
the Application simultaneously (2 hosts in our example).
9.) Click OK to install the corresponding application(s). At this point, a number of messages display on
the screen which tell the operator what is going on.
i.e. ===========Installing ... ==========
10.) Enter the root password when prompted.

Note: If the following window pops up, you probably have selected the wrong media (Floppy / Cdrom),
or the selected drive is defective.

For some older Applications, the following window may pop up.

11.) Select the language by clicking on the button located in the language field, then click OK to continue.

Note: Applications check that the package is not already present on the hard disk, and if so, warn you
in order not to overwrite a previous release. See the example below.
The Application version to be installed is anterior to the version already installed. Make sure
before you accept to overwrite that this is really what you want to do.

237
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

12.) Click on OK to start installing the application.

13.) When installing/preloading Volume Viewer Applications from media, a pop-up is displayed asking for
the root password. Enter the root password to allow the installation to proceed. This step is specific
to Volume Viewer Applications. (The root password is not required when installing from hard disk.)
Note that for AW4.7 Ext.3 release and higher, the default root password is Tbd_bu_15.
14.) Wait until installation has completed. (Messages confirm whether installation has been successful.)
15.) Click on Eject CDRom, then click on Quit unless you want to install another package.
16.) - If you need to install more applications, click the Install More Software button, insert the next media
then select again CDROM and press Content. (repeat the procedure from step section 5 Click on the
Contents button (2).).
- When you have installed all the applications from all media, press the Quit and Register button.

17.) The Register Configuration page automatically opens to let your export you configuration file and
install the Registration Key (for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases).
See section 7 Register Configuration in the Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks
for more detailed instructions.
18.) Select Restart Software from the System menu button, to validate the option.
The application is now available through a new ”Application” button located the Applications window.
The applications are now installed.
19.) To double-check that the new applications have been installed:
- Check the workstation configuration using the VolumeShare 7 browser’s Admin menu, Display
Configuration option.
Note the Installed Applications section. This lists the applications installed, their name, License
Key String, License Information, License Availability and Version Information.
- Check the application Shortcuts have been installed (from the patient list, Other / Shortcuts)0.
Compare with the Shortcuts listed for the applications in section 10 Applications - Licensing and
Shortcuts Summary.

238
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7-5 Installing Applications from the Applications DVD collector kit

7-5-1 Foreword

Contents
A DVD kit containing the Advanced (stand-alone) Applications currently available for AW, is supplied
with AW software upgrades, in order to deliver intermediate software upgrades. Upgrade is then possible
to applications that have been installed and licensed by the site.
See section Product Presentation for further details.

Application versions

Important! Never use Advanced Applications CD-ROMs from a previous AW release!

Always use the latest Applications DVDs - unless you are given a more recent Application
CD-ROM for a specific new package purchased by the site.

Applications purchased
Before installing applications from a Collector DVD, make sure that the site has actually purchased
the application(s) you want to install, and that you have the corresponding license key(s) available (on a
paper sheet, USB device, or AW Configuration Cdrom).

Applications Preload
You may choose to preload all or some of the applications from one or more of the Collector DVDs
supplied.
Preloaded applications can be enabled with purchased license keys at a later time.

Note: Volume Viewer Applications are not included in the Application DVD kit.

7-5-2 Applications DVDs: Contents details

The following information about the contents of the Applications DVDs is valid at the time this Manual is
released. The contents of DVDs and the number of DVDs in the set and their part numbers may evolve
as Applications are updated and re-released.
Refer to section 10 Applications - Licensing and Shortcuts Summary for details of the DVD contents.

239
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7-5-3 Applications installation

Installation of the Applications from the DVDs shall be done through the Easy Install utility.

1
2

1.) Click on Hard Disk button and select CDRom (1) from the drop-down menu.
2.) Insert the USB stick with the Licence key(s), if available.
3.) Insert the appropriate ”Advanced Application” software DVD into the drive.
4.) Click on the Contents button (2). The Collector Package name appears in the window displaying the
contents of the DVD.
This first application
has separate documentation.
Install documentation first, so
you can open it from Admin /
Service Docs, to get more
info while installing the
application.

This applications set has

integrated documentation
so it will be installed
automatically.
These stand-alone
applications have integrated
documentation, which will be
installed automatically.

240
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

5.) Click on the Install button to display the list of applications and install them.
You might get the following error message, please click OK to dismiss it and go on with the procedure:
Error: copy config - HOSTID.txt to config.txt on the usb key.
The following window pops up on the right side of the Easy Install main window.

In the main Easy Install window, moving the mouse cursor over the applications buttons displays
additional information about the contents of the application.

Note: When an application has a separated documentation file, always select the documentation
installation first, so you will be able to open it (Admin/Service Docs) and get additional
information, before installing the application itself
6.) At this point, you may choose to preload on your workstation’s hard disk all or some of the
Applications contained in the DVD, or simply install the Applications one by one as you would do
when installing an Application from CD-ROM.
Note that not all Applications are currently pre-loadable.
- If you click on the preload button, the menu will show the Applications that can be preloaded.
- If you want to install the Apps immediately, proceed as follows.
7.) Click on the button corresponding to the application you want to install.
For example, click the Appli XXXX Doc button.
8.) A message window pops up to let you know that once the installation of this application package is
complete, you will have to click on the Quit button to return to the Collector Installation menu.

241
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

9.) Click OK..

An Installation panel displays. Carefully read the message that instructs you to register your
configuration on AWCCT website upon completion of the installation of all the Applications.
To continue with the installation, click Yes.
10.) The Easy Install main window opens and displays what is going to be installed.
Click on the Install button.
11.) The application license window pops up.
If you did not plug a USB stick containing the application license key(s), enter it now in the dedicated
field(s).
Enter the root password if required.

12.) Select the application(s) you want to install by clicking on the corresponding checkbox(es).
If the application(s) were previously installed and license(s) were saved on the AW configuration CD-
ROM, then restored at the software reload, the license(s) will be displayed in the password fields.

Note: If you select an application for which you do not have the license key available, it will be
preloaded to hard disk, so you can install it at a later time. Remember that some Advanced
Applications cannot be preloaded. See on your DVD collector booklets for details.
13.) Click the OK button. The application installation proceeds.
Installation details show in the main Easy Install window.
For separated documentation packages, a Command line window pops up to display the installation
steps and prompts you to press the <Enter> key, once documentation installation is complete.
14.) When the application(s) installation has completed, the message in the main EasyInstall window says
so.

242
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

15.) Click on the Quit button to return to the Collector installation window.
The following installation note opens:

16.) Chose between the following options:

- If you want to install another application, click the Install More Software button.
The EasyInstall Collector Installation window displays again.
Select another package to install, by clicking on the button corresponding to the application you
want to install.
Go back to step 7.) of the procedure.
OR
- If you have installed all the applications, press the Quit and Register button.
17.) The Register Configuration page automatically opens to let your export you configuration file and
install the Registration Key (for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases).
See section 7 Register Configuration in the Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks
for more detailed instructions.
18.) The DVD is ejected from the drive.
19.) Select Restart Software from the System menu button, to validate the option.
The Application is now available through a new ”Application” button located the Applications window.
20.) To double-check that the new applications have been installed:
- Check the workstation configuration using the VolumeShare 7 browser’s Admin menu, Display
Configuration option.
Note the Installed Applications section. This lists the applications installed, their name, License
Key String, License Information, License Availability and Version Information.
- Check the application Shortcuts have been installed (from the patient list, Other / Shortcuts).
Compare with the Shortcuts listed for the applications in section 10 Applications - Licensing and
Shortcuts Summary.

243
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7-6 Installing Advanced Applications from USB device

eDelivery is a new delivery method which allows to provide AW & Advanced application products as
electronic files. The electronic files are manually downloaded from a download server and installed
through USB device.
Installation with USB device is only supported when installing applications delivered as digital kit through
eDelivery process.
The FEs impacted by the eDelivery installation process will receive the dedicated eDelivery Service
Guide with the detailed instructions.

The list of applications supporting eDelivery process will be regularly communicated by SNAW3076 -
Introduction Service Note for eDelivery for AW Applications (DOC1888716).
1.) Refer to AW eDelivery Service Guide for detailed instructions to download the application digital kit
and prepare the USB device for installation.
2.) If not already done, login as sdc and select Install package from the Service menu. The package
installation window pops up.
3.) An Installation Panel displays informing that after installing all the applications, you will need to send
your configuration file to AWCCT website to obtain a valid Registration Key. Carefully read the
warning message and make sure you understand it prior to click Yes to quit.

244
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

4.) Insert the USB device containing the application(s) to install.

5.) Make sure the USB memory stick with the Licence key(s) is also inserted in any of the USB ports.
6.) From the Driver: drop-down list, select USB.
7.) Click the Contents button (1).
The Application Package name appears in the window that opens.

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
8.) Select the desired installation package with the arrow keys and press the space bar to select it.
Note that the cursor must be inside the window to allow you to select the file.
A star [*] indicates which file is selected (2).
Select < OK > and press <Enter>.
9.) The application is now ready to be installed. Click the Install button.
10.) The application license window pops up.
If you did not plug a USB stick containing the application license key(s), enter it now in the dedicated

245
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

field(s).
Enter the root password if required.
11.) Select the application(s) you want to install by clicking on the corresponding checkbox(es).
If the application(s) were previously installed and license(s) were saved on the AW configuration
CDROM, then restored at the software reload, the license(s) will be displayed in the password fields.
12.) Click the OK button. The application installation proceeds. Installation details show in the main Easy
Install window.
When the application(s) installation has completed, the message in the main Easy Install window
says so.
13.) If you want to install more application(s), go back to step 7.) of the procedure.
If you have installed all the advanced application(s), click on Eject USB button.then click Quit unless
you want to install another package.
14.) If the Demo Exams were electronically delivered, you might want to install them now from the USB
device. Refer to section 5-2 Install Demo Exams from a USB device from Job Card IST012 -
Reloading Demo Exams for the detailed procedure.

15.) When you have installed all the applications from all media, press the Quit and Register button.
16.) The Register Configuration page automatically opens to let your export you configuration file and
install the Registration Key (for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases).
See section 7 Register Configuration in the Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks
for more detailed instructions.
17.) Select Restart Software from the System menu button, to validate the option.
The application is now available through a new ”Application” button located the Applications window.
The applications are now installed.
18.) To double-check that the new applications have been installed:
- Check the workstation configuration using the VolumeShare 7 browser’s Admin menu, Display
Configuration option.
Note the Installed Applications section. This lists the applications installed, their name, License
Key String, License Information, License Availability and Version Information.

246
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

- Check the application Shortcuts have been installed (from the patient list, Other / Shortcuts).
Compare with the Shortcuts listed for the applications in section 10 Applications - Licensing and
Shortcuts Summary.

247
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

7-7 Installing documentation from a CD/DVD using Easy Install

The following procedure describes how to install documentation from a CD/DVD on the workstation.

1.) If not already done, login as sdc and select Install package from the Service menu
The package installation window pops up.

1
2

2.) From the Driver: drop-down list, selet CDRom (1).

3.) Insert the documentation CD/DVD into the drive.
4.) Click the Contents button (2).
The content of the Documentation Package appears.
5.) Click the Install button and follow the instructions on screen.
Wait until installation has completed. (Messages confirm whether installation has been successful.)
6.) Click Eject CDRom, then click Quit unless you want to install another package.
7.) If you need to install more documentation, click the Install More Software button, insert the next media
then select again CDROM and press Content. (repeat the procedure from step 4.)).

248
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

8.) After installing documentation using Easy Install, the Workstation’s Configuration must be registered
with the AWCCT website. See section 8 Complete Applications installation and Register
Configuration.
See also Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks for more detailed instructions.

Note: The installation of Documentation only does not change the configuration (only the installation,
upgrade or uninstallation of application/platform will change the configuration of the workstation).
9.) Select Restart Software from the System menu button, to validate the option.
The Documentation is now available. Refer to section 2 On–Line Documentation for the procedure to
access Service or Operator documentation.

249
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

8 Complete Applications installation and Register Configuration

After installing new applications or after upgrading applications, the workstation’s Configuration must be
registered with the AWCCT website.

Note: Ensure that you have finished installing all the applications before quitting (including applications
on additional installation media), as you need to submit the final configuration.
1.) When you have finished installing the applications using Easy Install, click the Quit button to close
the Easy Install utility. The following message displays;

2.) Carefully read the instructions than click Quit and Register to submit your configuration file to
AWCCT.
3.) The Register Configuration page automatically opens to let you export you configuration file and
install the Registration Key (for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases).
See section 7 Register Configuration in the Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks
for more detailed instructions.
4.) Disconnect the USB memory stick containing the license keys.
5.) Restart the AW core software by selecting Restart Software from the System menu to make the newly
installed Applications available.
6.) Check which applications and versions are now installed. For that, see the workstation configuration
using the VolumeShare 7 browser’s Admin. menu, Display Configuration option.
Note the Installed Applications section. This lists the applications installed, their name, License Key
String, License Information, License Availability and Version Information.
7.) Check that the application Shortcuts have been installed. Verify using the Shortcuts listed for the
applications in section 10 Applications - Licensing and Shortcuts Summary.
8.) Now go to Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks for further details on how to
submit the Configuration File to AWCCT and how to register the product in GE tracking database.

250
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

9 Troubleshooting
9-1 Overview
If customers report an issue with an application, there are a number of software tools and procedures to
help you diagnose and resolve the problem. The choice of which to use will depend on the exact nature
of the problem, but you should consider using one ore more of the following tools / resources:

• If you can’t perform the installation of an application that requires the root password (Volume Viewer
for example) because of an "incorrect password", please make sure you are using the right root
password.
For AW4.7 Ext.1 release and before, the default root password is operator.
For AW4.7 Ext.3 release and higher, the default root password is Tbd_bu_15.

• Check the workstation configuration (Admin.\Display Configuration)

In particular, note the Installed Applications section. This lists the applications installed, their name,
License Key String, License Information, License Availability and Version Information.

• Use the following Service Tools available from the Common Service Desktop (via Admin\Service
Tools):
- Health Page: to check status of key software subsystems. (See AW Service Manual, Job Card
TSG011)
- Problem Report (See AW Service Manual, Job Card TSG009)
Note that Problem Report Tool is not activated by default. Its usage is controlled by GE
Engineering.
- Session Recorder (See AW Service Manual, Job Card TSG011)

• If application usage on the workstation is blocked, this might indicate a non-valid configuration.
- For in-depth troubleshooting of related problems, see Job Card TSG016 in the AW4.7 Service
Manual.

• Check the workstation’s latest Configuration Backup CD (locate and use a text editor such as gedit
to open the config.txt file on this CD). In particular, check the Installed Applications section for the
keystrings saved as part of the configuration. This might be relevant in the case of re-installation
problems following a Load from Cold of the operating system and a Restore Configuration from CD).

• If Floating License mode is enabled, use the Diagnostics \ Licensing menu to test the configuration.

• If an application cannot be launched, check the status of the Registration Key on the Healthpage. If
a valid Registration Key is not installed, you must register the workstation’s configuration on AWCCT
website and install a valid Registration Key. Refer to section 7 Register Configuration for the
procedure.

251
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

• If an expected application shortcut does not appear in the AW browser, check that all associated
required licenses are installed. (See tables in section 10-2 Volume Viewer Applications and AW
Advanced Applications.
The configuration tools are described in greater detail in Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop
Utilities. Other Troubleshooting tools are explained in the AW Service Manual, Job Cards TSG009 and
TSG011.
• Check the logfiles (see next section for details)

9-2 Application Installation and Error Messages

Installation and/or error messages are displayed in the Console window. They are also saved to logfiles
that are periodically ”cleaned” to prevent them from growing.
• To read the contents of the log files (examples):
more /var/log/messages <Enter> (must be switched to root)
more /export/home/sdc/logfiles/easyInstallLog <Enter>

Example of Error Message : Bad licence key entered :

ERROR: Install fail for Appli : Bad application key for ’CTColono_PRO’
or License Server error
ERROR: Software installation canceled
ERROR: Exiting with error code 30. CD Installation failed !

• Certain applications require a single or dual-monitor configuration. If the workstation was not
configured accordingly, you may get an error message saying that the installation failed.
To reconfigure the screen configuration, type:
install.site <Enter>
mon <Enter>
1 <Enter> (enter 1 or 2 depending on the number of monitor(s))
You will have to reboot the workstation to take into account the monitor configuration change.

Note: If error messages persist about wrong software protection keys, contact your On–Line Support
center, with the Order Number for the option purchased, and with the licenseId of the
workstation, so the license keys can be verified.

Note: To get the licenseId of an AW workstation, open a Linux command window and type in the
following command: licenseId <Enter>.

Note: Specific Volume Viewer applications logs are available in the following log file :
/export/home/sdc/logfiles/Voxtool.log (this file is primarily for investigation by GE Engineering)

Note: Some logfiles will only be present if certain applications or tools have been installed or run.
For further details of the AW workstation’s system logfiles, see the AW SM, Job Cards TSG003
and TSG009.

252
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

9-3 Manually Installing / Uninstalling Applications

Scripts are provided to manually install and uninstall most Applications. Do not use these scripts for
regular installation, as such. They are reserved for remote service / troubleshooting.

For information, here is the procedure to use a script:

1.) Login as sdc, if using another user id.
2.) In the AW browser, open a Command Window from the Admin menu.
Note: DO NOT SWITCH USER TO ROOT.
3.) Change to the install directory by typing:
cd / export/home/sdc/install <Enter>
4.) Execute the script needed to install or uninstall the application:
./install.”option–name” <Enter>
OR ./uninstall.”option–name” <Enter>
5.) Restart the workstation.
6.) Register the configuration on the AWCCT website. See Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final
Settings & Checks for details of how to register the configuration.

Note: For a list of available installation and uninstallation scripts for Applications, see section 10
Applications - Licensing and Shortcuts Summary of this Job Card.

Important! For "CoLA" type licenses (licenses with mixed numbers and letters), DO NOT type in the
last number after the space (if supplied), e.g. RT657FGFOIUY7DF 1. This number
corresponds to the maximum number of client workstations that can use the application
simultaneously.

253
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

10 Applications - Licensing and Shortcuts Summary

For the latest information regarding Applications and Licensing, refer to the dedicated Introduction
Service Note.

10-1 Overview - Field Descriptions

The tables below provide the following information:
• The Application Name used in the AW/Apps user interface, the Display Configuration window.
• The Application Portfolio (product family). This corresponds to a purchasable option, supplied on CD/
DVD or electronically.
• The License Modes supported (N= Node–locked, F= Floating).
• The License Keystring: The Apps_license_keystring is used in the installation procedure to validate
the license information and allow installation. It appears in eLicense calculation output, configuration
media & paper and also the Display Configuration Window.
• The Application Shortcuts available in AW Software Application Manager once the application is
installed.
• Manual Install/ Uninstall Script: Normally only used for support.
• Logfile name. Logfiles are saved in the sdc/export/home/logfiles folder and are useful for
troubleshooting. See also AW SM, Job Card IST009 for details of the Problem Report feature.

Important! Whatever the license mode used, all Volume Viewer applications require Volume Viewer
to be operational (node–locked license key).
The Applications listed below have been grouped by distribution method / media, including the DVD
Collector Kit groupings. This information is accurate at the time this manual is released. This information
will evolve during the product lifecycle.
! Notice:
Certain options may not be available in every country - contact GEHC sales.

10-2 Volume Viewer Applications and AW Advanced Applications

For explanations on the information supplied, see section 10-1 Overview - Field Descriptions.

10-2-1 Volume Viewer Applications 15.0 or higher

In this release, the majority of applications can be installed on AW Server as well as on the AW
VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) workstation platform. Always refer to the Application CD-ROM’s artwork
describing the supported platform before installing an application.
Application descriptions are provided in Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced
Applications.
In a few cases application shortcuts and license keystrings are slightly different from those used in
previous releases.
Note that the AW Logfile name for the following Volume Viewer applications is: Voxtool.log.

The following table summarizes the applications Licensing Mode, Keystring, Shortcut as it appears in

254
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

AW Patient List and installation/uninstallation scripts.

Application Name in AW License Keystring on legacy Shortcuts (in AW AW Manual Install/
Easy Install Licens AW keystring Patient List ) Uninstall Script
e supported
Modes
Volume Viewer F, N Volume_Viewer N/A 3D Batch/Filming install.volan3
3D MIP uninstall.volan3
3D Synchroview
Cardiac AutoCine
Fast Reading
Volume Viewer (main
access to the
software)
VV PET
Compare
Dual Energy
PET/CT Follow up
PET/CT Single Review
Reformat
Volume Rendering
VV General Review
Dynamic Shuttle F, N Dynamic_Shuttle N/A 4D Neuro DSA install.dynamicshut
4D Body Shuttle tle
uninstall.dynamics
huttle
Preprocessing / N only AutoLaunch N/A Autolaunch install.autolaunch
AutoLaunch uninstall.autolaunc
h
AutoBone Xpress F, N AutoBone N/A AutoBone install.autobone
(AutoBone upgrade) uninstall.autobone
AutoBone Xpress F, N AutoBone_Xpress N/A AutoBone Xpress install.autobonexpr
ess
uninstall.autobonex
press
VesselIQ Xpress (AVA F, N AVA_Xpress Advanced_ VesselIQ Xpress install.ava1
Xpress upgrade) Vessel_An uninstall.ava1
alysis
ava
VesselIQ Xpress F, N VesselIQ_Xpress AVA_All VesselIQ Xpress install.ava2
uninstall.ava2
MR VesselIQ Xpress F, N MR_VesselIQ_Xpres N/A MR VesselIQ install.avamr
s uninstall.avamr
FlightPlan for EVAR F, N FlightPlan_for_EVAR AVA_Xpre FlightPlan for EVAR install.flightplanfore
CT _CT and ss instead CT varct
Volume_Viewer_Inno of uninstall.flightplanf
va and VesselIQ_ orevarct
Autobone_Xpress Xpress
and
VesselIQ_Xpress

255
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

FlightPlan for EVAR F, NFlightPlan_for_EVAR N/A FlightPlan for EVAR install.flightplanfore

MR _MR and MR varmr
Volume_Viewer_Inno uninstall.flightplanf
va and orevarmr
MR_VesselIQ_Xpres
s
AdvantageALA N only Advanced_Lung_Ana Advanced_ AdvantageALA install.alabase
lysis Lung_Anal Single uninstall.alabase
ysis_Base AdvantageALA Multi
ala
Lung VCAR F, N Lung_VCAR Advanced_ Lung VCAR Single install.alapro
Lung_Anal Lung VCAR Multi uninstall.alapro
ysis_Pro If Advantage ALA is
alaproM3 available and Lung
VCAR is installed in
network mode then
Lung VCAR Single
and Lung VCAR multi
are still accessible but
with
the features of an
Advantage ALA
license.
AdvantageCTC Pro3D F, N CT_Colono_Pro3D N/A CTC Auto install.ctcpro3d
Dissection uninstall.ctcpro3d
3D
AdvantageCTC Pro3D F, N CT_Colono_Pro3D_EN/A CTC Auto install.ctcpro3dec
EC C Dissection uninstall.ctcpro3de
3D c
Colon VCAR F, N Colon_VCAR N/A Colon VCAR install.ctcdca
uninstall.ctcdca
Colon VCAR EC F, N Colon_VCAR_EC N/A Colon VCAR install.ctcdcaec
uninstall.ctcdcaec
CardEP F, N CardEP N/A CardEP install.cardep
uninstall.cardep
CardIQ Xpress 2.0 F, N CardIQ_Xpress_Elite N/A CardIQ Xpress install.cardiqelite
Elite uninstall.cardiqelite
CardIQ Xpress Elite N only CardIQ_Xpress_Plus CardIQ_Pl CardIQ Xpress install.cardiqplus
(Plus upgrade) us uninstall.cardiqplus
CardIQ Xpress Elite F, N CardIQ_Xpress_Pro CardIQ_Pr CardIQ Xpress install.cardiqpro
(Pro upgrade) o uninstall.cardiqpro
cardiqproM
3
CardIQ Xpress 2.0 F, N CardIQ_Xpress_Rev N/A CardIQ Xpress install.cardiqreveal
(Reveal) eal uninstall.cardiqreve
al
CardIQ Function F, N CardIQ_Function_Xp N/A CardIQ Function install.funcvcar
Xpress ress Xpress uninstall.funcvcar
CardIQ Fusion PET F, N CardIQ_Fusion_PET N/A CardIQ Fusion install.cardiqfusion
pet
uninstall.cardiqfusi
onpet

256
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

CardIQ Fusion F, N CardIQ_Fusion_SPE N/A CardIQ Fusion install.cardiqfusion

SPECT CT spect
uninstall.cardiqfusi
onspect
Integrated F, N Integrated_Registrati N/A General Registration install.intreg
Registration on BW uninstall.intreg
General Registration
Color
Registration Current
Prior
Integrated Registration
PET VCAR F, N PET_VCAR N/A PET VCAR install.petvcar
uninstall.petvcar
CT Perfusion 4D F, N CT_Perfusion_4D_M N/A CT Perfusion 4D install.ctperf4dmulti
MultiOrgan ultiOrgan organ
uninstall.ctperf4dm
ultiorgan
CT Perfusion 4D F, N CT_Perfusion_4D_N N/A CT Perfusion 4D install.ctperf4dneur
Neuro euro o
uninstall.ctperf4dn
euro
FlightPlan for Liver F, N FlightPlan_for_Liver N/A FlightPlan for Liver install.flightplanforli
ver
uninstall.flightplanf
orliver
OncoQuant F, N OncoQuant N/A Oncology Review install.onco
uninstall.onco
READY VIEW F, N READY_VIEW N/A READY View install.readyview
uninstall.readyview
READY VIEW Brain F, N READY_VIEW_Brain N/A READY View install.readyviewbr
View _View and ainview
READY_VIEW uninstall.readyview
brainview
READY View Body F, N READY_VIEW_Body N/A READY View install.readyviewbo
View _View and dyview
READY_VIEW uninstall.readyview
bodyview
READY View MR- F, N READY_VIEW_MRT N/A READY View install.readyviewmr
Touch ouch and touch
READY_VIEW uninstall.readyview
mrtouch
READY VIEW F, N READY_VIEW_Brain N/A READY View install.readyviewbr
BrainStat Stat and ainstat
READY_VIEW uninstall.readyview
brainstat
READY VIEW F, N READY_VIEW_Brain N/A READY View install.readyviewbr
BrainStat AIF Stat_AIF and ainstataif
READY_VIEW uninstall.readyview
brainstataif

257
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

READY VIEW MR F, N READY_VIEW_MR_ N/A READY View install.readyviewmr

Standard Standard and std
READY_VIEW uninstall.readyview
mrstd
READY VIEW SER F, N READY_VIEW_SER N/A READY View install.readyviewse
and READY_VIEW r
uninstall.readyview
ser
Thoracic VCAR F, N Thoracic_VCAR N/A Thoracic VCAR install.tvcar
uninstall.tvcar
GSI Volume Viewer F, N GSI_Volume_Viewer N/A GSI Volume Viewer install.gsivv
uninstall.gsivv
GSI Fat GSI_FAT N/A N/A install.gsifat
uninstall.gsifat
GSI MSI F, N GSI_MSI N/A N/A install.gsimsi
uninstall.gsimsi
GenIQ F, N GenIQ and N/A GenIQ install.geniq
READY_VIEW uninstall.geniq
Hepatic VCAR F, N Hepatic_VCAR N/A Hepatic VCAR install.hvcar
uninstall.hvcar
Stroke VCAR F, N Stroke_VCAR N/A Stroke VCAR install.svcar
uninstall.svcar
TAVI F, N TAVI and AVA_Xpre TAVI install.tavi
VesselIQ_Xpress ss instead uninstall.tavi
of
VesselIQ_
Xpress
Volume Viewer InnovaF, N Volume_Viewer_Inno N/A Volume Viewer install.vvi
va Innova uninstall.vvi
FastStroke F, N Fast_Stroke N/A FastStroke uninstall.faststroke
QFreeze2 F, N QFreeze2 N/A Same as Volume install.qfreeze2
Viewer (Tool uninstall.qfreeze2
Q.Freeze)
PROView F, N PROView N/A PROView Install.proview
Uninstall.proview
Dynamic CT F, N CT_Perfusion_4D_M N/A Perfusion 4D install.ctperf4dmyo
Myocardial Perfusion yocardial cardial
uninstall.
ctperf4dmyocardial

258
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

10-2-1-1 Notes for running specific Applications

Volume_Viewer Volume_Viewer license has to be installed in order to run any application

from the Volume Viewer package. At runtime, each application checks
that Volume_Viewer license is installed
FlightPlan for EVAR FlightPlan for EVAR CT application is only available if these 4 licenses
are installed and activated:
- FlightPlan_for_EVAR_CT
- Volume_Viewer_Innova
- Autobone_Xpress
- VesselIQ_Xpress
If one of these applications is missing, FlightPlan for EVAR CT
cannot be launched.
These 4 licenses are sold as a bundle when buying FlightPlan
for EVAR CT.
FlightPlan for EVAR MR FlightPlan for EVAR MR application is only available if these 3 licenses
are installed and activated:
- FlightPlan_for_EVAR_MR
- Volume_Viewer_Innova
- MR_VesselIQ_Xpress
If one of these applications is missing, FlightPlan for EVAR MR
cannot be launched.
These 3 licenses are sold as a bundle when buying FlightPlan
for EVAR MR.
TAVI Analysis / TAVI application shortcut is available only if TAVI and VesselIQ_Xpress
VesselIQ_Xpress licenses are both installed. These 2 licenses are sold as a bundle when
buying TAVI Analysis.
GenIQ / READY_VIEW GenIQ and READY_VIEW licenses are necessary to access GenIQ
application
GSI Fat GSI Liver Fat protocol can be accessed using the GSI Volume Viewer
shortcut. The protocol is available only if the 2 following licenses are
installed:
- GSI_FAT and
- GSI_Volume_Viewer
GSI MSI GSI MSI shortcut is available only if the following licenses are installed:
GSI_MSI and
GSI_Volume_Viewer
Dynamic CT Myocardial Dynamic CT Myocardial Perfusion protocol can be accessed using the
Perfusion CT Perfusion 4D shortcut. The protocol is available only if the 2 following
licenses are installed:
CT_Perfusion_4D_Myocardial
CT_Perfusion_4D_MultiOrgan

259
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

CardIQ Xpress 2.0 The application CardIQ Xpress 2.0 is installed using the
(release 14.0 Ext. 2 or CardIQ_Xpress_Reveal license key, and available through 'CardIQ
higher Versus 13.0) Xpress' shortcut on AW.
In release 13.0, the application name in Easy Install and 'Display
configuration' file was indicated as CardIQ Xpress Reveal 2.0.
In release 14.0 Ext.2 or higher, it is indicated as 'CardIQ Xpress 2.0
(Reveal).
10-2-1-2 Discontinued licenses

AVA Xpress The AVA Xpress application is no longer available in VS7, as it has been
replaced by VesselIQ Xpress. AVA_Xpress license can still be installed
and provides access to the same features as the VesselIQ_Xpress
license. The corresponding name in Easy Install is "VesselIQ Xpress
(AVA Xpress upgrade)"
Volume Viewer PET Volume Viewer PET, Volume Viewer MR and Volume Viewer Base have
Volume Viewer MR been merged with Volume Viewer.
Volume Viewer Base The licenses Volume_Viewer_PET and Volume_Viewer_MR cannot be
installed anymore. Instead, install the Volume Viewer license.
Synchro3D Synchro3D (InRoom3D) has been merged with Volume Viewer Innova.
The Synchro3D (InRoom3D) license cannot be installed anymore. The
Volume Viewer Innova license should be installed instead.
Hepatic VCAR The following licenses were never sold and have been removed in
PET VCAR VVApps 13.0 Ext. 4:
FlightPlan for EVAR • Hepatic_VCAR_Base
Stroke VCAR Base • PET_VCAR_Base
• FlightPlan_for_EVAR_A
• Stroke_VCAR_Base
AdvantageCTC Plus AdvantageCTC Plus and AdvantageCTC Pro are not supported
AdvantageCTC Pro3D anymore. Instead, install other tierings like AdvantageCTC Pro 3D or
AdvantageCTC Pro 3D EC.
READY VIEW • READY_VIEW_BrainStat and READY_VIEW_BrainStat_AIF have
been merged in READY_VIEW_Brain_View.
For upgrades, when the license READY_VIEW_BrainStat or
READY_VIEW_BrainStat_AIF is installed and activated, user has
access to the READY_VIEW_Brain_View application.
• READY_VIEW_SER and READY_VIEW_MR_Standard have been
merged in READY_VIEW_Body_View.
For upgrades, when the license READY_VIEW_SER or
READY_VIEW_MR_Standard is installed and activated, user has
access to the READY_VIEW_Body_View application.
All the READY VIEW application require the READY_VIEW License as
prerequisite

260
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

CardIQ Xpress CardIQ Xpress Plus and CardIQ Xpress Pro have been merged with
CardIQ Xpress Elite. When the license CardIQ_Xpress_Plus or
CardIQ_Xpress_Pro is installed, user has access to the
CardIQ_Xpress_Elite application through CardIQ Xpress shortcut. The
Application names in AW Easy Install and Display configuration are
respectively:
• CardIQ Xpress Elite (Pro upgrade)
• CardIQ Xpress Elite (Plus upgrade)
AutoBone AutoBone has been merged with AutoBone Xpress. When the license
AutoBone is installed, user has access to the AutoBone Xpress
application through shortcut ‘AutoBone’. The Application name in AW
Easy Install and Display configuration is “AutoBone Xpress (AutoBone
upgrade)”.

10-2-2 Other Applications using Volume Viewer

10-2-2-1 CardIQ Xpress Process
CardIQ Xpress Process is a software option of the CardIQ Xpress Reveal product.
CardIQ Xpress Process is delivered in a separate software package.
Application Name AW License Keystring legacy Shortcuts AW Manual Install/ AW Logfile
in Easy Install License on AW keystring (in AW Uninstall Script name
Modes supported Patient
List )
CardIQ Xpress F, N CardIQ_Xpress_ N/A N/A install.cardiqxpresspro cardiqproces
Process Process cess s.log
uninstall.cardiqxpressp
rocess
• CardIQ Xpress Process is enabled by the Preprocessing / AutoLaunch tool, which is thus a
prerequisite. Volume Viewer Applications release 15.0 or higher must also be installed.
10-2-2-2 Hepatic Guide
This application is delivered in a separate software kit
It is a plugin for Volume Viewer Applications (VVApps), meaning that VVApps is needed to be able to
run Hepatic Guide.
Application Name AW License Keystring legacy Shortcuts AW Manual Install/ AW Logfile
in Easy Install License on AW keystring (in AW Uninstall Script name
Modes supported Patient
List )
Hepatic Guide N only HEPATIC_GUID N/A uninstall.hepaticguidep Hepatic
E lugin Guide
• At time of publication, Hepatic Guide is available for Japan only. If you are not in Japan, do not install
the Hepatic Guide application.
10-2-2-3 Quantib Brain
This application is delivered in a separate software kit

261
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

It is a plugin for Volume Viewer Applications (VVApps), meaning that VVApps is needed to be able to run
Quantib Brain.
Application Name AW License Keystring legacy Shortcuts AW Manual Install/ AW Logfile
in Easy Install License on AW keystring (in AW Uninstall Script name
Modes supported Patient
List )
Quantib Brain Quantib_Brain Quantib uninstall.quantibbrain
Brain

262
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

10-2-3 Memory Requirements

The following applications have minimum/recommended memory requirements beyond those of the
basic workstation configurations.
Requirements are identical for all supported hardware platforms unless otherwise indicated.

Note: In case of upgrade of an AW4.7 platform installed on legacy Z800 hardware workstation, a 24GB
Memory Upgrade Kit will be systematically delivered with the order to support the installation of
all the Advanced Applications.
You must install the additional memory, otherwise certain applications might not run properly if
the workstation does not meet the minimum memory requirements.

Note: Memory upgrades are available for certain hardware configurations.

The default RAM configuration of the HP Z440 and HP Z820 is 32 GB.
The default RAM configuration of the HP Z4 G4 is 64 GB
Modality Product Name Tiering Z4 G4/Z440 / Z820 Z800 Compatible
Compatible RAM RAM Configuration
Configuration
MICT Dynamic Shuttle Dynamic Shuttle 32 GB 12 GB
MICT AutoLaunch AutoLaunch 32 GB 12 GB
(Preprocessing Enabler)
MICT CardIQ Xpress 2.0 CardIQ Xpress 2.0 Reveal 32 GB 24 GB
MICT CardIQ Function Xpress CardIQ Function Xpress 32 GB 24 GB
MICT GSI Volume Viewer GSI Volume Viewer 32 GB 24 GB
MICT GSI MSI GSI MSI 32 GB 24 GB
MICT CT Perfusion 4D CT Perfusion 32 GB A minimum of 12
4D MultiOrgan GB RAM is
CT Perfusion 4D Neuro required.
24GB is
recommended
MICT CardIQ Xpress Process CardIQ Xpress Process 32 GB A minimum of 12
GB RAM is
required.
24GB is
recommended
MICT VesselIQXpress (CT, MR VesselIQXpress (CT, MR 32 GB A minimum of 12
& X-ray) & X-ray) GB is required for
CT .
A minimum of of 12
GB is required for
MR & X-ray, 24 GB
is recommended.
MICT Thoracic VCAR Thoracic VCAR 32 GB A minimum of 12 Gb
RAM is strongly
recommended
MICT GSI Viewer 2.0 GSI Viewer 2.0 32 GB 24GB
MICT GSI Pulmonary Perfusion GSI Pulmonary Perfusion 32 GB 24GB

263
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

MR Ready View READY VIEW 32 GB A minimum of 12

READY VIEW Brain View GB RAM is
READY VIEW BrainStat required.
READY VIEW BrainStat 24GB is
AIF recommended
READY VIEW MR
Standard
READY VIEW SER

MR GenIQ GenIQ and 32 GB 24 GB

READY_VIEW
XRay Innova Vision Innova Vision 2 32 GB 12 GB
Innova HeartVision 2
Innova TrackVision 2

Note:

10-2-4 Monitor Configurations

All the Volume Viewer Applications in release 15.0 or higher are compatible with single and dual monitor
configurations.

264
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

10-3 CT and Fusion Applications

For explanations on the information supplied, see section 10-1 Overview - Field Descriptions.
This list of applications is subject to change as applications might be introduced or discontinued after
AW4.7 Ext. 16 product introduction.
Application Name Apps Portfolios License License Keystring Shortcuts Manual Install/ Logfile
Modes Uninstall Script name
Smartscore 4 Smartscore F, N Smartscore_40 Smartscore install.sscore sscorelog
uninstall.sscore
AdvantageSim MD AdvantageSim MD N AdvantageSim Advantage Sim MD, install.awrt, See
AdvSim Config uninstall.awrt Application
Installation
Manual
Dentascan Dentascan N Dentascan, DentaPlus Dentascan install.denta,
uninstall,.denta
Advantage 4D / 4D Advantage 4D N Advantage_4D_CT Advantage 4D adv4dctlog
Review
Advantage 4D Advantage 4D N Advantage_4D_CT Advantage 4D adv4dctlog
GSI Viewer GSI Viewer F, N GSI_Viewer GSI Viewer install.gsiviewer,
uninstall.gsiviewer
CardIQ Xpress CardIQ Xpress F, N CardIQ_Xpress_Process N/A install.cardiqxpres cardiqproc
Process Process sprocess ess.log
uninstall.cardiqxpr
essprocess

Note: These applications are supplied on Apps Portfolio CD/DVD media when purchased by the
customer, and on Applications DVD when upgrading the AW release.

Note: Note that no preload to the hard disk is possible for Dentascan, Advantage 4D (release2.X),
Advantage Sim MD (release 7.X) and Advantage Sim MD 8.

Note: Multiple versions of Advantage Sim MD and Advantage 4D are supplied on the DVD.
- Be sure to select the installation package(s) that correspond to the releases purchased by the
customer.
- Be sure to consult the Installation Manual for the purchased release. If upgrading Advantage
Sim, ensure you follow the instructions related to backup and restore of the related configuration.

265
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

10-4 MR Applications
For explanations on the information supplied, see section 10-1 Overview - Field Descriptions.
This list of applications is subject to change as applications might be introduced or discontinued after
AW4.7 Ext. 16 product introduction.
These applications are supplied on Apps Portfolio CD/DVD media when purchased by the customer, and
on Applications DVD when upgrading the AW release.
Application Name Apps Portfolios License License Keystring Shortcuts Manual Install/ Logfile name
Modes Uninstall Script
MR Pasting MR Pasting N Pasting_1_1 Pasting1.1 install.mrpasting, pastinglog
uninstall.mrpasting
AngioCARD AngioCARD N AngioCARD AngioCARD install.angiocard, AngioCARD.log
uninstall.angiocard
CardiacVX
BrainwavePA BrainwavePA N BrainwavePA

MAGiC MAGiC N MAGiC MAGIC N/A MAGiClog

Quantib Brain Quantib Brain F, N Quantib_Brain Quantib Brain install.quantibbrain voxtool.log
uninstall.quantibbrain
civi42 cvi42 N cvi42_cmr42 cvi42 cmr42 install.cvi42_cmr42 N/A
cvi42_cmr42_4dflow cvi42 mitral install.cvi42_cmr42_4dfl
cvi42_cmr42_cfda ow
cvi42_cmr42_cfda_researc install.cvi42_cmr42_cfda
h install.cvi42_cmr42_cfda
cvi42_cmr42_tt _research
cvi42_core install.cvi42_cmr42_tt
cvi42_mitral install.cvi42_core
install.cvi42_mitral

uninstall.cvi42_cmr42
uninstall.cvi42_cmr42_4
dflow
uninstall.cvi42_cmr42_cf
da
uninstall.cvi42_cmr42_cf
da_research
uninstall.cvi42_cmr42_tt
uninstall.cvi42_core
uninstall.cvi42_mitral

uninstall.cvi42_complete

10-5 XRay Applications

For explanations of the information supplied, see section 10-1 Overview - Field Descriptions.
This list of applications is subject to change as applications might be introduced or discontinued after
AW4.7 Ext. 16 product introduction.
Application Name Apps Portfolios License License Keystring Shortcuts Manual Install/ Logfile name
Modes Uninstall Script
Cardiac X-Ray Cardiac X-Ray
Analysis Apps (See Analysis Apps
Stenosis Analysis,
Left Ventricle
Analysis, below)
Stenosis Analysis Cardiac X-Ray N XR_Stenosis_Analysis Stenosis Analysis install.stenan, qcalog
Analysis Apps in Viewer uninstall.stenan
Left Ventricle Cardiac X-Ray N XR_Left_Ventricle_Analy LV Analysis in install.lvan, qvalog
Analysis Analysis Apps sis Viewer uninstall.lvan
Advantage Paste 2.0 Advantage N Advantage_Paste, Adv Paste uninstall.paste advpaste2algolog
Paste 2.0 Image_Pasting, Pasting advpaste2applilog

266
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

Innova 3DXR X-Ray Apps N Innova3DXR Innova3DXR install.innova3dxr, innova3dxr.log
uninstall.innova3dxr
3DXR Xray Apps N 3DXR_3DCT, 3DXR install.3dxr3dct, innova3dxr.log
3DXR_3DCTHD, install.3dxr3dcthd,
3DXR_Active_Tracker_De install.3dxractivetra
tection, ckerdetection,
3DXR_Metal_Artifact_Red install.3dxrmetalartif
uction, actreduction,
3DXR_Motion_Freeze_Te install.3dxrmotionfre
chnology ezetechnology,
uninstall.3dxr3dct,
uninstall.3dxr3dcthd
uninstall.3dxractivet
rackerdetection,
uninstall.3dxrmetala
rtifactreduction,
uninstall.3dxrmotion
freezetechnology
Vision Applications Vision N Vision_2, Vision 2 install.fpcore SoftwareLog
Applications EVARVision, EVARVision install.fpevar SystemLog
HeartVision_2, HeartVision 2 install.fpheart
TrackVision_2, Trackvision 2 install.fpneedle
install.fpstereo

uninstall.fpcore
uninstall.fpevar
uninstall.fpheart
uninstall.fpneedle
uninstall.fpstereo

These applications are supplied on Apps Portfolio CD/DVD media when purchased by the customer, and
on Applications DVD when upgrading the AW release.

10-6 PET & Networking Applications

For explanations of the information supplied, see section 10-1 Overview - Field Descriptions.
This list of applications is subject to change as applications might be introduced or discontinued after
AW4.7 Ext. 16 product introduction.

Application Name Apps Portfolios License License Keystring Shortcuts Manual Install/ Logfile name
Modes Uninstall Script
Motion VUE Motion VUE F, N Motion_VUE Motion VUE install.motionvue, motionvuelog
uninstall.motionvue
CortexID Suite CortexID Suite F, N CortexID_Suite CortexID Suite install.cortexidsuite cortexidsuitelog
uninstall.cortexidsuite
CortexID Suite PiB CortexID Suite F, N CortexID_Suite_PiB CortexID Suite

CardIQ Physio CardIQ Physio F, N CardIQ_Physio CardIQ Physio install.cardiqphysio cardiqphysiolog

uninstall.cardiqphysio
Reporting Tool Reporting Tool N Reporting_Tool Reporting Tool install.rpt, install.rpt.log
uninstall.rpt

These applications are supplied on Apps Portfolio CD/DVD media when purchased by the customer, and
on Applications DVD when upgrading the AW release.

267
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting

This page is intentionally left blank.

268
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

1 Foreword
1-1 Overview
This Job Card provides an overview of the intended use indications for key applications supported on the
VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) platform.
• For details of Applications licensing, installation and uninstallation, refer to Job Card IST005 -
Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.
• If specific installation procedures are required to install a given application, these are supplied in a
separate Installation Manual. Otherwise the procedures in Job Card IST005 apply.
• For in-depth details of using each Application, refer to its User / Operator Manual (via the Volume
Viewer browser’ Help (?) option, or available in the /documentation folder on the installation media.

1-2 Prerequisites
Applications installed - see Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.

1-3 Safety Precautions

None.

2 Volume Viewer Applications Overview

The VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) platform supports Volume Viewer Applications.

At the time of product introduction, Volume Viewer 15.0 Ext. 2 is the latest available release. For the
latest information regarding Applications and Licensing, refer to the dedicated Introduction Service Note.

Note: Volume Viewer applications might not be pre-loaded or it might not be the latest release that has
been pre-loaded on the workstation. Always check the version against the installation media
supplied in the order. If it was not pre-loaded or if it is not the latest version that has been pre-
loaded, then you must install the latest release of Volume Viewer applications from the
corresponding media.
Refer to section 7-4 Installing Advanced Applications from CD-ROM (or DVD-ROM) for the
procedure.)

269
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

Releases 15.0 or higher of Volume Viewer Applications include the following applications/tiers/tools
controlled by a license key:

Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps
13.0 13.0 Ext. 4 or higher 14.0 Ext.2 15.0 Ext.2 or higher
or higher or higher
Volume Viewer (includes Volume Viewer (includes Volume Viewer (includes Volume Viewer (includes
Volume Viewer PET and Volume Viewer PET and Volume Viewer PET and Volume Viewer PET, Vol-
Volume Viewer MR) Volume Viewer MR) Volume Viewer MR) ume Viewer MR)

AutoLaunch (also named AutoLaunch (also named AutoLaunch (also named AutoLaunch (also named
Preprocessing Enabler) Preprocessing Enabler) Preprocessing Enabler) Preprocessing Enabler)

AutoBone Xpress AutoBone Xpress AutoBone Xpress AutoBone Xpress

Dynamic Shuttle Dynamic Shuttle Dynamic Shuttle Dynamic Shuttle

VesselIQ Xpress VesselIQ Xpress VesselIQ Xpress VesselIQ Xpress

MR VesselIQ Xpress MR VesselIQ Xpress MR VesselIQ Xpress MR VesselIQ Xpress

AdvantageALA (**) AdvantageALA (**) AdvantageALA (**) AdvantageALA (**)

Lung VCAR Lung VCAR Lung VCAR Lung VCAR

AdvantageCTC Pro3D AdvantageCTC Pro3D AdvantageCTC Pro3D AdvantageCTC Pro3D

(**) (**) (**) (**)

AdvantageCTC Pro3D AdvantageCTC Pro3D AdvantageCTC Pro3D AdvantageCTC Pro3D

EC EC EC EC

Colon VCAR (**) Colon VCAR (**) Colon VCAR (**) Colon VCAR (**)

Colon VCAR EC Colon VCAR EC Colon VCAR EC Colon VCAR EC

CardIQ Xpress Pro (**) merged with CardIQ merged with CardIQ merged with CardIQ
Xpress Elite Xpress Elite Xpress Elite
CardIQ Xpress Elite (**) CardIQ Xpress Elite (**) CardIQ Xpress Elite (**) CardIQ Xpress Elite (**)

CardIQ Xpress Reveal CardIQ Xpress Reveal CardIQ Xpress 2.0 CardIQ Xpress 2.0
(CardIQ Xpress Reveal (CardIQ Xpress Reveal
renamed) renamed)

CardIQ Function Xpress CardIQ Function Xpress CardIQ Function Xpress CardIQ Function Xpress

CardIQ Fusion PET CardIQ Fusion PET CardIQ Fusion PET CardIQ Fusion PET

CardIQ Fusion SPECT CardIQ Fusion SPECT CardIQ Fusion SPECT CardIQ Fusion SPECT

Integrated Registration Integrated Registration Integrated Registration Integrated Registration

PET VCAR PET VCAR PET VCAR PET VCAR

CT Perfusion 4D Multi- CT Perfusion 4D Multi- CT Perfusion 4D Multi- CT Perfusion 4D Multi-

Organ Organ Organ Organ

270
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps
13.0 13.0 Ext. 4 or higher 14.0 Ext.2 15.0 Ext.2 or higher
or higher or higher
CT Perfusion 4D Neuro CT Perfusion 4D Neuro CT Perfusion 4D Neuro CT Perfusion 4D Neuro
(**) (**) (**)

FlightPlan for Liver FlightPlan for Liver FlightPlan for Liver FlightPlan for Liver

OncoQuant OncoQuant OncoQuant OncoQuant

READY View READY View READY View READY View

READY View Brain View READY View Brain View READY View Brain View READY View Brain View

READY View Body View READY View Body View READY View Body View READY View Body View

READY View MR-Touch READY View MR-Touch READY View MR-Touch READY View MR-Touch

Thoracic VCAR Thoracic VCAR Thoracic VCAR Thoracic VCAR

GSI Volume Viewer GSI Volume Viewer GSI Volume Viewer GSI Volume Viewer

GSI MSI GSI MSI GSI MSI GSI MSI

GenIQ GenIQ GenIQ GenIQ

Volume Viewer Innova Volume Viewer Innova Volume Viewer Innova Volume Viewer Innova

CardEP CardEP CardEP CardEP

Hepatic VCAR Hepatic VCAR Hepatic VCAR Hepatic VCAR

TAVI Analysis TAVI Analysis TAVI Analysis TAVI Analysis

Stroke VCAR Stroke VCAR Stroke VCAR Stroke VCAR

FlightPlan for EVAR FlightPlan for EVAR FlightPlan for EVAR FlightPlan for EVAR

FastStroke (New in 13.0) FastStroke FastStroke FastStroke

PROView (new Volume PROView PROView

Viewer application in 13.0
Ext. 4)

Q.Freeze 2 (new tool in Q.Freeze 2 Q.Freeze 2

Volume Viewer 13.0 Ext.
4)

Dynamic CT Myocardial Dynamic CT Myocardial Dynamic CT Myocardial

Perfusion (new protocol Perfusion Perfusion
in CT Perfusion 4D 13.0
Ext. 4)

271
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps Volume Viewer Apps
13.0 13.0 Ext. 4 or higher 14.0 Ext.2 15.0 Ext.2 or higher
or higher or higher
GSI Fat (GSI Liver Fat GSI Fat (GSI Liver Fat
protocol in GSI Volume protocol in
Viewer)
starting from Volume
Viewer Apps 14.0 Ext. 2)

Bone VCAR (starting Bone VCAR

from Volume Viewer
Apps 14.0 Ext. 6)

GSI Pulmonary Perfu- GSI Pulmonary Perfusion

sion (new protocol in GSI
Volume Viewer starting
from Volume Viewer
Apps 14.0 Ext. 6)

CardIQ Flow (new Vol-

ume Viewer application
starting from Volume
Viewer Apps 15.0 Ext. 2)

(**) These applications are maintained for IB support only, but are no longer sold.
Overviews of key applications are provided in section 3 Volume Viewer Applications - Description
For a full list of supported applications, including legacy applications, see Job Card IST005, section 10
Applications - Licensing and Shortcuts Summary.

272
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

3 Volume Viewer Applications - Description

Note: Certain options may not be available in every country - contact GEHC sales.

The following Volume Viewer Applications are packaged in the 15.0 or higher release:

3-1 New Volume Viewer Applications , Features and Tools

The applications and features below were introduced by Volume Viewer Applications on the AW4.7
platform:

• CardIQ Flow
CardIQ Flow is a post- processing application. This application is used for patients scanned with PET
image acquisition for Cardiac Anatomy, i.e. anatomy of the head and legs will typically be excluded.
When cardiovascular disease is present it is medically necessary to specify the location and
extensiveness of the disease. CardIQ Flow will provide physicians with the tools to systematically
review the PET data and obtain qualitative and quantitative data to assist in the determination of the
clinical diagnosis.
It will provide the tools for reviewing acquisitions in the desired orientations, calculate heart
performance measurements such as ejection fraction, mass and volumes and it will also bring the
quantitative measurements for coronary flow reserve and coronary flow capacity.

3-2 Other Volume Viewer Applications or plugins

• Volume Viewer *** Prerequisite for running other applications.
(Volume Viewer is the product generation; "15.0 or higher" indicates the associated software
package release). Volume Viewer is a medical diagnosis software package that allows the
processing, review, analysis and communication of 3D reconstructed images and manages their
relationship with originally acquired images from CT, MR, X–Ray Angio and PET Scanning devices.
Volume Viewer application also allows to generate 3D models (STL files) that can, under certain
conditions, be printed on a 3D printer. For more details, refer to AW4.7 SM, Chapter 6, section 6-1
Volume Viewer applications package.
• Preprocessing Enabler / AutoLaunch.
AutoLaunch gives the ability to automatically load in memory cases that are transferred to the AW.
Data are ready to be read in the appropriate Volume Viewer protocol. AutoLaunch is compatible with
specific CT, MR and PET single volume protocols of Volume Viewer (Refer to user guides).
Preprocessing performs in advance the most time consuming segmentations on most CPU intensive
exams (Cardiac, run–off). Exams are pre–processed before being loaded.
AutoLaunch/Preprocessing option is a prerequisite for CardIQ Xpress 2.0 Elite and CardIQ Function
Xpress customer orders. AutoBone Xpress is compatible with AutoLaunch/preprocessing, but can
run independently.

Important! Preprocessing Enabler/AutoLaunch can only be installed on Dual screen Z440 / Z820 /
Z800 hardware equipped with a minimum of 12 Gigabytes of memory (RAM).

273
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

• Volume Viewer PET

Volume Viewer PET has been merged with Volume Viewer.

• AutoBone Xpress, AutoBone (Refresh)

The AutoBone Xpress option is a software package that is intended to facilitate segmentation of bony
structures from abdominal and extremity CT angiography data.

• AVA Xpress, VesselIQ Xpress, MR VesselIQ Xpress

These applications are used in the analysis of 2D and 3D CT Angiography images/data derived from
DICOM 3.0 compliant CT scans for the purpose of cardiovascular and vascular disease assessment.
Versions of the application are available for several clinical modalities: AVA Xpress / VesselIQ
Xpress applies to CT and X-Ray, while for MR there is MR VesselIQ Xpress.

• CardIQ Xpress 2.0 Elite, CardIQ Xpress 2.0 Pro, CardIQ Xpress 2.0 Reveal
CardIQ Xpress 2.0 is an integrated post-processing package for cardiovascular image analysis. The
CardIQ Xpress 2.0 series has three options (Pro, Elite, Reveal), with increasing level of
features.Card Xpress 2.0 Pro can be installed using the CardIQ Plus upgrade key.

• CardIQ Function Xpress

CardIQ Function Xpress enables complete qualitative and quantitative assessment of the heart
function in two steps and associated protocols:
- Auto Ejection Fraction protocol for automatic analysis of the variation of volume of the Heart
Cavities (Left ventricle, Right Ventricle, Left Atrium, Right Atrium).
- Myocardium Analysis protocol extracts the endocardial and epicardial borders of the heart
muscle and provide the thickness, the thickening and motion analysis of the heart muscle.
• CardIQ Fusion PET, CardIQ Fusion SPECT
CardIQ Fusion can be used to effectively display, reformat and analyze 2D or 3D cardiac CT and
PET/SPECT images for qualitative or quantitative assessment of heart anatomy and coronary artery
vessels from individual phases.
• Colon VCAR, AdvantageCTC Pro3D

Note: Colon VCAR is not available in the US.

ColonVCAR/AdvantageCTC series provides a unique perspective of the internal wall of the large
bowel in synchronized prone and supine positions. It permits an extremely fast viewing and analysis
for a thorough diagnosis. It includes an advanced Electronic Cleansing feature.
The Software Package has four options with specific set of protocols.
• Lung VCAR, AdvantageALA
Lung VCAR/AdvantageALA series allows the enhanced visual detection of lesions within the lungs,
the determination of nodule shape, the computation of nodule volume, and the comparison between
different exams for the same patient taken over a given period of time. It provides the physician with
a way to identify the growth of nodules, compute their growth rate, and estimate the doubling time of
their volumes.
The software Package has two options, with increasing level of features.
• InRoom3D

274
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

InRoom3D application has been merged with Volume Viewer Innova.

The InRoom3D application is intended to be used in the vascular exam room. It offers the possibility
to synchronize the gantry angulation with the 3D view in two manners:
- one called Send Angles that allows to position the gantry with the same angulation as the 3D
image,
- another one called Follow The Gantry that allows to orient automatically the 3D view with the
same angulation as the gantry.
The InRoom3D application is installed on a AW workstation located in the control room. It can be
combined with a device installed at table side called the 3D Mouse*, and with an additional color
monitor located in the examination room, thus allowing the operator to visualize and manipulate a 3D
image from the exam room. The in-room monitor replicates the AW monitor located in the control
room.
During the installation of the InRoom3D application, parameters shall be provided to enable proper
communication with the vascular room:
1) Network IP address of the vascular system
2) Whether or not the Series Port Card board has been installed on the workstation
3) Whether or not the 3D Mouse is present.
*To install the 3D Mouse on a Z440 workstation, you will need to install first a Series Port Card board.
Please refer to AW SM, Chapter 6 section for the detailed procedure.

If the 3D Mouse is present, please check before the installation

of the InRoom3D application that the buttons of the 3D Mouse
look like the figure below, in particular the ones surrounded by a
. a red square.
In case of difference, this 3D Mouse device is not designed to
operate with this version of InRoom3D, and you must order
the appropriate 3D Mouse device.

• PET VCAR
PET VCAR (Volume Computer Assisted Reading) is a PET/CT application which can be used by the
clinician to assist in diagnosis, staging, treatment planning and monitoring treatment response.
The PET VCAR automatically highlights and bookmarks PET defined regions of interest based on
user–defined threshold settings.

• Thoracic VCAR
Thoracic VCAR (Volume Computer Assisted Reading) is a CT application which can be used by the
clinician to assist in diagnosis, staging, treatment planning and monitoring treatment response for
Thoracic exams.

• Integrated Registration
This application provides easy means for comparison of three-dimensional (3D) images from
Computed Tomography (CT), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MR), Emission Tomography (PET or
SPECT) and X-Ray Angiography images (XA). To help physicians in diagnostic radiology or therapy

275
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

planning, Integrated Registration allows 3D registration between volumetric acquisitions that may
come from the same acquisition modality or from different acquisition modalities.

• Dynamic Shuttle
Dynamic Shuttle is an application which can be used by the clinician to review perfusion images

• CT Perfusion 4D
CT Perfusion 4D is an image analysis software package that allows the user to produce dynamic
image data and to generate information with regard to changes in image intensity over time. It
supports the analysis of CT perfusion images (in the head and body) after the intravenous injection of
contrast, in calculation of the various perfusion-related parameters (i.e. regional blood flow, regional
blood volume, mean transit time and capillary permeability). The results are displayed in a user-
friendly graphic format as parametric images.
This software will aid in the assessment of the extent and type of perfusion, blood volume and
capillary permeability changes, which may be related to stroke or tumor angiogenesis and the
treatment thereof.

• READY View
READY View is an image analysis software that allows the analysis of MR data sets for post
processing.
READY View allows the user to process dynamic or functional volumetric data and to generate maps
that display changes in image intensity over time, echo time, b-value (Diffusion imaging), frequency
(Spectroscopy). The combination of acquired images, reconstructed images, calculated parametric
images, tissue segmentation, annotations and measurement performed by the clinician allows multi-
parametric analysis and may provide clinically relevant information for diagnosis.

276
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

• Volume Viewer Innova

CT and MR 3D models in order to assist the user during his clinical practice. This processing is
intended to provide:
- Better visualization of anatomical structures for any interventional procedures, in particular :
- Heart structural information such as cavities, ventricles, veins, etc. for EP procedures.
- Vessel path outline for percutaneous vascular procedures
Additional graphical objects such as surgical device trajectories, to be used as landmarks during
intervention.
Volume Viewer Innova allows to store and retrieve the processing performed, in order to facilitate the
early preparation of the intervention as well as further review and reporting.

• OncoQuant
OncoQuant is a non-invasive image analysis workflow solution of image analysis software designed
to assist the physician and other clinicians in routine diagnostic oncology, staging, and monitoring for
CT, MR, PET, SPECT, and Vascular XA data. Flexible layouts and automatic image registration
facilitate the synchronous display and navigation of multiple datasets for viewing single and
multiphase CT and MR data and follow-up comparisons. OncoQuant also facilitates functional
imaging including registration and measurement on MR and PET functional data.
The workflow solution provides a range of interactive tools specifically designed to aid in
segmentation and volumetric analysis of lesions. The workflow solution integrates existing software
that provides dedicated tools to support the physician for lung nodule assessment in CT data (ALAII)
and PET Standard Uptake Value (SUV) assessment in PET data (VV PET).
Dedicated workflow-support and integrated, customizable, and accumulative summary table helps to
monitor user detected lesions and the effects of treatment on lesions over time

• FlightPlan for Liver

FlightPlan for Liver delivers new features that will help the physician during catheterization of the
hepatic arteries (for such procedures as chemo-embolization and radio-embolization). Those
features facilitate 3D visualization, segmentation and export of Innova 3D images of the hepatic
arterial tree.
FlightPlan for Liver can process 3D Innova models and include the following enhancements:
- 1-click extraction of the hepatic arterial tree
- 1-click definition of a region of interest
- Automatic extraction of the vessels in the neighborhood of the ROI
- Save State and export to Innova Vision

• GSI Fat
GSI MSI is a mandatory option of the GSI Viewer product. GSI Volume Viewer is a pre-requisite for
GSI Fat functionality. (GSI Fat is installable without the presence of a valid license key for GSI
Volume Viewer but will not be functional.) GSI Fat uses GSI CT data to produce a Liver Fat image
that displays an approximation of volumetric fat fraction in the liver anatomy per voxel (in
percentage). Note: Although GSI Viewer, GSI Volume Viewer and GSI Fat are sold together, they are
each supplied with their own license key.

• GSI Viewer

277
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

GSI Viewer can be used by the clinician for visualization and post-processing of dual-energy image
data. The latest release introduces new features and workflow improvements.

278
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

• GSI Volume Viewer

The GSI Volume Viewer is a mandatory option of the GSI Viewer product. It accepts images from a
CT System that can acquire CT images using different kV levels of the same anatomical region of a
patient in a single rotation from a single source. The differences in the energy dependence of the
attenuation coefficient of the different materials provide information about the chemical composition
of body materials. This approach enables images to be generated at energies selected from the
available spectrum to visualize and analyze information about anatomical and pathological
structures; primary visualization and postprocessing of Spectral image data, including material
density (Material Basis), monochromatic, and effective-Z images. It also provides simultaneous
visualization of multiple material types in a color overlay representation as well as providing various
graphic display functionality for Monochromatic and material density image types.

• GSI MSI
GSI MSI is a mandatory option of the GSI Viewer product. GSI Volume Viewer is a pre-requisite for
GSI MSI functionality. (GSI MSI is installable without the presence of a valid license key for GSI
Volume Viewer but will not be functional.) GSI MSI uses GSI CT data to produce a material
suppressed image at a given monochromatic energy.

Note: Although GSI Viewer, GSI Volume Viewer, GSI MSI and GSI Fat are sold together, they are each
supplied with their own license key.

• GenIQ
GenIQ is an automated post-processing software option that is indicated for use on dynamic
magnetic resonance imaging data sets to generate parametric images from the image intensity
variations over time. This dynamic change in signal intensity is used to calculate functional
parameters related to tissue flow (perfusion) and tissue blood volume as well as leakage (due to
capillary permeability) of the contrast agent from the intravascular- to the extracellular space. GenIQ
provides information that when interpreted by a trained physician, can be useful for assessing tumor
vascular properties for initial as well as follow-up examinations.
READY View is a pre-requisite for GenIQ. (GenIQ is installable without the presence of a valid
license key for READY View but will not be functional.)

• Hepatic VCAR
Hepatic VCAR is a CT image analysis software package that allows the analysis and visualization of
Liver CT data derived from DICOM 3.0 compliant CT scans. Hepatic VCAR is designed for the purpose
of assessing liver morphology, including liver lesion, provided the lesion has different CT appearance
from surrounding liver tissue; and its change over time through automated tools for liver, liver lobe, liver
segments and liver lesion segmentation and measurement. It is intended for use by clinicians to process,
review, archive, print and distribute liver CT studies.
This software will assist the user by providing initial 3D segmentation, vessel analysis, visualization, and
quantitative analysis of liver anatomy. The user has the ability to adjust the contour and confirm the final
segmentation.

279
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

• TAVI Analysis
TAVI Analysis for CT
TAVI Analysis is intended to provide an optimized non-invasive application to analyze vascular anatomy
and pathology and aid in determining treatment paths from a set of Computed Tomography (CT)
Angiographic images.
TAVI Analysis is a post processing application option for the Advantage Workstation (AW) platform, CT
Scanner or PACS stations, which can be used in the analysis of 2D and 3D CT \Angiography images/
data derived from DICOM 3.0 compliant CT scans for the purpose of cardiovascular and vascular
disease assessment. This software is designed to support the physician in assessment of stenosis
analysis, pre/post stent planning and directional vessel tortuosity visualization.
TAVI Analysis automatic visualization tools provide the users with the capabilities to facilitate
segmentation of bony structures for accurate identification of the vessels. Once vessels are visualized,
tools are available for sizing the vessel, analyzing calcified and non-calcified plaque to determine the
densities of plaque within a coronary artery, measure area of abnormalities within a vessel.

TAVI Analysis for X-Ray

TAVI Analysis is a software post processing option for the Advantage Workstation (AW) Platform, which
can be used in the analysis of the 3D angiography data. It provides a number of display, measurement,
and batch filming/archive features and will aid Physicians in studying user-selected vessels for stenosis
analysis, pre/post stent planning, and directional vessel tortuosity visualization.

• FlightPlan for EVAR

FlightPlan for EVAR is a post processing analysis software package designed to give physicians
performing (T)EVAR procedures the ability to select in few minutes an endograft size and to benefit from
3D roadmap capabilities optimized for the (T)EVAR application.
Intended use for CT is identical to VesselIQ Xpress.
Intended use for MR is identical to MR VesselIQ Xpress.

• StrokeVCAR
Stroke VCAR is intended to provide 2D and 3D processing, review and analysis of CT images originally
acquired to evaluate the cerebral vascular system and/or intracranial bleeding.
The combination of the acquired images, reconstructed images, and measurements performed by the
clinician using Stroke VCAR are intended to provide the referring physician clinically relevant information
for the purpose of diagnosis, treatment planning and follow-up.

• CardEP
CardEP is intended to provide an optimized non-invasive application to analyze CT angiography images
for the assessment of the heart to include the atria, pulmonary veins and coronary sinus. It provides
quantitative analysis tools which include a number of display, measurement and model export
capabilities.
CardEP is a post processing application option for the VolumeShare (AW) platform. It can be used in the
analysis of 2D and 3D CT Angiography images/data derived from DICOM 3.0 compliant CT scans for the
purpose of disease assessment.
CardEP provides the physician with additional information, meant to complement diagnosis based on
classical techniques. It should NOT be used on its own for diagnosis or treatment.

280
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

• Hepatic Guide
Hepatic Guide 1.0 is a plugin for Volume Viewer Applications. It is an advanced application which is
composed of image review and planning software.
Hepatic Guide includes tools that provide 3D rendering of the image sets, planning of interventional
Radio Frequency Ablation procedures, comparison of pre-treatment and post-treatment CT/MR images.

• FastStroke
FastStroke is a CT image analysis software package that assists in the analysis and visualization of CT
data derived from DICOM 3.0 compliant CT scans. FastStroke is intended for the purpose of displaying
vasculature of the head and neck at different time points of enhancement. The software will assist the
user by providing optimized display settings to enable fast review of the images in synchronized formats,
aligning the display of the images to the order of the scans and linking together multiple groups of scans.
In addition, the software fuses the vascular information from different time points into a single colorized
view. This multiphase information can aide the physician in visualizing the presence or absence of
collateral vessels in the brain. Collateral vessel information may aide the physician in the evaluation of
stroke patients.

• PROView
PROView offers a guided workflow to assess multi-parametric MR prostate exams. From
measurement of prostate and lesion volume, through scoring of lesions and inputting clinical
information to form a comprehensive report, PROView offers a simple workflow to assess
multiparametric
prostate exams.

• Dynamic CT Myocardial Perfusion protocol in Perfusion 4D

Perfusion 4D has been expanded beyond stroke and oncology to now include dynamic myocardial
perfusion.
For any organ where blood perfusion is of interest Perfusion 4D is a complete package to
quantitatively provide the necessary information to guide treatment decisions.

• Q.Freeze tool in Volume Viewer (sold as Q.Freeze 2 product/QFreeze2 license):

Volume Viewer Q.Freeze tool combines the quantitative benefits of 4D PET/CT imaging into a single
static image that uses 100% of the counts collected in the acquisition. Q.Freeze generates the
Q.Freeze series, a respiratory motion-corrected PET volume, statistically similar to conventional
static PET with significantly reduced or eliminated blurring effects due to patient respiration.

3-3 Installation/uninstallation procedure

Please refer to Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.

281
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

3-4 Volume Viewer Applications Workflow

The following is an example intended to illustrate the common Volume Viewer Apps workflow.
The display on your screen may be slightly different, depending on the release of Volume Viewer apps
installed on your AW station. However, the principle remains the same.

The Volume Viewer Applications display contains a Toolbar panel on the top side of the screen and a
Viewing area below. Additionally floating & docked panels can be set up on left or right side.
The Control panel contains :
• The Top Level Navigation space to open the Patient List, 2D Viewer or Filmer.
• Dynamic Load / mini-patient list
• The Review Steps window that displays a set of workflow steps corresponding to the processing
tasks to perform (layout presets and predefined protocols).

The scenario can be customized by the user.

Additional layout and protocols are available when clicking on Protocol List button.
• The Mouse Modes provide the ability to change the function of the Left Mouse Button to perform
basic image manipulation.
• The Visualization tools provide the ability to interact with the display of the images.
• The Measure/Annotate tools allow to perform measurements and annotate the images.
• The Segmentation Tools
• The Export tools allow to perform saving of outputs and work.
• Layout and Review options

282
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

- Save Layout: save layout or protocol in given anatomies

- Split layout: change screen split and customize screen display
- Review Manager: build review scenario and review steps list
• Global Preferences provides a unique access point to customize the preferences in Volume Viewer.
• Question mark - click to see the version number and/or launch documentation - Reference User
Guides.
• Exit - Click to Exit Volume Viewer. It is recommended to exit the application each time a case is
finished being reviewed.
On Exit, users can launch End Review and Auto Save State actions.
For more details, refer to the Volume Viewer User Guides.

4 CardIQ Xpress Process (CXP)

From the commercial perspective, CardIQ Xpress Process is a software option of the CardIQ Xpress
Reveal product, which is part of the Volume Viewer Applications package. CardIQ Xpress Process
reduces coronary artery motion blurring in CT images. This provides an increased confidence factor for
diagnosis with a reduced need for CT scan repeats. Specifically, CardIQ Xpress Process provides:
• Vessel tracking (auto or manual)
• Motion estimation
• Motion correction
From the technical perspective, CardIQ Xpress Process is enabled by the Preprocessing /
AutoLaunch tool, which is thus a prerequisite. Volume Viewer Applications release 15.0 or higher
must also be installed.

CardIQ Xpress Process might also be designated as Snapshot Freeze (SSF). Both names refer to the
same application.

5 Other Advanced Applications

5-1 Reporting Tool application
5-1-1 Pre-requisite
If the customer intends to export Reports to the HTTP Server, and consult them from a PC, please check
that the HTTP server is running and that the 443 port is open on the PNF Firewall before installing the
Reporting Tool Application.
• To check if the HTTP server is running from AW’s Admin. menu select Service Tools. This opens the
System Health Page.
• Check the Subsystem Status section for the Servlet server (http) parameter, which should be
Running.
• If this parameter is missing or is set to off, then from AW’s Admin. menu you should select Service
Tools, then select the Configuration button on the menu bar.
• Then, on the left-hand menu tree, click Configure single feature, then HTTP support. Enter the root
password if required.
• On the HTTP support configuration screen, click the Enable button. This opens the 443 port on the
PNF firewall. You must then reboot the workstation to complete this change.

283
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

Alternatively, you can also check the status of the HTTP server from the command line.
1.) Open a Command Window, and type
su - root
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>
service httpd status <Enter> (works on AW 4.7 and up)
2.) If for any reason the status returned is ”httpd is stopped” and the customer wishes to be able to
consult, through the web, reports sent to the HTTP Server, then type the following command:
install.http <Enter>
3.) Then close the Command Window. (This script opens the 443 port on the PNF Firewall).
You must then reboot the workstation to complete this change.
5-1-2 Application Workflow
Some Volume Viewer Applications : CardIQ Xpress 2.0 Pro/Elite, the Advantage CTC / Colon VCAR
series, the AdvantageALA / LungVCAR series, CardIQ Function Xpress and PET VCAR generate
reports adhering to the DICOM Structured Reporting (SR) standard.
The Reporting Tool software package cannot be ordered separately. It is delivered with the Volume
Viewer Applications requiring this feature.
The Reporting Tool is an Application that is designed to render reports adhering to the DICOM
Structured Reporting (SR) standard, in a readable format (HTML, PDF, XML, Excel).
The formatting of a report’s content is controlled by a template. The Reporting Tool provides
functionalities to create, edit, delete, import and export customized templates. The Reporting Tool also
allows to edit text information within a report and save a new instance of that report.
A structured report can be sent to Reporting Tool, but can also be previewed in the Reporting Tool from
within some Volume Viewer Applications (like CardIQ Xpress 2.0 series, the Advantage CTC/Colon
VCAR series, the AdvantageALA/LungVCAR series, CardIQ Function Xpress, PET VCAR), and from
Cortex ID.
5-1-3 Installation/uninstallation procedure
Please refer to Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.

5-2 Motion VUE application

The Motion VUE application provides the primary visualization and quality assessment of phase
matched PET/CT image data, including gated PET, gated CT, and fused gated PET and CT.
It provides simultaneous visualization of gated PET and gated CT in a color-overlay representation and
the ability to cine movie loop through all available gates.

5-3 Innova 3DXR application

The Innova 3D XR application provides 3D X-ray reconstruction software enabling 3D visualization of
Innova X-ray images.

5-4 AngioViz application

AngioViz takes as its input a DSA image series, and produces an output series of parametric images
representing maximum opacification and time to peak, and combinations of those, to enable the user to
more easily visualize characteristics related to vascular flow.

284
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

The AngioViz application can be used to process DSA image data from any location in the human body
for which DSA imaging is used. The user can save an AngioViz image as a DICOM SCPT, or send it to a
DICOM device.
Angioviz is delivered as part of the AW core software package and thus can only be installed from the
workstation hard disk. It requires a dedicated Node-locked license key (time-limited) for installation.
As well as via its shortcut, you can access AngioViz:
• From the More menu on the Patient List screen, OR
• via the AW 2D Viewer screen, select Display Tools then Modality, then from the Tools panel select
the Angioviz icon.

5-5 CortexID Suite

CortexID Suite is a post-processing application providing quantitative analysis capability for PET brain
imaging in a seamless workflow for the evaluation of both FDG and beta amyloid PET scans. The
application provides additional features (like SSP, Z-score, comparison, etc) to enhance the
quantification.
CortexID_Suite License provides the main functionalities of the application.
CortexID_Suite_PiB license allows the extended PIB tracer usage, thus it will only be available in
markets where Marketing and Regulatory choices authorizes this feature.

Note: CortexID Suite requires dual-monitor configuration. If your workstation is configured in single
monitor configuration, please refer to section 5-1-1 Site Parameters menu for the procedure how
to change it. Alternatively, you can use the install.site script to change the monitor configuration.

5-6 Discontinued / Unsupported Applications

The following applications are discontinued / not supported on AW4.7:
• Flow Analysis - replaced by Cardiac VX
• Functool - replaced by Ready View Applications
• Report Card - replaced by Cardiac VX
• Star Map - replaced by Cardiac VX
• Cortex ID 1 - replaced by CortexID Suite
• CADstream
The following tiering in Volume Viewer applications are discontinued:
• AdvantageCTC Plus
• AdvantageCTC Pro
Instead, install other tierings like AdvantageCTC Pro 3D or AdvantageCTC Pro 3D EC.

Important! Before upgrading a system to AW4.7, be careful to contact your sales representative if
such options are installed on customer system.
Make sure you have agreed upon a replacement solution with customer and sales for the
discontinued applications before upgrading the system.

285
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced Applications

This page is intentionally left blank.

286
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST007 - Declaring AW Workstation on Image Sources

Job Card IST007 - Declaring AW Workstation on Image Sources

1 Supplies
None.

2 Tools required
None.

3 Safety precautions
No special precautions.

Important! The following material is for information only. The scripts used to declare hosts properly
depend on the software revision level of each Image Source System.

4 Prerequisites
Advantage Workstation is installed and configured.
See Job Card IST001A - Workstation Hardware Setup,
Job Card IST001B - Initial Configuration of Core AW Software,
Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration,
Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities)

5 Procedure

Note: Refer to Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration for details on how to declare Image Sources
on AW.

5-1 AW4.7 declaration on Genesis based sources

(SIGNA 5.X, MR Horizon, CT HLA/HSA...).
• AW SM Networking Chapter – Section 1 for network example.
AW4.7 is DICOM Query/Retrieve "STUDY_ROOT" Provider.
• Refer to the manuals delivered with your system.
The only protocol supported on AW4.7 is the DICOM3.0 protocol.
Refer to your Image Source System Service Manual.

5-2 AW4.7 declaration on non Genesis based sources

(SIGNA 4.X).
• Direct connection to the Signa 4.X is no longer supported.

5-3 AW4.7 declaration on CT9800 IMAGE SOURCES

• The direct connection of AW4.7 declaration on CT9800 IMAGE SOURCES via CT9800–IDLINK2 is
NOT supported.

287
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST007 - Declaring AW Workstation on Image Sources

5-4 AW4.7 declaration on GE DICOM Systems

(Brightspeed, Brivo, Centricity, CT/i, Discovery, HighSpeed, LightSpeed, LOGIQ, Prospeed,
Senographe, Signa, Synergy...) and Foreign devices using DICOM protocol.
• AW SM Networking Chapter – Section 1 for network example.
AW4.7 is DICOM Query/Retrieve "STUDY_ROOT" Provider.
• Refer to the manuals delivered with your system.
- The DICOM "Application Entity Title" of the Advantage Workstation is its "hostname".
- The DICOM "port number” of the Advantage Workstations is ALWAYS ”4006”.

5-5 AW4.7 declaration on YMS based sources

(CT Sytec family, CT ProSpeed family, MR Vectra).
• AW SM Networking Chapter - Section 1 for network example, and Section 2-7.
• Refer to the manuals delivered with your scanning system.
Use the DICOM3.0 protocol.
- The DICOM "Application Entity Title" of the Advantage Workstations is its "hostname".
- The DICOM "port number" of the Advantage Workstations is ALWAYS ”4006”.

5-6 AW4.7 declaration on AW3.1 and AW4.0.

• See AW SM Networking Chapter - Section 1 for network example.
• AW3.1 and AW4.0 are not DICOM Query/Retrieve Provider.
AW4.7 is DICOM Query/Retrieve ”STUDY_ROOT” Provider.
• Use the DICOM3.0 protocol to connect to AW4.7.

5-7 AW4.7 declaration on AW4.1 / 4.1P, AW4.2 / 4.2P and AW4.3.

• AW SM Networking Chapter - Section 1 for network example.
• AW4.1s, AW4.2s and AW4.3 are DICOM Query/Retrieve "STUDY_ROOT" Provider.

Note: On AW4.1s, AW4.2s or AW4.3 side, declare AW4.7 as Patient provider, for better display in the
AW4.1s, AW4.2s or AW4.3 Patient list.
• Use the DICOM3.0 protocol to connect to AW4.7.

5-8 AW4.7 declaration on previous AW4.X releases.

• See AW SM Networking Chapter - Section 1 for network example.
• AW4.1, AW4.2, AW4.2p, AW4.3, AW4.4, AW4.5 and AW4.6 are DICOM Query/Retrieve Provider.

5-9 AW4.7 declaration on AWServer product.

• See AW SM Networking Chapter - Section 1 for network example.
• AWServer uses port 4006 and is DICOM Query/Retrieve Provider.

288
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

1 InSite Overview
It is highly recommended to configure an InSite connection on the AW4.7 workstation, as this is a
prerequisite for service support and important future features:
• Auto-Registration of the workstation configuration. For a valid configuration, a Registration key is
automatically generated and installed on the workstation. (Otherwise a manual workflow is available,
but this is likely to be more time-consuming and it may not be possible to immediately enable
application use on the workstation.)
• GE Remote Update (GERU) allows to upload the AW Configuration to GERU server. Applications
update is not available.
In case the InSite configuration has been backed up before AW Software upgrade, you can go directly to
section 8 InSite configuration - backup and restore to restore it.

Note: The InSite/iLinq/RCOC software is no longer considered as proprietary class M software.

Therefore the InSite software is included in the AW software, and does not need to be loaded
from a separate Service Tools Class M (proprietary) CD-ROM. In AW4.7, InSite does not support
modem connection mode.

InSite connectivity can be achieved either:

• directly, through the site’s InSite router, OR
• indirectly, through the Modality console which is already directly connected to InSite.

Important! These installation instructions apply to the standard IIP software package. The features
enabled (for example additional iLinq features) depend on the client’s Service Contract.

2 Supplies
Field supplied material
No special material is required.

To be supplied
• A VPN-compatible router may be required, according to customer site network configuration.
Responsibility for supplying this depends on whether GE or the customer will manage the remote
connection.
Please refer to AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Pre-Installation Manual for more details.

3 Tools required
No tool is required.

4 Safety precautions
No special precautions.

289
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

5 Hardware installation
No special hardware installation is required.

6 Software installation
6-1 Prerequisites

Important! Make sure that the SystemID configured on the workstation is the SystemID that will be
used by the GE Back Office.
In any case, during the InSite checkout, the SystemID field will be auto-populated by the
value held for the workstation by the Back Office.

Note: Indirect connection through Modem is no longer supported in AW4.7

• Case 1: Direct connection through "broadband connection": same subnetwork
The gateway or router is operational (ISDN, ...).
Make sure that the IP address of the "broadband" router for the connection has been declared during
installation (Check in Admin > Service Tools > CSD > Configuration > Routers Management).
• Case 2 : Direct connection through "broadband connection": different subnetwork
The gateway or router is operational (ISDN, ...), but is not on the same subnetwork as the AW.
Declare the IP address of the gateway for the connection.
Refer to document 2327643-100 for more information on the broadband routers/gateways

GEMS Americas GEMS Europe GEMS Asia

On Line Center O.L.C.E Asian support
Phone : 1.800.321.7937 (33) 1.3083.1300 Please contact local support Engineers
Fax : (414) 524.5305 in your Region

Note: Case 1 & 2: The Gateway (or Router) MUST be previously declared, started at boot and properly
backed up on the Configuration CD-ROM, prior to running the insite.config script. Refer to Job
Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration and/or the AW SM, Networking Chapter.

Important! In order to increase network security, you MUST change all the passwords for your AW
system (root, sdc, sdc_admin, InSite).
Do not forget to communicate the new passwords to GE OLC (see Job Card IST002 and/
or Job Card IST009, section 5 Communicate the new passwords to your OLC and to the
Checkout team when performing the InSite Checkout. for details).
You must do this prior to proceeding with the InSite Checkout steps, so that the new passwords are
taken into account.
Failing to do so and changing the passwords later on, would require a new Checkout.

290
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

6-2 Configure PNF firewall to allow remote OLC login

Because the firewall must be ON AT ALL TIMES, you may need to change the default configuration to
allow remote login to the workstation by the appropriate support team during an InSite checkout.
1.) Open the Common Service Desktop. (From the AW Admin menu, select Service Tools).
2.) Select the Utilities button on the top menu bar.
3.) Select the Firewall configuration option.
4.) Under the GE Service section, click the Edit Rules button. The following options display:

5.) By default, IIP is set to No incoming IIP connectivity. Change it to Pre-defined settings for traditional
access to allow secure remote login to the workstation.
6.) In the GE Office area, select from the drop-down list the IP option for the region from which to permit
OLC remote login (default is 'Standard (150.20.0.0/16).

Note: If the site uses NAT filtering, select Manual here, and enter the IP address.

7.) Click the Save Changes button at the top of the page.
8.) After modifying the Firewall Rules, it is recommended to create a backup file. Click the Backup
current rules link at the top of the page.

Note: The firewall must be On for the rules to be in force.

291
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

6-3 insite.config script

Note: At the end of this step, you will have to perform a "Checkout" test with your Checkout Team. Be
prepared to call them with the System ID and IP address of the Image Source system (to allow
remote connection).
1.) Close any open instances of the Firefox browser (CSD, Service Docs....). Access to certain features
(CSD/Utilities/GE Service Weblinks) is auto-configured by an InSite Checkout.
2.) Switch User to Root in the Command Window (if not done already).
su – root <Enter>
Enter the root password.
Do not forget to always close the Command Window when the action is done, otherwise it opens a
security hole.
3.) Change to the installation directory and run the configuration script.
cd /export/home/sdc/install <Enter>
./insite.config <Enter>
4.) The window prompts you to press <Enter> to continue.
5.) A series of messages displays:
Sourcing ~insite/.insiterc file ...
Updating /root/.cshrc file ...
Executing configuration ...
Starting InSite Interactive Configuration Tool ...
.....................................
6.) The following license screen displays. The user is prompted to click on DECLINE if not a GE
employee. If you ARE a GE employee, click 3 times on ACCEPT to continue.

292
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

7.) The main IIP Configuration screen now displays..

8.) Your workstation must be configured to support ProDiags and Sweeps.

Click on the ProDiags tab. The ProDiags configuration window displays.

Click here

9.) Click on the Default button.

The Proactive Diagnostics configuration utility loads, displaying the Device Connection tab.

The next steps will explain you how to configure the Network gateway/router parameters .
When this is done, you will have to call your Checkout Team for the "checkout" phase.
The Checkout phase is a common step in all cases.

Note: Bypass the Checkout phase when restoring the InSite configuration using insite.restore script.

293
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

6-3-1 Case 1, 2: Broadband connection or indirect connection

10.) Select the Device Connection tab to configure the Router or Gateway IP address to the GE Online
Center (OLC).
11.) Make sure the NETWORK Device Connection Type is selected.

12.) Enter the Gateway address (for indirect connection) or Router address (for Broadband connection)
in the Gateway to OLC address field.
- To configure a direct connection via a Network / Broadband router, enter the IP address of the
Router that can connect to the Online Center.
13.) After all selection is made, click the Apply button to set up the network parameters.
The following status appears into the status area of the IIP Config window:
"Update insiteINFO file: Completed Successfully".

When this is done, the following window pops up:

14.) Click on OK to accept.

15.) The following screen displays.
To perform a Checkout, click on CHECKOUT NOW.

294
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

Note: Bypass the Checkout phase (click on EXIT) when restoring the InSite configuration from the
Insite backup media, using the script insite.restore (see section 8-2 InSite Configuration Restore
from the AW Configuration CD-ROM).

6-3-2 Checkout - Common Steps

16.) You now need to call your Checkout Team, in order to run the Checkout process of the InSite link.

Note: Your Checkout Team will enable the iLinq/TVA features according to the customer’s Service
Contract.
17.) You are asked to confirm that you want to test the dialout:

- Select OK to confirm. This initiates a 10 minute window during which the OLC must establish a
handshake by downloading the sclink.cfg file. The other options are locked until the file is
downloaded, or the time runs out.
- Otherwise, select Cancel to bypass the dialout test.

295
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

Note: If you have to cancel this step, or if the checkout is unsuccessful, as long as you have correctly
configured ProDiags and the Device Connection (network) parameters, you can return directly to
InSite Checkout screen and relaunch a checkout by clicking the corresponding tab at the top of
the IIP Configuration screen.

Note: The Model type to be used for "InSite Checkout" of the AW4.7 workstation is the AW product
called AW VolumeShare 7. (Checkout Team must select model _AW47_LNX ).
18.) When the Checkout has been successfully performed by your Checkout Team, the OLC will inform
you and ask you to restart the workstation.

Note: If the following status displays, you can ignore it as it is the OLC who will inform you whether the
InSite checkout was successful.
"Can not get OLC web connection info. Check sclink.cfg first."

19.) Click on the Exit button to close the Insite Interactive Platform configuration window.
DO NOT CLICK EXIT BEFORE CHECKOUT HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED.

A series of messages displays:

............................................
Adding insite browser in application list and adding a script to launch it
net.ipv4.ip_forward = 0
********* System was checked out successfully on... *********
Please, Restart Browser to take into account the new configuration

296
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

20.) Restart AW software (System > Restart Software).

After the restart, you should see the iLinq button (1) at the bottom of the AW browser if the Checkout
was successful and if the iLinq option was enabled by the OLC in addition to InSite.
Otherwise, return to section 6-3-2 Checkout - Common Steps.
The InSite browser also appears in the AW Tools menu (2).

Note: The iLinq button alternates with the "chat" icon below when the OLC initiates a chat session with
the user.

Note: The standard iLinq button changes when incoming messages are waiting, or when iLinq is being
remotely accessed, respectively:

21.) Now that InSite has been configured, you must make sure that the GERU feature is enabled.
(it is recommended to disable the GERU feature ONLY if InSite is not to be installed on your site in
order to prevent logfiles filled with connection errors).

297
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

6-4 Troubleshooting IIP Configuration / InSite Checkout

In the Information section on the IIP Configuration screen, the following tabs will help you in case of
problems:
• Instructions
• Status Message History
• Last Update Summary
• Troubleshooting Tips
• InSite Logs

298
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

7 ILINQ & RCOC/TVA start up

Note: The following screenshots are examples only.

Actual screens and services may vary according to the iLinq/RCOC release.
The actual service features accessible will also depend on the service level purchased by the
customer.
1.) To start iLinq (InSite Interactive Applications), click on the iLinq button at the bottom of the AW
browser screen (this button is enabled once iLinq licenses have been installed).
The iLinq Browser launches. Test that the screens are operational.

2.) To report a problem, use the Contact GE form, click on the Contact GE tab (default).

3.) To configure iLinq, select the Settings tab.

The following window is displayed.

299
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

4.) To launch a TVA Training session, click on the Tip Virtual Assist tab.

5.) Click on the Accept button. The TiP Virtual Assist window pops up.

6.) When you have verified that these options work, the iLinq Interactive Applications are operational on
the workstation. You may exit the link at this time by clicking on the Exit Training button, then quit
the iLinq Main menu.

300
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

8 InSite configuration - backup and restore

Note: DO NOT CHANGE THE "insite", "sdc", OR "root" PASSWORD WITHOUT NOTIFYING YOUR
SUPPORT CENTER: OLC (ON.LINE CENTER), OLC.E (EUROPEAN SUPPORT CENTER),
AND ASIA SUPPORT CENTERS.

8-1 Save InSite configuration

Once the InSite checkout is complete, you should save the InSite parameters and configuration for
future reinstallation.
• InSite configuration files (among them the sclink.cfg file) are stored in the /export/home/insite
directory. This file is created following a successful InSite checkout.
• The InSite parameter backup file insite_config.Z is stored in the /export/home/sdc/Prefs directory.
(It will be included on the AW Configuration CD-ROM when you create it, as part of the OTHER_FI.Z
archive.)
To create a backup, use the following script:
1.) Open a Command window and enter the following commands:
cd /export/home/sdc/scripts <Enter>
./insite.backup <Enter>
Please enter the Insite password: 2getin <Enter>
2.) Ignore "normal error" messages such as chmod: operation not permitted which may display during
the save process.

3.) Do not forget to create an AW Configuration CD-ROM that includes the InSite parameters (see
section 11 Save Site Parameters on the Configuration CD-ROM of the Job Card IST009).

8-2 InSite Configuration Restore from the AW Configuration CD-ROM

After reloading AW software, you may restore InSite parameters and previously installed iLinq license
keys from the AW Configuration CD-ROM.
(As the InSite software is now embedded into the AW Core software, you do not need to reload it
separately, but simply restore parameters and licenses from the AW Configuration Cdrom.)
1.) Load the AW Configuration CD-ROM containing the InSite backup.
2.) Open a Command window and type in:
su – root <Enter>
password : Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>
3.) Restore the inSite parameters
cd /export/home/sdc/scripts <Enter>
./insite.restore <Enter>

301
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration

The following messages display.

Restoring IIP files from file:
/tmp/restore/insite.restore.3260/insite_config.Z ...
.....................................
net.ipv4.ip_forward = 1
Restart AW Browser to take into account the new configuration.
4.) Restart InSite using the new configuration.
5.) Make sure that InSite functionality is available according to customer’s purchased service level.
Refer to section 7 ILINQ & RCOC/TVA start up for the detailed procedure how to start and use iLinq
(InSite Interactive Applications).
You can for example try to start a learning session (if applicable).

9 Insite uninstallation
As InSite is now included in the AW Core software, the "uninstall.insite" script is no longer supplied.
InSite software cannot be uninstalled from the AW workstation as a separate component.

302
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

1 Supplies
• Blank CD-ROMs (preferably rewritable)

2 Tools
• None.

3 Safety Precautions
• None.

4 Prerequisites
• The AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Workstation is installed and configured.
• All available optional Applications are installed and the Network is configured.
(You can go to Admin > Display Configuration to make sure that all applications were properly
installed).
• You have a USB device.

5 Basic Checks and Settings

Note that in AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases, the browser, the AW features and Advanced Applications
will not be available if a valid Registration Key is not installed on the workstation.
If it is the case, please refer to section 7 Register Configuration for the detailed procedure how to register
the configuration and install the Registration Key.

Note: The following steps are not exhaustive or mandatory. They are recommended guidelines to help
you assure the quality of the installation at handover.
• Login as sdc:
sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
Wait for the Patient List (Browser) window to pop up.

5-1 Viewer basic checks using the Demo Exams

1.) Open the Patient List (Browser).
2.) Retrieve some Demo exams from the installation media if patients’ images are not available. Refer
to Job Card IST012 - Reloading Demo Exams.
3.) Select some of these exams and check that they can be fully displayed within the AW 2D Viewer. Try
some of the viewing functionality and tools to make sure that your AW workstation is fully operational.
Refer to AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Operator Manual if necessary.

5-2 Check Applications Are Correctly Installed

Use these checks to verify that Applications are correctly installed and fit for use. Note that appropriate
License Keys must be installed locally or on a Floating License server.

303
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

4.) Check the workstation configuration using the VolumeShare 7 browser’s Admin. menu, Display
Configuration option.
Note the Installed Applications section. This lists the applications installed, their license keystrings,
licenses and any related restrictions, plus version details.
5.) Check the application Shortcuts have been installed. Verify using the Shortcuts listed for the
applications in Job Card IST005, section 10 Applications - Licensing and Shortcuts Summary.
6.) For a more in-depth check, and if dedicated Demo Exams are available for the application, open the
Patient List (Browser), and select one of the exams and launch the application.
Refer to the AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Operator Manual if necessary (see Chapter How To Use
the AW Service Docs for details of how to access this on the workstation).
5-3 Communication Test
7.) Test the Ethernet connection by pulling images from a DICOM remote host (image source). (The
remote system must be registered on the AW.)
Remember that the scanning system database must be active, to query remote host and pull images.
The Network Icon becomes active.
8.) Check that an ssh connection is possible from another station (CT, MR ...) on which InSite is installed.
If not, check for proper PNF settings. See Job Card IST004, section 7 Check PNF (Product Network
Filters) Firewall Settings.
5-4 Direct Connect communication tests
9.) If the Direct Connect option is installed, test the communication by querying a ”Direct Connect” host,
and run the 2D Viewer application (or Volume Viewer application, if applicable) on remote images to
check that the link is active and the performances are acceptable.
To query a ”Direct Connect” host, click on the desired host icon and click the Search button to start a
query.

5-5 Postscript Printers Tests

10.) Open the Filmer by clicking on the Filmer button of the Browser.
11.) Click on Option button to select the right type of printer.

304
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

12.) The following window pops-up. Select a printer from the drop-down list (1) then click on Edit to define
the printing properties (2) (Color or Greyscale).

13.) In the Mini Filmer, click on the Other (3) button, then select 1x1 format.
3

Note: The output device (printer) can be changed when images are loaded in the Film Composer if the
currently selected format is compatible with the new output device being selected.

Note: You can use SMTPE images that you will install by clicking from the browser Admin > Install
SMTPE.
14.) Select an SMPTE image from MR modality in the patient list.
In the browser left panel, select More > Mini Viewer application shortcut. The image is displayed.
15.) Move the mouse on the image and press F1 or drag and drop it in the Film Composer image field,
The SMPTE pattern appears in the Film Composer image field.
16.) Click on the Print button.
The message in the Film Composer ”Current Status” changes to ”Printing”.

Note: The SMPTE pattern is printed in black and white on the Color Printer. To check the color
rendering, you may need to use an Application such as Volume Viewer or CT Perfusion to
display images with colors.
17.) Close the SMPTE image VIEWER.

5-6 DICOM Printers Tests

Proceed as described in the section 5-5 Postscript Printers Tests.

305
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

5-7 LCD color landscape monitor(s) adjustments

18.) Install the SMPTE patterns if not done previously (click from the browser Admin > Install SMTPE).
19.) Double-click on the SMPTE MR pattern from the Browser menu or select it and click on the 2D Viewer
tab to display the SMPTE pattern.
The correct viewing levels are WW=100 WL=1024 (it is the default value).
20.) Select the 1x1 format by selecting it from the Layout Manager icon on the Viewer in order to enlarge
it on the screen.

21.) Check for correct adjustment of linearity, brightness and contrast of the monitor. Readjust if
necessary.
For detailed instructions concerning the monitors controls, refer to the User manual supplied with the
monitor.

5-8 LCD color landscape monitor(s) calibration

This step is optional.
It may only be necessary for "dual head" systems, if the color rendering of the two landscape monitors
are much too different from each other.
For color calibration of the LCD monitor(s), please order tool 216 ”LCD color analyzer” from the
”pool of tools” and refer to Service document applicable for your monitor(s).

Service Note Description

SNAW2002-09 NEC 1850 monitor calibration

SNAW2002-12 NEC 1880 SX monitor calibration

SNAW2004-10 NEC 1980 SXi monitor calibration

SNAW2006-03 NEC 1990 SXi monitor calibration

SNAW2011-29 Eizo RadiForce MX191 monitor introduction

SNAW2013-11 Eizo RadiForce MX191 monitor calibration

Follow the instructions from the Service document to adjust your monitor calibration, if needed.

5-9 Check InSite/iLinq/RCOC Configuration

If InSite has been installed and a checkout done, check that the InSite configuration has been saved on
the AW Configuration CD-ROM.
Do this before additionally saving the AW site parameters to the AW configuration CD-ROM.
Refer to Job Card IST008, section 8 InSite configuration - backup and restore.

306
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

5-10 Declare a DNS and/or NTP server

5-10-1 Declare a DNS Server Installation
If your hospital is using a DNS server (Domain Name Server), it is useful to declare it so that it
can be used to inform applications such as EA3, NTP, for the correspondance between hostnames,
aliases and IP addresses of the different servers of the hospital.
This configuration is also required to enable an internet connection.
This information can be obtained from the Network administrator of the hospital.
1.) In order to do this, first open a Command Window (Admin > Command Window).
2.) Switch User to root
su – root <Enter>
Enter the root password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>.
Do not forget to always close the Command Window when the action is done, otherwise it opens a
security hole.
3.) To edit the /etc/resolv.conf file with the gedit editor, type:
gedit /etc/resolv.conf <Enter>
And add the following line(s):
search <domain>
nameserver <IP address of the DNS server #1>
nameserver <IP address of the DNS server #2>
nameserver <IP address of the DNS server #n>

Note: Replace <domain> in the search parameter by the fully qualified domain name
(e.g. euro.med.ge.com).
4.) Click on the Save button and quit the editor
5.) When you are done, if you do not have to declare a NTP server, reboot the workstation in order to
take this into account:
reboot <Enter>

Alternatively, you can use the system-config-network utility to declare DNS servers.
6.) In order to do this, first open a Command Window (Admin > Command Window).
7.) Switch User to root
su – root <Enter>
Enter the root password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>
Do not forget to always close the Command Window when the action is done, otherwise it opens a
security hole.

307
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

8.) Type the following: system-config-network <Enter>

9.) The following screen displays:

10.) Use the <Arrow Down> key to select DNS configuration, then press <F12>.
The following screen displays:

11.) Fill-in the various fields:

- If necessary, enter the workstation’s hostname in the Hostname field.
- Enter the IP(s) of DNS server(s) to be declared.
- Enter the fully qualified domain name (e.g. euro.med.ge.com) in the DNS search path field.
12.) Tab to OK and press <Enter>. The initial screen displays again.
13.) Tab to Save&Quit and press <Enter>.
14.) In the Command window, type
reboot <Enter>

Note: These parameters are not included in the standard configuration backup, so you should record
them manually so that they can be restored following a reinstall.
5-10-2 Declare a NTP Time Server
Follow this procedure to connect the AW system to an NTP Time Server, for time synchronization.

5-10-2-1 Prerequisites
1.) A Time server must be reachable on the network. This can be:
- any local NTP server connected to the same hospital network as the AW.
- any public NTP server, available on the internet (e.g: pool.ntp.org), if the AW has sufficient

308
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

access to Internet. In this case, NTP protocol is needed as HTTP proxy is not enough. If this is
permitted by hospital network policy, configure the NTP service filter on the PNF firewall
accordingly.
See Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities for further details.
2.) You may need to declare the DNS server in the /etc/resolv.conf file so that the NTP Time Server
address can be resolved. See section 5-10-1 Declare a DNS Server Installation of this Job Card.

5-10-2-2 Procedure
If a local NTP server is to be used, obtain its IP address (or use the Lookup feature on Local NTP Server
dialog).
3.) Open a Command Window.
4.) Switch User to root:
su – root <Enter>
Enter the root password : Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>
5.) To edit the /etc/services file with the gedit editor, type:
gedit /etc/services <Enter>
6.) Uncomment (remove the # sign) in the 2 following lines:
ntp 123/tcp
ntp 123/udp
You can use the Find button to easily locate these lines in the file.
7.) Click the Save button and quit the editor.
8.) Use the Date and Time utility to configure NTP Server synchronization (requires root privileges).
Type:
system-config-date <Enter>
The following screen displays if NTP synchronization is not yet configured.

309
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

If NTP is already configured, the Synchronize date and time over the network check-box will be selected,
and the NTP server list is displayed, as in the following screenshot.

9.) To edit the NTP configuration, select the Synchronize date and time over the network check-box.
If an NTP server has not already been configured, a list of commonly used public servers is available in
the drop-down list.
Otherwise, use the Add / Edit / Delete buttons and click OK to validate.
! Notice:
If the predefined NTP servers are not accessible, then you need to remove all of them and
configure only the provided ones.
If you perform a secured for Risk Management Framework (RMF) installation, this step is
mandatory (as default servers will not be accessible).
10.) It may take some time before the synchronization is effective.It is recommended to
reboot the workstation after modifying the time and date settings.
Alternatively, you can restart the ntp server using the following commands:
- service ntpd stop <Enter> (to stop the ntp server)
- service ntpdate start <Enter> (to start ntpdate to pre-synchronize the time, otherwise ntpd
may not sync way out of clock hosts)
- service ntpd start <Enter> (to start the ntp server)

310
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

6 OPTIONAL - Manage the Digital Certificates for encrypted communication

AW uses Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) roles, policies and procedures to allow the secure electronic
transfer of data over network.

Note: In case of re-installation of the AW (Load From Cold), you must perform this configuration again.
The certificates are not included in the back-up and will not be restored.

Note: If a certificate expires, you must renew it and re-install it on the AW or remote host/server (refer to
AW4.7 Service Manual, Appendix 3 for more details).

• If the hospital does not have a PKI system set up, there is no additional configuration needed on the
AW. Refer to section 6-1-1 Standalone AW - there is no PKI system in the hospital.
• If there is a PKI system in the hospital, you must follow the procedure described in section 6-1-2 AW
integrated to hospital PKI.
6-1 AW local Certificate and Certificate Authority (CA)
6-1-1 Standalone AW - there is no PKI system in the hospital
If the hospital does not have a PKI system set up, there is no additional configuration needed on the AW.
The default identity of the AW host is automatically generated at platform installation time.
The following files are created:
• A default self-signed AW host certificate and AW host key:
/etc/pki/tls/certs/server.crt
/etc/pki/tls/private/server.key
• A local AW issuer (CA) certificate and (CA) key:
/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca.crt
/etc/pki/tls/private/ca.key

By default, the validity of this AW host certificate is set to 5 years after the installation of an AW. At the
end of this time period, the certificate expires and is no longer considered as valid.
For the detailed procedure to determine if a digital certificate is still valid and instructions to renew it,
refer to AW4.7 Service Manual, Appendix 3 - Renewal of Digital Certificate.

Note that when you remotely connect to the AW with a web browser, you will need to allow security
exception as the by-default self-signed AW issuer CA certificate is not accepted for HTTPS connections.

311
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

6-1-2 AW integrated to hospital PKI

If the AW is integrated in a hospital PKI system, the default identity of the AW hosts has to be replaced
by the one provided by the IT Admin.
The IT Admin will provide the following files:
• AW host certificate (for example: server.crt* file)
• AW host key (for example: serkey.key* file)
• AW issuer CA certificate (for example: ca.crt* file)
*The certificates can also be *.cer files.
Note that if the provided files have a different name, they will not overwrite the existing default XX.crt
files. You will have to manually delete the existing files.

You must check that the provided files have the proper access rights (permissions and ownership). For
the detailed procedure, refer to AW4.7 Service Manual, Appendix 3 Management of Digital Certificates.

To change the AW host PKI identity, proceed as follows:

1.) Open a command window and type:
su - root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (default password)
2.) Mount the USB stick using - for example - the following command:
mount /dev/sdd1 /mnt <Enter>

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
3.) Copy the provided ca.crt file to /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca.crt (overwrite the existing ca.crt file):
cp /mnt/ca.crt /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca.crt <Enter>
4.) Remove the file /etc/pki/tls/private/ca.key:
rm /etc/pki/tls/private/ca.key <Enter>
5.) Copy the provided server.crt file to /etc/pki/tls/certs/server.crt (overwrite the existing server.crt file):
cp /mnt/ca.crt /etc/pki/tls/certs/server.crt <Enter>
6.) Copy the provided server.key file to /etc/pki/tls/private/server.key (overwrite the existing server.key
file):
cp /mnt/ca.crt etc/pki/tls/private/server.key <Enter>
7.) Unmount the USB stick using the following command:
umount /mnt <Enter>
8.) For these changes to be effective, you must restart the AW.

312
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

6-2 Certificates management for remote Syslog server encrypted communication

(EAT)
To enable encrypted communication with a remote Syslog server, you must configure EAT service as
follows.
1.) Get the hospital provided remote syslog server's CA certificate eat_remote_ca.crt (for example)
accessible on a USB stick that you will plug to the AW.
2.) Open a command window and type:
su - root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (default password)
3.) Mount the USB stick using - for example - the following command:
mount /dev/sdd1 /mnt <Enter>

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
4.) Copy the provided remote log server's CA certificate eat_remote_ca.crt (or .cer) on the local AW in
case you need to re-configure EAT later on. For example, store it in the following directory: /export/
home/remoteCA.
mkdir /export/home/remoteCA/ <Enter> (if remoteCA directory does not already exist)
cp /mnt/eat_remote_ca.crt /export/home/remoteCA/ <Enter>
5.) Unmount the USB stick using the following command:
umount /mnt <Enter>
6.) Execute the following interactive script:
/export/home/root/scripts/configure-tls.eat <Enter>
Please enter the path where remote server’s CA is available:
/export/home/remoteCA/eat_remote_ca.crt <Enter> (for example)
Trust this certificate? [no] Yes <Enter>
Certificate was added to keystore
Stopping EAT server: OK
7.) For these changes to be effective, you must restart the AW.

Note: The local AW issuer CA certificate (/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca.crt) may need to be imported to the
remote Syslog server depending on the remote system.
Make this file available to the site IT Admin. If needed, refer to section 6-4 Copy AW issuer CA
certificate file on a USB device for detailed instructions to copy it on a USB device.

Note: Enterprise Audit Trail parameters will have to be configured through CSD as described in section
5 Configure Audit Trail (EAT) in Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities.

313
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

6-3 Certificates management for Authentication server encrypted communication

(EA3/LDAP)
To enable encrypted communication with remote authentication server (LDAP/Microsoft Active
Directory), you must configure EA3/LDAP service as follows:
1.) Get the hospital provided remote authentication server's CA certificate ea3_remote_ca.crt (for
example) accessible on a USB stick that you will plug to the AW.
2.) Open a command window and type:
su - root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 (default password)
3.) Mount the USB stick using - for example - the following command:
mount /dev/sdd1 /mnt <Enter>

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
4.) Copy the provided remote authentication server's CA certificate ea3_remote_ca.crt (or .cer) on the
local AW in case you need to re-configure EA3/LDAP later on. For example, store it in the following
directory:/export/home/remoteCA:
mkdir /export/home/remoteCA/ <Enter> (if remoteCA directory does not already exist)
cp /mnt/ea3_remote_ca.crt /export/home/remoteCA/ <Enter>
5.) Unmount the USB stick using the following command:
umount /mnt <Enter>
6.) Execute the following interactive script:
/export/home/root/scripts/configure-tls.ea3 <Enter>
Please enter the path where remote server’s CA is available:
/export/home/remoteCA/ea3_remote_ca.crt <Enter> (for example)
Trust this certificate? [no] Yes <Enter>
Certificate was added to keystore
Stopping EA3 server: Cannot find running EA3 server*
*Note that it is normal that the script could not find running EA3 authentication server, the server will be
configured later in the procedure.
7.) For these changes to be effective, you must restart the AW.

Note: The local AW issuer CA certificate (/etc/pki/tls/certs/ca.crt) may need to be imported to the
remote authentication server depending on the remote system.
Make this file available to the site IT Admin. If needed, refer to section 6-4 Copy AW issuer CA
certificate file on a USB device for detailed instructions to copy it on a USB device.

Note: EA3 User Authentication parameters will have to be configured through CSD as described in
section 6 Configure EA3 User Authentication in Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop
Utilities.

314
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

6-4 Copy AW issuer CA certificate file on a USB device

If required by the site IT Admin, you may have to copy the AW issuer CA certificate file on a USB device.
1.) Open a command window and type:
su - root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (default password)
2.) Mount the USB stick using - for example - the following command:
mount /dev/sdd1 /mnt <Enter>

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
3.) Copy the AW issuer CA certificate file to the USB device:
cp /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca.crt /mnt <Enter>
4.) Unmount the USB stick using the following command:
umount /mnt <Enter>

315
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

7 Register Configuration
Starting from AW4.7 Ext.3 release, a valid Registration Key must be installed on the workstation after the
installation of platform/applications.
For AW4.7 Ext.8 release and higher, the Configuration File must be uploaded to AWCCT website at the
first installation and after any modification of the configuration (application installed, upgraded or
removed, platform version or licenseId changed...).
If no valid registration key is installed, AW features and Advanced applications will be blocked.
PRE-REQUISQITES
• AW software and all applications must be installed before proceeding to Configuration Registration.
(You can go to Admin > Display Configuration to make sure that all applications were properly
installed).
• If the site is InSite entitled, InSite must be configured. This will allow an automatic registration.

7-1 Register the AW Configuration File

There are several ways to access the Register Configuration utility. Either:
• From the Admin menu, select Install Package to open the Easy Install utility. When you close the
utility after installing applications, the Register Configuration page will open.
OR
• From the Admin menu, select the Register Configuration option.
OR
• From the Admin menu, select the Service Tools option. In the CSD that opens, click on the
Configuration button then select Configure Single Feature > Register Configuration.
OR
• From the AW desktop (browser minimized) press <Alt> + <F3> to iconify the window. In the Root
menu, press the left mouse button and select Service Tools > Register Configuration.

Note: You must be logged in as sdc user to access Register Configuration utility.
1.) The Register Configuration utility opens:

316
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

7-1-1 Registration Key and Status overview

The Registration Key value and status are displayed in the Register Configuration page.
Refer to AW4.7 SM, Job Card TSG016 for alternate ways to display the Registration Key value and
status.

The Registration Key field (1) displays the value of the Key calculated by AWCCT website and installed
on the Workstation.

The Registration Status (2) can have the following values:

• Not Applicable
The Registration Key is not applicable on the installed AW Platform version (AW4.7 Ext.1).

• Invalid
No valid Registration key is installed on the Workstation and AW features and Advanced applications
are blocked.
This happens either because no Registration key was installed or because the configuration has
been modified (application installed, upgraded or removed, platform version or licenseId changed...).
You must submit your Configuration File on AWCCT website to obtain a new valid Registration Key
and install it on the workstation.

• Permanent
A valid Permanent Registration Key is installed on the workstation, AW features and Advanced
applications are available for use.
If you make any change to the configuration (application installed, upgraded or removed, platform
version changed), you must submit again your configuration to AWCCT website.
The database will be updated and a new Registration Key will be generated (different values for
Permanent Key can be generated by AWCCT for the same licenseId) but the Permanent Key
previously installed is still valid.

• Standard
A valid Standard Registration Key is installed on the workstation, AW features and Advanced
applications are available for use.
If you make any change to the configuration (application installed, upgraded or removed, platform
version changed), the status will become Invalid (see above) and AW features and Advanced
applications will be blocked.
You must submit again your configuration to AWCCT website to obtain a new valid Registration Key
and install it on the Workstation.
Note that if the same configuration file is uploaded twice, you will obtain twice the same Standard
Registration Key.

317
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

7-1-2 CASE 1 - Auto Registration process (for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases ONLY)
If your AW workstation is connected via InSite and the checkout has been performed, use the "Auto
Registration" process to upload your configuration file on AWCCT.
1.) To perform an auto registration, make sure that the connectivity status is displayed as "Configuration
Registration (AWCCT) Server reachable".
Click on the Perform Auto Registration button (1). The site’s configuration file is automatically sent to
AWCCT website.

2.) If the auto-registration succeeds, you will get a message saying "Operation success! The registration
key has been successfully installed" and a link to the Registration report returned from AWCCT is
displayed (2).
If the auto-registration process fails, please proceed to Manual Registration as described in section
7-1-3 CASE 2 - Export Configuration (manual) process (for AW4.7 Ext.1 and AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher
releases).
The Configuration Registration is now complete, the Registration key value and status have been
updated (see section 7-1-1 for details). You can use the installed applications.
7-1-3 CASE 2 - Export Configuration (manual) process (for AW4.7 Ext.1 and AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher
releases)
If your AW workstation is NOT connected via InSite, you are NOT able to use the "Auto Registration"
process and shall use the "Export configuration" (Manual Registration) process.
1.) To save the Configuration file to a USB stick, plug it to the workstation and make sure that no other
USB device is inserted in the Workstation (like the USB device used to install AW software or
applications).
2.) Select the device in the drop-down list at the bottom of the Register Configuration screen.
3.) Click the Export Configuration button. The Configuration File will be copied on your USB stick.
You MUST make sure that the Configuration File was properly copied on the USB stick and is not
empty (by opening it on your laptop) before leaving the site.

Note: If the export to USB stick does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to
check that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.

318
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

Note: Refer to AW 4.7 Service Manual, TSG016 - Register Configuration for Troubleshooting and
alternate ways to export the Configuration File.
4.) Insert the USB stick in a USB port of your FE laptop.
Note that your PC must be connected to GE Intranet or to Internet.
5.) Go to AWCCT website at https://awcct.gehealthcare.com. This website is GE SSO protected.
You must use Internet Explorer 8 (and above) to access the website.

6.) Browse to select the Configuration File on your USB stick then click the Submit button.
Please note that AWCCT will only accept valid configurations (where mandatory field entries are
validated). Please refer to AWCCT User Guide for further assistance.
7.) The AW Configuration Collection Tool screen will display the Summary of uploaded Configurations.
8.) For AW4.7 Ext.1 release, if the configuration is valid, the Registration process is not applicable. You
can go directly to section section 8 Managing User Accounts.
For AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases, if the configuration is valid, AWCCT website will return a
Registration Key that will allow you to unlock the system. You have to install the Registration Key via
the Register Configuration page.
9.) Click the Save registration Key button, and choose the location where to save the key on your AW
workstation or on your PC. You can save the key on a USB stick to export it on the Workstation.

319
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

Note: Special characters in the SystemID are replaced by underscores "_" in the Configuration.txt
name displayed on AWCCT website.
10.) Go back to the Register Configuration page on your workstation.

Click the browse icon and select the file containing your Registration Key(s) (note that you can also
directly copy and paste the key in the dedicated field).
11.) Click the Install Registration Key button.
The Request in progress message displays, followed by Operation success message.
The Configuration Registration is now complete, the Registration key value and status have been
updated (see section 7-1-1 for details). You can use the installed applications.

7-1-4 CASE 3 - Manual e-mail process in case of issue (for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases ONLY)
1.) In case of issue to access the AWCCT Website, please follow the rules below:
Context:
• The AWCCT web site is down
• No SSO available (No GEHC personnel - I.e: Distributor)
Action: use the registration process via email.
• From the Register Configuration utility, export your configuration to a USB stick.
Make sure that no other USB device is mounted on the Workstation.
You MUST make sure that the Configuration File was properly copied on the USB stick (by opening
it on your laptop) and is not empty before leaving the site.

Note: If the export to USB stick does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to
check that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
• From an Internet-connected PC, send the Configuration File by mail to [email protected].
The AWCCT back-office team will upload your Configuration File on AWCCT website.
The Registration key and Configuration Registration Report will be returned by mail within 1 hour (this is
a 24/7 support).

2.) In case of issue to get the registration key for your AW at installation time or to install it, please
follow the rules below in order to get assistance:

320
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

Context:
• AW Configuration file not recognized on AWCCT
• Process via email at [email protected] did not return timely.
• Configuration uploaded fine, but returns with non-valid key, or no key returned
• Issue at Registration key installation on AW workstation

Action:
• Contact the Service Support (RTE/OLE/RSE) team with the following:
- AW License ID (minimum)
- AW configuration file (preferably)
• Install the provided Registration Key.
• To close the Service case, upload as soon as possible the Configuration file to AWCCT web site and
install on the platform the Registration Key generated by AWCCT .
For any question about the Configuration Registration process, the FE can call the Configuration
Registration Call Center number at:
* (+1) 855-741-3136 (toll free number from US only, 24/7 support)
* (+1) 262-524-5660 (if the first phone number does not work)
Please note that the call center support will be done in English language only.

321
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

7-2 Troubleshooting Register Configuration

7-2-1 Unable to open Register Configuration utility
When trying to open Register Configuration utility, you might see the following error message:

You have to login as sdc user. To do so, type the following command lines:
su - sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
You can now open again the Register Configuration utility.

7-2-2 Connection issue to AWCCT website

When connecting to AWCCT website using Internet Explorer, you might encounter an issue that can be
corrected by navigating in Private mode.
If you enter valid SSO/Password but AWCCT webpage displays briefly before the site goes back to the
connection form, you are facing a connection issue due to Internet Explorer.
If you try to connect again, AWCCT homepage will display but if you click on another tab, the site will go
back again to the connection form.
To solve this issue, switch to Internet Explorer private browsing mode as described below.
1.) In Windows taskbar, right-click on Internet Explorer icon.
2.) In the menu that opens, select Start InPrivate Browsing.

3) A new Internet Explorer window opens, allowing you to navigate in private mode.

322
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

4) Go to AWCCT website and enter your login/password. You should be able to connect and
navigate normally through the website.

Note: The private browsing mode in only active in this window. If you close it, you will have to repeat
the procedure to open a new private browsing window.

7-2-3 Unable to access AWCCT website

If you do not manage to access the AWCCT Website or if you do not have an SSO (non-GEHC
personnel - i.e. Distributor), you must follow the e-mail registration process described in section 7-1-4.

7-2-4 Registration Report

When you upload a Configuration File on AWCCT website, a report is generated. Use it to identify the
issue(s) that prevent a successful registration.
The incorrect or missing Mandatory field(s) are highlighted in red (as shown in the example below):

List of the Mandatory Fields for AW4.7 Configuration Files

- Hospital Name
- System ID*
- License Id
- Platform Version
- Operating System
- S/N (System Serial Number)
*The System ID cannot contain only "0" (e.g. 0, 00, 0000, etc...), non-Ascii characters, space, Back
slash (\) and Forward slash (/) or any non-English characters.
It is recommended to keep the length of the value within 32 characters/digits.
The allowed special characters are: ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ - + = { [ } ] | ; : > < ?

7-2-5 Error message "The Registration Key is not Valid" displays after installing a valid Registration
Key.
After you installed a valid Registration Key and restarted the AW, you might get the following error
message:
The Registration key is not Valid".
You must restart the AW again and the message will no longer show again if a Valid Registration Key is
installed. If the message appears again at restart, refer to the section below for in-depth troubleshooting.

323
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

7-2-6 In-depth Troubleshooting

If you are still having problems, refer to the AW4.7 Service Manual, Job Card TSG016, or contact your
OLC.
You can also refer to AWCCT User Guide, 5589257-1EN for further details on the Register Configuration
process.
The AWCCT User Guide is accessible from the AWCCT web page under the Documentation icon. It is
also available on GE Healthcare Documentation Portal.

324
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

8 Managing User Accounts

Before proceeding with these steps, you will have to check with the Site administrator whether or not
the site wants to use the EA3 (Enterprise Authentication) feature to manage the Users of the site.
• If the site does not use an Enterprise server to authenticate Users, you do not have to set up EA3.
You can declare Local Users of the workstation using the default user management mode (see
section 8-1 Define Local User accounts).
• If the site has a server which manages user authentication, you will have to set up EA3 (see section
8-3 Use EA3 Authentication for User Accounts) to allow the sites Users to login to the AW system,
through their User name and password, registered on the site server.

Important! When selecting EA3 enterprise authentication feature, all users accounts that may have
been previously declared locally on your AW will be deleted. The ”sdc” user is of course
not deleted.

8-1 Define Local User accounts

If this has not been done previously (see section Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration), you may
now create Local User accounts for the site.

Important! This procedure is not necessary, nor possible, if EA3 user management is enabled for the
site (see section 8-3 Use EA3 Authentication for User Accounts).

Note: You can also create User accounts from the AW User Interface, by clicking on the Admin. button,
then on the AW Administration button.
You will be prompted to enter the “Administrator” password. In order to do this, select entry "1"
User Management, then entry "12" Create a User.
1.) Ensure that you are logged in and that the patient list is displayed.
2.) Select Service Tools from Admin menu.The Firefox browser launches and displays the Common
Service Desktop Home Page.
3.) Click on the Configuration button then select in the left panel Configure Single Feature > Users
Management.
If this is your first entry into the Configuration menu since you launched the CSD, you will be prompted
to type in the Root password.

325
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

4.) The Users Management screen pops up. You can add, remove or modify user data.

5.) Click the Add User button. The User Parameters window displays.

6.) Create the new User data. Note that the mandatory fields are User name, Password and Confirm
password.
7.) Click on the Save button. The Please Wait message pops up until the parameters are configured and
a User data saved successfully message is displayed.

Note: This creates a Unix account. Account-naming conventions apply:

- must start with a lower case character
- no spaces, dash (-) character or extended character set allowed,
- numeric-only account names are forbidden.
8.) Click the OK button to continue.The Users Management menu displays again, in order for you to
add/modify other User(s). The User created appears in the Local User Management panel.
9.) When done with Users management, exit the CSD by clicking Quit from the File menu or press
<CTRL>+ <q>. Restart Application by selecting Restart AW from the Root Menu. This takes about
20 seconds to complete.

326
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

8-2 Re-enable locked Local User accounts

If a user account was locked after excessive login failures, the sdc_admin user can re-enable the local
user accounts by changing their passwords.
1.) Go to the Admin. > AW Administration menu in the browser.
2.) As prompted, enter the sdc_admin password:
Please enter the administrator’s Password: administrator <Enter> (default password)
3.) The Administration Main Menu displays:
USERS MANAGEMENT...........................................1
CONFIGURATION..............................................2
BACKUP THE WHOLE CONFIG ON CDROM...........................3
RESTORE THE WHOLE CONFIG FROM CDROM........................4
RESTORE THE WHOLE CONFIG FROM CDROM EXCEPT
LICENSE ID DEPENDANT FILE, PASSWORDS, KEYBOARD.............5
RESTORE REMOTE HOSTS AND PRINTERS ONLY.....................6
4.) Type 1 to enter the Users Management menu:
Enter your choice or <Enter> to display the current menu [?,q] 1 <Enter>
5.) The Users Management menu displays:
display the list of users..................................11
add a user.................................................12
remove a user..............................................13
rename a user..............................................14
set a user password........................................15
restore users from a config cdrom..........................16
6.) Type 15 to setup a user password:
Enter your choice or <Enter> to display the current menu [?,q] 15 <Enter>
7.) The list of users displays.
List of users
1 sdc
2 user #2
3 ...
8.) Type the number of the user for which you want to change the password.
For example, type 1 to change sdc user password:
Enter the user whom you want to change the password [?,??,q] 1 <Enter>
9.) As prompted, type the new password.
Enter the password
Changing password for user sdc.
New password:
Retype new password:
10.) The password has been changed and the user account has been enabled.
Updating DataExport passwords...
Done!

327
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

8-3 Use EA3 Authentication for User Accounts

8-3-1 Prerequisites
Before changing from the default Local User mode to EA3 Enterprise Authentication feature, you will
require details of the site Enterprise Authentication server. This information must be obtained from the
Hospital Network Administrator.

Important! EA3 authentication will only work on AW4.7 if the account naming conventions used on
the Enterprise server conform to Unix account naming conventions (no spaces or
extended character set allowed, nor numeric-only account names). AW creates local Unix
accounts.
If the Site Survey forms provided in the AW Pre-Installation Manual were fully completed, this
information may already have been obtained. If not, as a minimum, you will require the following details
of the site Enterprise Authentication server:
• Server name / IP address
• Authentication Type (Simple LDAP or Kerberos)
• Server Type (Microsoft Active Directory or Other)
• Realm Name

8-3-2 Enable EA3 authentication

Important! When selecting EA3 enterprise authentication mode, all local user accounts on your AW
(see section 8-1 Define Local User accounts) will be deleted. The ”sdc” user is of course
not deleted.
1.) Start the EA3 configuration tool. To access the Root Menu , press <Alt> <F3> to iconify current
windows.
2.) Press on the middle button of the mouse, and select in the Root Menu / Service Tools / EA3
Configuration menu.

Note: EA3 menu can be launched as well by typing the following command in a Command Window:
/export/home/sdc/scripts/configure.ea3 <Enter>

328
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

3.) The following menu pops up.

4.) Type the following keywords:

Enter your choice: mode <Enter>
Enter authentication mode: (ea3/local): ea3 <Enter>
The following messages pops up:
You need root account for EA3 configuration!
Please enter root password
5.) Enter the root password
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>
The EA3 authentication will be switched on. This operation
will delete the previously created local AW users if any
(except sdc).
Do you want to switch on EA3 (and delete the users if any)? [y,n,?,q]
6.) Start the EA3 Graphical User Interface by typing the following keywords:
y <Enter>
q <Enter>

For details on how to configure the EA3 Enterprise server via the CSD Utilities menu, see Job Card
IST004, section 6 Configure EA3 User Authentication.

8-3-3 Configure EA3 for User Accounts

The following instructions summarize the recommended EA3 configuration steps:
1.) Get the Enterprise Server information from the site IT Admin or User Admin (Server IP address,
Authentication type, Server Type). Refer to section 8-3-1 Prerequisites.
2.) Enable EA3 authentication mode from the AW Root/Service Tools/EA3 Configuration (refer to section
8-3-2 Enable EA3 authentication).
3.) Declare the Enterprise Server configuration from CSD/Utilities/EA3 Configuration, referring to Job
Card IST004, section 6-1 Preliminary information (Declare Enterprise Server configuration):
- Note: Do not use the Local Users or Groups tabs.

329
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

Use this procedure only if the site IT Admin or site User Admin has provided Enterprise Server
information, and if EA3 Authentication mode has been enabled.
If there is no Enterprise server data in the Site Survey, and /or IT does not have the data, only Local User
Accounts can be configured.

9 For China only - CNDA Registration documents

In China, a regulatory requirement states that Platform/Applications CNDA Registration documents shall
be available on client site.
They will be delivered with the product, either in paper format or electronically on the CFDA Doc
addendum media.

• If CNDA Registration documents are delivered on paper, they must be given to the client and be
securely stored on site in case of an audit.
• If they are delivered on a media, they must be installed on the workstation, following the procedure
described below.

To install CFDA Doc addendum on the workstation, please proceed as follows.

Note that this procedure only applies if CNDA Registration documents are delivered on a media.

Each time the AW platform will be installed or reinstalled (Load From Warm, Load From Cold), the CFDA
Doc addendum will have to be installed on the workstation.
If the platform/applications release changes (in case of Upgrade), the CFDA Doc addendum will have to
be updated. Make sure to always install the latest available version.

Refer to section 7-7 Installing documentation from a CD/DVD using Easy Install for the detailed
procedure to install the CFDA Doc addendum.

Note that the CNDA Registration documents will only be available in the Service Docs section
(Admin.\Service Docs) if the workstation’s user interface is configured in Chinese language through the
Service Tools.
For an explanation of how to configure the site parameters, see Job Card IST002 - Basic Site
Configuration.

330
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

10 Final settings and checks

10-1 Check the BIOS settings
You must check that the BIOS settings of the workstation are properly configured to optimize
performance.
Refer to AW4.7 SM, Job Card TSG012 - Create a BIOS media & Flash the Firmware for the detailed
procedure to check the BIOS settings depending on your workstation model.

10-2 Mouse acceleration and threshold settings

When using mouse through the two monitors, if you feel that the mouse moves too slowly, you can set
the mouse acceleration and threshold by entering following commands:
1.) Click Admin menu and select Command Window to open a Command window.
2.) Backup the .cshrc file to be able to come back to the original mouse settings. Type the following
command:
cp .cshrc .cshrc.sav <Enter>
3.) Modify the mouse settings by typing the following command:
xset m x y <Enter>
Where x is the acceleration and y the threshold (e.g. x = 5 and y = 5)
e.g. xset m 5 5 <Enter>
4.) Save the new mouse settings. Type:
echo "xset m 5 5" >> .cshrc <Enter>
• Check that the .cshrc file has been correctly updated by typing:
tail -1 .cshrc <Enter>
You should see:
xset m 5 5

10-3 Change Site Passwords

If not done yet, we STRONGLY recommend that you change the Site’s password, (root, sdc, sdc_admin,
inSite, BIOS) in order to increase network security for your workstation.
For more detailed information, please refer to AW4.7 SM, Job Card TSG014 - Changing System
Passwords.

Important! This is a MANDATORY step.

1.) Choose passwords of a least 8 characters, an assortment of lower/upper case letters, numbers, and
the grouping of letters should have no known meaning.
Refer to the list of allowed special characters displayed in the tool-tip.
2.) Go to CSD > Configuration > Configure single feature > Password Change and change the various
passwords.
3.) To configure a BIOS power-on password and/or a BIOS Administrator password, refer to AW4.7 IM,
Appendix 2 - Hardware lockup for security for the detailed procedure.

331
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

4.) Test the new passwords before turnover to customer, in order to make sure that there was no typo
or mix-up with the local keyboard when the password was changed.
To make sure that the passwords have been properly changed, please try to login with each user
login/password and enter the new password(s).Make sure that the Caps-Lock Key is not engaged
before entering the Password.
5.) Communicate the new passwords to your OLC and to the Checkout team when performing the InSite
Checkout.
DO NOT CHANGE the passwords later unless notifying the Checkout and OLC representatives. Failing
to do so would no longer allow access to your system from the OLC support teams.

Important! Changing passwords after Checkout means that a new Checkout will be necessary, to
allow remote connectivity.

Note: If the system is not InSite-connected, the new passwords must be recorded locally and
communicated to the customer.
6.) Make sure to notify the users (customer, etc..) of the new AW (sdc) password, and all persons in
charge of the System administration and/or maintenance of the station, of the new Root and/or
Administrator or BIOS passwords (other FEs in charge, IT department, etc...).

Note: Whenever you change the system passwords, you must perform a new backup of the system as
the passwords are part of the configuration that is saved. Refer to the next section for the
procedure.

Note: If the customer approves, write down the new passwords in the logbook and store it in a secure
location on site.
You must never write the passwords down (except in the logbook) or leave them visible near the
workstation.

10-4 OPTIONAL - Hardware lock-down for security

Hardware security is essential to minimize the risks of Software Hacking.
We STRONGLY RECOMMEND that you proceed to hardware lock-down when done with the Hardware
Configuration steps. and make sure that you have notified the IT Admin of the site.

If the workstation is located in a non-secured room, then you must make sure to prevent any intrusion
attempt. To do so, you can:
• Change the boot order to prevent any unauthorized user to boot on a USB device or on a CD-ROM.
• Setup passwords to lockup the BIOS so that the parameters cannot be changed by unauthorized user
• Disable media writing prevent any unauthorized user to write data on a CD/DVD/USB device.
• Disable the USB ports to prevent any unauthorized user to read or write on a USB device
Make sure to consult with the client before making these changes.
Note that you can also disable media writing on CD/DVD/USB.
For the detailed procedures, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security.

332
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

10-5 OPTIONAL - Disable image mixing from different patients in the Filmer

Starting from AW4.7 Ext. 16 release, the file FilmerGlobalPrefs was added to the filmer (in ~sdc/Prefs/
Filmer/FilmerGlobalPrefs directory) and contains a preference named: 'enableMixPatient'.
When an image is received, this preference is used to determine if the Filmer can mix images from
different patients.

By default, the Filmer will allow users to mix images from different patients.
But if the customer complaints from images mixing during review, you can disable the patient mix by
changing this preference following the procedure described below.
(Note that the script can be used after install of the AIA and Filmer)
1.) To disable patient mix, type:
su - root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (default password)
cd /export/home/sdc/Filmer/utilities/scripts/ <Enter>
enable_patient_mix_in_filmer no <Enter>
Mix Patient in Filmer DEACTIVATION in progress
Done
2.) Select Restart Software from the System menu button to validate the preference.

Note: This preference is saved in the configuration backup and can be restored.

1.) To enable patient mix again, type:

su - root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (default password)
cd /export/home/sdc/Filmer/utilities/scripts/ <Enter>
enable_patient_mix_in_filmer yes <Enter>
Mix Patient in Filmer ACTIVATION in progress
Done
2.) Select Restart Software from the System menu button to validate the preference.

• If the 'enableMixPatient' preference is enabled (default value), a message is displayed when mixing
images from different patients.
• If the 'enableMixPatient' preference is disabled, it will not be possible to mix images from different
patients. The following message is displayed informing the user:
“This image can not be loaded in the Filmer. You can not mix images from different exams or
patients.”

333
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

11 Save Site Parameters on the Configuration CD-ROM

11-1 Display current AW Configuration
1.) Click the Admin button and select Display Configuration (1):
1

The system displays a window containing all the configuration information of your workstation and its
peripherals, as well as the Applications installed and their license keys.

11-2 Save Configuration to CDROM

Note: During Load From Warm, there is an automatic mechanism that backup-restores the previous
configuration. A backup CD-ROM has to be manually created anyway in case the upgrade fails
and the system needs to be re-installed.

Note: The Legacy format licenses are not restored when you reinstall the platform (Load from Warm or
Load from Cold). You must note them down and re-enter them manually.

Note: If digital certificates are installed on the AW to allow secured communication, they will not be
included in the back-up and must be reinstalled.

Important! If an InSite Checkout has been performed on the workstation, then prior to saving its
configuration on the AW Config CDROM, make sure that you have used the insite.backup
script to save the InSite configuration. In this case, it will be included on the CDROM and
can be later restored so that a new Checkout is not required.
Refer to IST008, section 8-1 Save InSite configuration.

Important! The passwords are included in the configuration backup and will be restored when the
configuration is restored from the backup CDROM. Pay special attention to the default
root password that has changed since AW4.7 Ext.3 release. If you had kept the default
password and restore your configuration backed-up from AW4.7 Ext.1 release or a
previous release, the default root password operator will be restored.

The CD-ROM you use must be blank. It can be either a new CD-ROM or a rewritable CD-ROM.
In case you want to use a non–blank rewritable CD-ROM, you have to erase the media before being able

334
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

writing it again. See the procedure below.

In the other case, bypass the next step.

Compatibility rules for Backup/Restore

• Configuration backup is not backward compatible
New releases have new functionalities which did not exist in previous releases. So the content
backed-up from new releases is not backward compatible.
For example in case of downgrade, backup of AW4.7 Ext. 16 system CANNOT be restored on AW4.7
Ext. 12 system.

• Configuration restore is backward compatible on AW4.7 platform

New AW4.7 software platform releases are designed to be able to handle backup content of previous
AW4.7 releases. For example in case of AW4.7 software platform upgrade, backup of AW4.7 Ext. 12
system CAN be restored on AW4.7 Ext. 16 system.
Configuration Restore is not backward compatible between different AW software platform
generations. For example in case of upgrade from AW4.6 to AW4.7 software platform, backup of
AW4.6 system CANNOT be restored on the AW4.7 system.

11-2-1 Procedure to erase a non–blank rewritable CD–RW

1.) To erase a non–blank rewritable CD-ROM, open a Command window and type the following
command:
wodim blank=all <Enter>
IIf the wodim command does not work with these parameters on the workstation, use the following
procedure to find the correct parameters for the mounted CD drive:
- Type:
wodim -scanbus <Enter>
- Identify in the list the device you want to erase and select it:
wodim dev=4,0,0 blank=fast <Enter>
The selected disk will be erased.

335
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

Note: It will take about 15 to 20 minutes to erase the CD-ROM. During this time, nothing seems to be
happening. Please be patient.

For information only:

To erase a rewritable DVD, switch User to root and type in:
dvd+rw–format –force /dev/cdrom <Enter>
Once the DVD has been erased, type:
Eject <Enter>
Do not forget to always close the Command Window when the action is done, otherwise it opens a
security hole.

Note: Do not reboot or mount the erased DVD immediately after using this command.
Please eject it first and do not boot the workstation with a blank media inserted/connected or the
workstation can show unexpected behavior.

11-2-2 Saving the configuration

1.) Click on the Admin button, then on the Save Configuration (2) button:
The Save Configuration on CD command window opens and prompts you to enter the administrator’s
password. Type:
Please enter the administrator’s password : administrator <Enter>

336
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

2.) The Main Menu displays.

3.) Select option 3, BACKUP THE WHOLE CONFIG ON CDROM by typing: 3 <Enter>.
If you save the configuration of an AW4.6 before the upgrade to AW4.7, select option 5, BACKUP
THE WHOLE CONFIG ON CDROM by typing: 5 <Enter>
4.) Select whether to backup the current configuration or from the previous daily backup. Type:
31 <Enter>
OR 32 <Enter>
For AW4.6, type 51 <Enter> or 52 <Enter>.

A series of messages displays (see the screen capture):

Users to backup: sdc sdc_admin user1 user2 usern
backup of sdc...
backup of user1...
.............
Please insert a blank CD in the cd writer, and press <ENTER>
5.) Insert a blank CD-ROM when prompted, press <Enter> and wait until the backup completes.
6.) Press <Enter> to finish then press <q> to exit.
7.) Remove the CD-ROM and store it in a safe place.

Note: DNS parameters are not included in the standard configuration backup, you should record them
manually so that you can restore them following a reinstall.

337
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

11-2-3 How to Restore a Configuration

Use this procedure when you need to restore a workstation’s configuration from the Backup CD-ROM
(after a reload of the AW core software).
1.) Insert the AW Config CD-ROM in the CD drive.
2.) Click on the Admin button, then click on the AW Administration (or Save Configuration) button.
3.) Enter the Administrator’s password: administrator <Enter>
4.) From the Main Menu, type 4 <Enter> to restore the whole configuration (or 5 or 6 for a partial restore).

Note: DNS parameters are not included in the standard configuration backup, so you should restore
them manually following a reinstall.

Note: If an InSite checkout had previously been performed on the AW and you had backed the InSite
parameters up to the AW CD-ROM before the reinstall, use the insite.restore script to restore the
InSite checkout configuration. This will avoid the need to do a new Checkout.
See Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration for further details.

Important! The passwords are included in the configuration backup and will be restored when the
configuration is restored from the backup CDROM. Pay special attention to the default
root password that has changed since AW4.7 Ext.3 release. If you had kept the default
password and restore your configuration backed-up from AW4.7 Ext.1 release or a
previous release, the default root password operator will be restored.

5.) Remember to Shutdown and Restart the workstation after this procedure, to complete the restore.
Press the right-click and select the Command Window menu.
Type the following command:
reboot <Enter>
The workstation reboots.

338
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

12 Complete Workstation Handover

So that you and your colleagues can quickly indentify the workstation and its configuration during its
production lifecycle, you need to record the following information:
1.) Complete the AW Configuration Form (you can find it at the beginning of Chapter 3 Installing A New
Workstation in this manual).
2.) Update the GIB database/Strategic Service CRM according to the process in place in your respective
pole:
- For Legacy Service CRM (MUST, CARES, ...), complete the ICD cards and send them back to the
GIB organization, in order to have your system registered in GIB database.
Carefully record all necessary installation information, such as Serial Numbers, System IDs etc... of
the CPU box and send back the ICD sheets.
- For Strategic Service CRM (SIEBEL USCAN, SIEBEL International, Service Max AKA Service
Cloud, ...), follow the asset tracking method for your platform.

Note: Registering the workstation in AWCCT is not a substitute for registering it in GIB Database/
Service CRM.

Note: Register purchased options in GIB Database/Service CRM allows the customer to receive the
appropriate FMI Kit if a related FMI is issued.

13 Capture the Unique Device Identifier (UDI) for AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

in Service Record
13-1 AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Medical device UDI
Regulatory agencies require a Unique Device Identification (UDI) system to adequately identify medical
devices through their distribution and use.

An AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Medical Device UDI is available for each platform Software release.
There is no UDI for Advanced Applications when installed on AW.
There is no UDI for standalone Hardware.

The AW4.7 UDI has the following format:

(01)00840682102278(10)AW4D7E016
(example for AW4.7 Ext. 16 release)
The (01)part is associated to the Master Release (AW4.7) and is permanent for all AW4.7 releases.
|The (10) part is the Production Control [LOT]. It changes at each IB release.

The AW Software Medical device is also identified by:

• The Medical device item number [REF]: 5694566 (is permanent for all AW4.7 releases)

Important! The Medical Device Production Control [LOT]: AW4D7E0XX (changes at each IB
release) Always capture the UDI in the installed AW software using the instructions
below.

339
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

13-2 Capture or check the UDI in the Service Records

According to the process in place in your pole, the UDI must be filled in the Service Records/UDI
Database.
The AW UDI value is linked to the AW release installed:
• If the field action consists in installing a new release of AW4.7 (Ext. X), then the UDI value of the new
release shall be captured and replace the previous value.
• If there is no modification of the AW release installed, then the UDI remains unchanged.
Be aware that from one AW4.7 release to the other, only the last digits of the UDI change. You must
make sure that you have checked/captured the right UDI.

The UDI is captured in the Service Records/UDI Database, either:

• Automatically from Distribution Record
You must check the value against the UDI implemented in AW Software (refer to section 13-3 )
• As an attribute of [REF]/[LOT] if Asset has to be created manually (specific to certain Service CRMs),
refer to section 13-3 for how to retrieve the [REF] and [LOT] value.
• Manually entering UDI value (specific to certain CRMs and UDI Mobile App)
You must retrieve UDI value from AW Software (refer to section 13-3 ).
• Scanning UDI value (specific to certain Service CRMs) with OCR Scanner (Optical Character
Recognition) from the Healthpage (refer to section 13-3 ).

13-3 Access
Using the following information, you can check or capture the AW4.7 UDI, [REF]/[LOT] according to the
process in place in your pole.
• The AW4.7 UDI and [REF]/[LOT] can be found in the Healthpage
Select the Service Tools from the Admin. menu.
The Firefox browser opens and displays the Common Service Deskop.
Note that is can take a few moments for the System Healthpage to display.

If applicable in your pole, the UDI value on the Healthpage can be scanned using the OCR Scanner.
• To avoid transcription error, you can also extract the AW4.7 UDI and [REF]/[LOT] values from the
Configuration file. This will allow you to copy it from the file and paste it in the Service Records.
Go to the Register Configuration page of the Service Tools to easily export your configuration file to a
USB stick. For more details, please refer to section 7-1-3 CASE 2 - Export Configuration (manual)
process (for AW4.7 Ext.1 and AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases) of this Job Card.
To extract the Configuration File to a USB stick (if you have not already done it during Register
Configuration process), you can also open a command window and type the following command:
icm --copyConfFileToUSB <Enter>
The Configuration file will be saved on the USB device.

340
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

You MUST make sure that the Configuration File is properly copied on the USB stick (by opening it on
your laptop) and is not empty before leaving the site.
If for some reason the export of the Configuration File to a USB stick fails, refer to AW4.7 SM, Job Card
TSG016, section 2.1 Alternate way to export the Configuration File.

Note: If the export to USB stick does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to
check that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
• The UDI and [REF]/[LOT] are available in the Environment Configuration area of the Configuration
File as shown in the picture below.
To display the Configuration File, click on Admin. > Display Configuration.

• In case of issue with AW4.7 software, the [REF]/[LOT] values are also available on the jewel case
cover page as shown below:

Make sure that you are using the jewel case corresponding to the installed software release.

341
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

13-4 AW Volume Share 7 (AW4.7) distribution UDI (DO NOT USE)

Important! A distribution UDI value and bar code are printed on the AW 4.7 SW & Docs media. It is
not the Medical Device UDI, do not scan or record this value in the Service Records.

342
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

14 Cleanup and Safeguard Site Materials

1.) Clean up any remaining shipping boxes, software and other media, and documentation left in the
room. Check with the hospital’s IT administrator whether any relevant site facilities or services are
available for materials recycling.
Refer to the following for guidelines on materials recycling and other environmental considerations:
http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/Countries/_MultiCountry/
iteco_workst_201325104112.pdf
and
http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/

2.) Store all the software and docs CDRoms, configuration forms and CDRom, printed Service
documents and US default keyboard (if applicable) together in a safe location on site, for future use.
3.) Make sure to include any USB stick or other media containing AW or site information, and a backup
of site parameters and license keys on CD-ROM.

343
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks

15 Turnover to Customer - Checklist

Viewer basic checks

Advanced Applications basic checks

Communication tests Ethernet

"Direct connect" communication tests (if applicable)

Postscript printers test (if applicable)

Dicom printers test (if applicable)

LCD color landscape monitors adjustments

Color landscape monitors calibration (optional)

Check InSite/iLinq/RCOC configuration (recommended)

Declare a DNS server (optional but may be pre-requisite fore EA3, NTP)

Declare a NTP server (optional)

Configuration uploaded to AWCCT site

Passwords changed

Define User accounts (if applicable)

Site configuration saved on AW Configuration CDROM

ICD cards filled in / GIB Database/Service CRM updated

UDI value is available for Service reporting

Paperwork completed and filed

Cleanup and safeguard site materials

344
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

Chapter 4 Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

1 Overview
This chapter explains how to:
• Reinstall software on an AW Workstation already installed on site, for instance after replacing a hard
disk,
OR
• Upgrade hardware options and/or software on an AW Workstation already installed on site (from
product versions AW3.1, AW4.0, AW4.1(P), AW4.2(P) and AW4.3, AW4.4, AW4.5 and AW4.6 to the
latest AW4.7 release).

1-1 Add a 2nd LCD color landscape monitor

Refer to the AW4.7 SM, Chapter 6, section 3.

1-2 Additional memory upgrade

Refer to the AW4.7 IM, Job Card IST001A, section 7-3 Memory Extension Option Installation.

1-3 Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse option

Refer to the AW4.7 IM, Job Card IST001A,section 7-4 Serial Port Kit for 3D mouse installation.

1-4 K620 Graphics Card for BrainWave application

Refer to the AW4.7 IM, Job Card IST001A,section 7-5 K620 Graphics Card for Brainwave option
installation.

2 Tools required
If your customer requests that you transfer patient data from the old to the new workstation, you will need
the following, or equivalent tool:
• 2212538: RJ45 network cross–over cable (red cable), Length = 4.5 meters (also called DGW / AW
cable)

3 Safety precautions

WARNING: When working on site, always take heed of environmental hazard warnings.

WARNING: Always follow GE and site procedures and use appropriate safety equipment. In
particular, always use safety shoes, gloves and mechanical safety glasses when
moving, installing, or uninstalling AW workstation hardware.

Important! Upgrades must be done by properly trained Service Engineers.

345 Chapter 4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

4 Prerequisites

Important! - Obsolete system hardware which is destined for recycling should never be used as part
of an Advantage Workstation.
- Since patients’ data is confidential, you are requested to erase these files from an
obsolete system before returning it to the recycling center.
- Please follow provided instructions carefully!
Before you start to install the new system, make sure that the following information is available.
• Hostname of the workstation.
• IP address of the workstation.
• Netmask to be given to the workstation if applicable. Consult the local Network Administrator.
• Time Zone and any details of any NTP server used.
• Hospital name.
• Hosts file (other hosts connected on the network).
• Routing tables to access other networks.
(Refer to the hardware Service Manual originally supplied with the workstation if you do not know how
to get this information.)
Also warn the customer to store on MOD, DVD or any other archive system, the images they do not want
to loose, as well as any other files they may have loaded on the workstation.

5 Patient Images - Transfer and Restore

The following procedure only applies to software + hardware upgrades (workstation swap).

Important! Before swapping out the old workstation, check with the customer that they have already
saved all patient data to another location (network storage and/or external media).
When you are sure that this has been done, you MUST erase all patient images from the hard disks of
the old workstation, before de-installing it. See section 2 Proceed with old hardware removal and
shipping (see section 7 Deleting image Files and Returning Old Hardware). of this Job Card.
5-1 Saving Time
• If patient data has NOT yet been saved, and the customer has asked you to do it, try to identify with
them any non-essential data that can be deleted before starting the data transfer.
• If you have a relatively small number of images to save, you can save them on CD or DVD, if
available, or push them to another workstation on the network (e.g., a PACS unit).
The time to restore Patient images depends on the number of images you want to push from the old
station to the new AW station, and also the network configuration used.
• The network transfer speed can be greatly increased if you use a "peer to peer" connection to the
standard hospital network connection.

The figures given in example below will help you to determine the images transfer time based on a "peer
to peer" connection as well as the number of images.
If you plan to use the hospital network, it may multiply the images transfer time by four.
e.g. Configuration used: AW4.0 Ultra 60 (2x 450Mhz ; 2 x 19Gb)

Chapter 4 346
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

The Peer To Peer transfer speed that we have measured in the lab for this configuration is about
364 000 KB/min.

5-2 Image Transfer Times - Peer-to-Peer Connection

1.) On your old workstation, check the used disk space on images database file system.
2.) Open a terminal window, and at the prompt type:
df –h <Enter>

Note: Actual values will depend on the workstation model and disk configuration. Here is an example
from a Z820 workstation:

To obtain the time Transfer Calculation for images at 364 000 Kb transfer speed, take the ”used” value of
/export/home1 and divide by the transfer speed:
e.g. 25235228 / 364000 = 69 minutes 30 seconds

Note: This only represents the network transfer time. You must add the database declaration time. This
depends on the type of image (the smaller the images are, the more you can have on your disks,
and the longer database declaration time will take).

5-3 Image Transfer Procedure

As this is an upgrade case, you have probably been asked to use the IP address and Hostname of your
old workstation for the new one.
Therefore, you must determine a similar address and another hostname for the old workstation, in order
to do the image transfer.
1.) EXAMPLE : Add ”1” to the last digit of the old station’s IP address:
• The IP address of old workstation was 3.45.12.135 (class A network):
- use address 3.45.12.136 for the old workstation.
• The IP address of old workstation was 90.135.22.24 (class B network):
- use address 90.135.22.25 for the old workstation.
• The IP address of old workstation was 192.9.100.241 (class C network):
- use address 192.9.100.242 for the old workstation.

347 Chapter 4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

On the old workstation side:

You have used the old workstation’s New AW4.7
address and hostname for the new one. WORKSTATION

OLD WORKSTATION IP= 192.9.100.241

Netmask= 255.255.255.0
IP= 192.9.100.241 Hostname= AW01
Netmask= 255.255.255.0
Hostname= AW01 OLD WORKSTATION
run: /usr/sbin/sys-unconfig (SunOs)
run: /export/home/sdc/script/sys-reconfig (Linux) IP= 192.9.100.242
Add "1" o IP address last digit Netmask= 255.255.255.0
Add "old" to the hostname Hostname= AW01-old
Your old workstation MUST be disconnected from the Hospital network and reconfigured.
1.) Run the sys–reconfig script to change Hostname and IP address:
su – root <Enter>
Enter root password: operator <Enter> for older releases until AW4.7 Ext.1 release
Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases
sys–reconfig <Enter>
2.) Change the IP address to ”+1 address” and hostname to ”hostname–old”
3.) Use the same netmask and the same Timezone as before.
On the new workstation side:
1.) If you had connected your new AW to the Hospital network, disconnect it now. It is not necessary to
shutdown the workstation.
2.) Connect both workstations together through the cross–over (red) cable.

2212538 : RJ45 network cross–over cable (red cable) : Length = 4.5 meters
2215029–5: RJ45 network cross–over cable (red cable) : Length = 50 meters

Chapter 4 348
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

On the old workstation side:

1.) Start AW application.
2.) Enter the Network Manager* and declare your new AW4.7 as a DICOM3.0 host. Save and quit.
*Starting fromAW4.7 Ext. 14 release, the Network Manager can only be accessed using sdc user.
3.) Select the list of Patients you want to push to your new AW station, then drag selected Patients list
and drop it to the icon representing the new AW4.7.
4.) Make sure the transfer starts correctly, before proceeding with the next configuration steps on your
new AW station.

349 Chapter 4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

6 Upgrade Guidelines
6-1 AW3.1 upgrade
It consists of a complete swap of the workstation.
- The Pioneer MOD option is not supported on AW4.7.
- The DASM Filming Interface is not supported on AW4.7.
- Do not reinstall the CD–R and/or the Multipack storage disks option.

6-2 AW4.0 upgrade

It consists of a complete swap of the workstation.
- The Pioneer MOD option is not supported on AW4.7.
- The DASM Filming Interface is not supported on AW4.7.
- Do not reinstall the CD–R and/or the Multipack Storage disks option (from AW3.1 Ultra60).

Note: Preferences and setups can NO LONGER be reinstalled from the AW3.1 and AW4.0 to the new
AW4.7, as the configuration parameters are now too different.

6-3 AW4.1 / AW4.1 P/ AW4.2 upgrade

HP X4000 and HP XW8000 are not 64 bits compatible, so are not supported.
The upgrade consists of a complete hardware and software upgrade. Some of the User Preferences and
setups, Site parameters (remote hosts, etc ...) can be reinstalled.

6-4 AW4.2P /AW4.3 upgrade

AW4.2P or AW4.3 run on HP XW8200 platform which is no longer supported.
The upgrade consists of a complete hardware and software upgrade. User Preferences and setups, Site
parameters (remote hosts, etc ...) can be reinstalled.

6-5 AW4.4 / AW4.5 upgrade

6-5-1 Upgrade Procedure
The HP XW8400 and XW8600 workstations are no longer supported.
The upgrade consists of a complete hardware and software upgrade. User Preferences and setups, Site
parameters (remote hosts, etc ...) can be reinstalled.

6-6 AW4.6 upgrade

6-6-1 Upgrade Procedure
The HP XW8400 and XW8600 workstations are no longer supported. In this case, upgrade consists of a
complete hardware and software upgrade.
User Preferences and setups, Site parameters (remote hosts, etc ...) can be reinstalled.

Z800 workstations can be upgraded from AW4.6 to AW4.7.

The upgrade consists on a complete software upgrade (Load From Cold). See Job Card IST011 -
Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold.
User Preferences and setups, Site parameters (remote hosts, etc ...) can be reinstalled.

Chapter 4 350
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

6-7 AW4.7 upgrade

Z800 and Z820 workstations running AW VolumeShare 7 can be upgraded to a more recent release of
AW4.7. The upgrade consists on a complete software upgrade (Load From Cold). Follow the instructions
in Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold.
User Preferences and setups, Site parameters (remote hosts, etc ...) can be reinstalled.

Important! Make sure to carefully read the introduction from Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and
AW Software from Cold and meet all the prerequisites before starting.
6-8 Summarized guidelines
The following section describes the main guidelines for upgrades performed on a new Hardware.
6-8-1 Backup existing system
1.) Save Site parameters as explained in the Service Manual for the relevant legacy version of AW.
2.) Save configuration parameters on a CD-ROM, before de–installing your old system.
3.) Save the images on MOD or CDROM if applicable or push them to another workstation on the
network.
IMPORTANT: restoration from MOD is not supported on AW4.7.
If necessary, refer to procedure described in section 5 Patient Images - Transfer and Restore for
image transfer to new workstation.
4.) Proceed to Patient’s Image Data files deletion (see section 2 Proceed with old hardware removal and
shipping (see section 7 Deleting image Files and Returning Old Hardware).).
5.) Unpack the new hardware, check that you do not miss anything and read the installation instructions
described in this manual, Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold.
6.) Shutdown the old workstation and turn it off. Also turn off the hardware peripheral(s).
7.) Disconnect and remove the external SCSI DICOM MOD option. It cannot be reinstalled and must be
returned to the customer.
8.) Disconnect Mouse, Keyboard, Monitor, CPU box, 1.05 GB or 2.1 GB external hard disks and store
them with their cables in the new hardware shipping boxes.

6-8-2 Install new system

1.) Install the new hardware and load the software as defined in Chapter 1 Quick Start Guide of this
manual.
2.) Install/restore the site parameters, Advanced Applications software packages and Insite connectivity
(if applicable). Refer to Chapter 1 Quick Start Guide of this manual for an overview.
3.) Install and/or preload all or part of the Applications DVD collector set. Refer to Chapter Job Card
IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting.
4.) In the case of any upgrade to AW4.7 from a previous version, if an EA3 User Management
configuration was implemented, this will need to be manually reconfigured once AW4.7 is installed.

351 Chapter 4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

6-8-3 Affix Rating Plate Label(s)

A set of self-adhesive english Rating Plate /country-specific label(s) (if applicable) are delivered with the
AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) software kit and must be properly updated and affixed to the CPU chassis
of a software-upgraded workstation.

Note: A new english Rating Plate is only required if at least one of the following elements has changed:
- Product name: the product name is pre-filled on the label, it can be kept if the software Master
Release does not change (i.e. in case of an upgrade from AW4.7 Ext.3 to AW4.7 Ext.5).
- Hardware Model number: it can be kept if you do not change the Hardware.
- LicenseID number : it can be kept is the ethernet card was not replaced.

On the received english Rating Plate, several fields have to be manually filled-in by the Field Engineer.
If needed, make sure to carefully follow the instructions below, in order to properly label your
workstation.

Example of Rating Plate:

Field key:
- <Model nb> field is empty
- <Serial nb> field is empty
- <License ID nb> field is empty
- <Address>:
o For workstation installed in EMEA, the rating plate label must contain the address "GE
Medical Systems SCS, France"
o For workstation installed in Americas, the rating plate label must contain "Made for GE
Medical Systems SCS, Made in USA"
After Installation, the CPU box must be properly labeled as Medical Device.

Chapter 4 352
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

5.) Use a permanent ink pen to clearly record the following details:
Note that as per regulation, writing must be very legible.
- <Model nb> field must contain the Model Number of the workstation:

HP Model Z800 Z820 Z440

Model 5394794-2 (Quad Core) 5473741-2 5723590-2
Number 5394794-32 (Six Core – Note: New label is not
introduced Q1 2012) required for this
5394794-42 (Six Core – model number if licenseID
introduced Q3 2013) number has not changed
5394794-52 (Six Core)

FRU Number 5394794-20 (Quad Core) 5473741-20 5723590-20

5394794-30 (Six Core)
5394794-40 (Six Core +
NVS310)

This information can be found on the manufacturing Rating Plate Label already stuck on the
workstation.
- <Serial number> field must contain the Workstation serial number. It can be found on the
manufacturing Rating Plate Label already stuck on the workstation or at the rear of the
workstation.
- <License ID number> field must contain the License ID number based on additional NIC
Ethernet Mac Address set in the workstation.
To find the licenseId:
o Open a Command window and type in: licenseId <Enter> (with a capital "I") or
o Click Admin / Service Tools / Display Config
6.) Affix the new Rating Plate Label on the workstation
7.) Affix on the workstation the country-specific label(s) that are applicable in your country.

6-8-4 Final Steps

1.) Proceed with final steps (see Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks).
2.) Proceed with old hardware removal and shipping (see section 7 Deleting image Files and Returning
Old Hardware).

353 Chapter 4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

7 Deleting image Files and Returning Old Hardware

Important! Before deleting Patient images stored on the old workstation, make sure that you have
saved all necessary files so that they can be restored onto the new workstation. Also
make sure that the customers have saved their own files.
The following steps MUST be followed when swapping out an old workstation, in order to ensure
patient’s data confidentiality. The old workstation must then be returned to the designated regional
Recycling Center.

7-1 Erase the disks

To be compliant, you must use one of the following tools to perform a complete secure wiping of
Customer System Storage media:
• Blancco Drive Eraser
This is the recommended tool as it does not rely on tool shipment/availability and does not require
disassembly and removal of hard drives from equipment.
This is a 3rd party disk erasure software that may be downloaded from a secure GE shared storage
location at any time by authorized personnel. Technicians will be able to create local boot images for
secure wipes of the imaging equipment as needed.
After inserting in the workstation the bootable media (CD/DVD/USB) containing the software, the
workstation will boot on it and the Blancco software will allow you to erase all the disks.
• Disk Management Tool
You must order it from the Service Tools Pool, then remove the disks from the workstation and
connect them to the Disk Management Tool to erase them.
1.) Refer to SNAW3037 - Secure Wipes of Customer System Storage Media (DOC1615300) for the
detailed procedure to erase patient data.

7-2 Return Old hardware

Note: It is mandatory to return the replaced workstation to GEHC for repair (and subsequent recycling
through the FRU pool), in accordance with the Spare Parts Harvest Program.
Where possible, use the shipping boxes of your new hardware to pack the parts you are
returning.

Important! You must NEVER send back a CPU box, HDD or deinstalled workstation containing
patient images. You MUST erase them before return.

Please refer to SNAW3044 - AW Harvest Procedure Technical Bulletin for the up-to-date procedures
and addresses to return the Old Hardware.

Before handling the old Hardware, please refer to the corresponding workstation EHS Handling
Procedure:
• HP Z800 Workstation Handling Procedure - 5396249-199
• HP Z820 Handling Procedure - 5474342-199

Chapter 4 354
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

• HP Z440 Handling Procedure - 5723927-199

• HP Z4 G4 Handling Procedure - 5821178-199

The Hardware parts to return are:

• Workstation CPU box + power cord.
• Color monitor + video cable + power cord (unless recent LCD color monitor that the site will keep).
• Keyboard + cable and Mouse + pad.
• AW4.0 External CD–R drive + disk, Multipack Storage option (if applicable) OR
• AW3.1 External CD–R drive + disk, Multipack Storage option (if applicable) OR

Important! The returned equipment is destined for recycling! Do not retain any part of it! All missing
parts will be charged!

Caution: If you are returning a faulty workstation, you must follow:

- Z800 CPU Box Replacement FRU procedure, Part No. 5396250-100,
OR
- Z820 Replacement FRU procedure, Part No. 5474343-1EN,
OR
- Z440 Replacement FRU procedure, Part No. 5723926-1EN,
OR
- Z4 G4 Replacement FRU procedure, Part No. 5821491-1EN.
1.) Clean up any remaining shipping boxes, software and other media, and documentation left in the
room. Check with the hospital’s IT administrator whether any site facilities or services are available
for materials recycling.
Refer to the following links for guidelines on materials recycling and other environmental
considerations:
http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/productdata/Countries/_MultiCountry/
iteco_workst_201325104112.pdf
and
http://www.hp.com/hpinfo/globalcitizenship/environment/

7-2-1 Return Procedure for Americas

1.) Prior to returning the equipment, be sure to write the SO number on the outside of the equipment box
so that the Recycling Center can track the returns.
2.) Use the shipping boxes of new equipment to return old material.
3.) Return the old material and the corresponding Configuration Form (see start of Chapter 3). to:
GEHC-RR
Attn: Part Harvest Dept.
7624 South 10 Street
Oak Creek, WI 53154-1912

355 Chapter 4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

Note: In case of issue, you can send a mail to [email protected].

7-2-2 Return Procedure for Japan/ASIA/APAC

Note: Please contact your Regional Service Head Quarters to get the instructions for returning the old
systems.
Please note that for China, no harvest is done yet.
7-2-3 Return Procedure for Europe
1.) The Modality Service Leader (MSL) identifies upgraded system(s) and provides this information to
regional Harvesting Leader who informs the Field Engineer about Harvest opportunity and
procedure.
2.) A Request For Service (RFS) is created by the Region and the FE is dispatched for AW System
upgrade. A J job* is also opened for performing the test procedure. This J job will be covered by
central harvesting team.
*J-type Job allows GE FE to debrief ONLY testing hours after test is executed.
3.) Before going on site, the FE must Request a Harvest number (HV) by sending an e-mail to Buc
Harvest Team:
To: @HEALTH Buc Harvest <[email protected]>
Subject: HV number request
4.) The FE must also download the Harvest Return Sticker from Harvest Return Sticker link:
http://libraries.ge.com/download?fileid=373422691101&entity_id=31698527101&sid=101
5.) Before uninstalling the workstation, the Field Engineer must test the workstation by using the Test
Procedure available at
http://libraries.ge.com/download?fileid=365145655101&entity_id=31746799101&sid=101
6.) The Field Engineer must also fill in the Test Report including System Serial Number. FFSE Good doc
practice is available at:
http://libraries.ge.com/download?fileid=448843205101&entity_id=31698527101&sid=101
7.) The FE sends the Test Report to Buc Harvest Team at <[email protected]>.

8.) The FE must identify the uninstalled workstation with the Harvest Return Sticker (see Step 4) and
ship it to GEODIS address:
Geodis Logistics - Harvest
Bat EVL2 Quai 48 - ZI la pièce de la remise
Route de Corbeil - CD26 - 91090 Lisses - France
Phone: +33 6 72 18 60 32

Note: This procedure will be done through Harvesting Leader and Central Team will be covering
shipping expenses.

Chapter 4 356
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

8 Restore capability for AW3.1/AW4.0

Note: Preferences and setups can NO LONGER be reinstalled from the AW3.1 and AW4.0 to AW4.7,
as configuration parameters are now too different.

9 Restore capability for AW4.1’S/AW4.2’S/AW4.3/AW4.4/AW4.5/AW4.6

Key customer presets, shared protocols, Site parameters can be restored. However Patient List
preferences (Filters, Split mode, number of fields, etc.) will be lost.

1.) Restore the site configuration from the AW4.1 / 4.1P / AW4.2 / AW4.2P / AW4.3, AW4.4, AW4.5,
AW4.6 or AW4.7 Site Configuration CD-ROM.

Important! DO NOT restore InSite/iLinq configuration from AW4.1 / AW4.2 / AW4.3 / AW4.4 / AW4.5
/ AW4.6 Site Configuration CD-ROM.
You will have to perform a new InSite checkout (step 2.) on your workstation.
Keep in mind that hardware dependent files such as license keys, release dependent files such as the
AW password will have to be changed to match your system.
These files will have to be manually changed when swapping the hardware.

Note: If you had modified the root password, the default root password will be restored for safety
reasons. You will be able to change it again after installation.
"operator" will be restored from systems until AW4.7 Ext.1 release.
"Tbd_bu_15" will be restored from systems since AW4.7 Ext.3 release.

Note: If the configuration has been restored from an AW4.1 or 4.2 system, the ”adw4.7” password will
be overwritten by the current password given to the workstation. So you will first have to login
with this password, then change it back, either to ”adw4.7” or to any other suitable password for
your site.
2.) Contact the Checkout Center to run the checkout process on your new station.

357 Chapter 4
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Reinstalling or Upgrading an AW Workstation

This page is intentionally left blank.

Chapter 4 358
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

AW core software is preloaded on a new AW4.7 workstation.

You will only need to reload it if a more recent release of the OS and/or the AW platform was delivered in
the software kit, or after replacing a hard disk.
Before you start, you must determine if the customer requires you to archive and reinstall images,
present on the two internal data disks. In this case, be prepared for a lengthy reinstallation.
For example, it can take about 1 hour to reinstall 126 000 images (35 images per second).

1 Supplies
• AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7) Software installation media.

Note: A fast load DVD is no longer supplied.

• Advanced Applications installation media.
• Site Configuration CD-ROM.
• Demo exams installation media if necessary.

2 Tools
• None. Using the US default keyboard is not necessary for the AW software reload.

3 Safety Precautions
• No special precautions.

Important! Before you start, make sure you will be able to re–install any non–resident software and
data, such as Advantage SIM option, so check that you have saved all the necessary
data.
1.) Before proceeding,
- save InSite configuration on Hard disk.
Refer to Job Card IST008, section 8 InSite configuration - backup and restore.
- save system configuration (including InSite config) on CDROM.
Refer to Job Card IST009, section 11 Save Site Parameters on the Configuration CD-ROM.

Note: This procedure should only be used to reload AW application software.

It can only succeed if the OS is fully operational and if Frame Buffers drivers and Disk Striping
software are still running properly. In this case, images can be preserved.

If OS integrity is in doubt, it is advisable to do a full "Reload from Cold". See Job Card IST011 -
Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold.
In this case make sure the Customer has backed up any data files on stored on the workstation.

359
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

The Site Configuration parameters (license keys, customer presets and protocols, etc.) are saved under
the /export/home/backup directory at the beginning of the Load From Warm procedure, and will be
automatically reinstalled at the end.
Therefore the Configuration CD-ROM does not need to be used, and should be considered as a backup
solution, in case all configuration parameters would not have been properly restored.
Any previously installed license keys for applications will be automatically restored during the reload.

Important! The passwords are included in the configuration backup and will be restored if the
configuration is restored from the backup CDROM. Pay special attention to the default
root password that has changed in AW4.7 Ext.3 release. If you had kept the default
password and restore your configuration backed-up from AW4.7 Ext.1 release or a
previous release, the default root password operator will be restored.

4 Prerequisite
• The Operating System should be installed and running on the workstation (see Job Card IST011 -
Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold).
• All site information such as software protection keys are available on paper and/or on the
Configuration CD-ROM, if necessary.
• Load From Warm procedure will take longer time depending on the number of images to reinstall.

5 Load from Warm Procedure

5-1 Reload AW Software

Note: The external DICOM MOD option is no longer supported with AW4.7.
Do not attempt to reinstall the MOD drive from and upgraded system.
1.) Shutdown the workstation if it is not already shutdown (Power down indicates system is shutdown):
- If you are logged in as ”sdc” and AW is running, select the Shutdown option from the AW
browser’s System menu.
- If you are logged in as ”root”, open an Xterm from the Workspace menu called Root Menu, (press
on the left button of the mouse and select Xterm), then type in:
init 0 <Enter>
2.) Turn on and reboot the workstation normally from the hard disk. Wait for the operating system to load.
3.) When the AW login screen displays, press: <Ctrl>+<Alt>+<F2> (or F3 or F4 or F5 or F6).
A command prompt displays, requesting login details.
4.) Login as root.
<hostname> Login: root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>
! Notice:
!!! Do not run the install.aw script logged in as sdc or as any other user!!! Login as root to perform
install.aw SCRIPT!!!

360
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

5-1-1 Reload AW software from CD/DVD

If you are reinstalling the AW platform from a CD/DVD, follow the procedure described below.
• At the command prompt, type:
cd /export/home <Enter>
• Insert the AW software CD-ROM into the drive.
• Run the Advantage Workstation installation script. Type:
./install.aw <Enter>
5-1-2 Reload AW software from USB device
If you are reinstalling the AW platform from a USB device, follow the procedure described below.
• Plug in the USB device containing the AW platform.
• Mount the USB device using the following commands:
mkdir /tmp/inst <Enter>
mount /dev/disk/by-label/AW_INSTALL /tmp/inst <Enter>

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
• Launch the package installer:
bash /tmp/inst/e-install.sh <Enter>
• AWeDIM Package Installer opens to let you select the package to install.
Use the arrow keys and the space bar to select the AW Platform and press <Enter> to launch the
installation.

5.) The following message displays:

WARNING : You are about to reinstall AW software.
If the release is on a CDROM, just press <Enter>.
Otherwise, please enter the path of the directory containing the rpm
packages or enter <q> to quit.
6.) Press <Enter>.
The install.packages script then starts to install the AW software.
A message confirms that AW 4.7 is being reinstalled.
7.) When the AW software reload process has completed, the system shuts down and reboots.
Note that it can take up to 20 minutes.
The installation is now complete.
8.) You can now login as normal as sdc.

Note: You can review the installation logfiles later by typing the command:
more /export/home/install.log <Enter>
9.) If you installed the AW platform using a USB device, you can now remove it from the workstation.
The USB device has been automatically unmounted during workstation reboot.

361
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

Troubleshooting During Load From Warm

• If the message "/export/home/install.aw: Command not found" displays, it will not be possible to
successfully complete this procedure. In this case, perform the Load From Cold procedure steps as
shown in Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold instead.
• If the Application CDROM is not already inserted into the drive, the following text appears:
"Please wait ...............*** ERROR : CDROM not found. Try again..."
You may have not put the AW CDROM into the drive.
Please insert Application CDROM and type y when ready [y,?,q]: y <Enter>
• If you typed <q> (for quit) the following text appears:
"cdrom: No such file or directory" ".....................
INSTALLATION ABORTED : CONSULT YOUR SERVICE MANUAL....................."
Restart installation by typing the command: ./install.aw <Enter>
• If a wrong CD-ROM is inserted instead of Application software, the following text appears:
Please wait .......... *** ERROR : Missing file(s) on CDROM media.
Check that the loaded CDROM is the one of the Application.
Would you like to try again [y,n,?,q]
Replace the wrong CD-ROM by the Application CD-ROM and type: y <Enter>
• It is recommended to leave the mouse & keyboard idle during installation of the packages, in order
to avoid a potential system crash.
However, if you wish to monitor the installation process, type Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> again at the
command prompt. You will be returned to the desktop, and a list of installation processes.

362
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

5-2 Verify Parameters Restored and reload the Applications.

1.) Start AW application :
Login : sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
2.) Launch the Common Service Desktop from the User Interface, Admin > Service Tools menu, or from
the Root Menu > Service Tools.

OR

Note: Refer to Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration for more details on the configuration steps.
3.) The Firefox browser opens and displays the Common Service Desktop Home Page.
Note that it can take some time for the Home page to be displayed.
4.) At this point, if an InSite checkout had previously been performed on the AW, and you had backed
the InSite parameters up to the AW CDROM before the reinstall, use the insite.restore script to
restore the InSite checkout configuration now.
See Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration for further details.

5-2-1 Start the Configuration menu

5.) Click on the Configuration button. The Configuration menu displays.
6.) Click on Perform full configuration, in order to check that all the configuration parameters necessary
to complete your system installation have been properly reinstalled.
7.) At your first entry into the Configuration menu during a session, you will be prompted to type in the
Root password. Click into the password field and type in the root password:
Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>

363
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

8.) The first screen of the Configure Site Parameters wizard displays. Use this to check or reconfigure
the following parameters:
- Software key (AW license)
- Language (user Interface)
- Keyboard layout
- Monitor configuration (1 or 2 monitors)
- Serial serial number (of the workstation- defaults to Device serial number)
- Model number
- GE System ID of the workstation and country code
- GE System Order number
- Hospital name
- Hospital address
- Customer name
- Email address
- Support phone number
- Sales phone number
- Remote Node control
- Autodelete activity and parameters
- Compressed DICOM networking
- Additional DICOM query...
- Autolock activity and parameters
- Screen Saver activity and parameters
- DPMS activity and parameters
- Direct Connect selection
- Postfetch parameters

Important! For an explanation of how to configure the parameters on this screen, see Job Card
IST002 - Basic Site Configuration.
9.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click the Next Step button to enter the next
configuration screen.

Note: DO NOT Restart AW or reboot the workstation at this time. Do this only when instructed, at the
end of the configuration process.
10.) The Host Management screen displays.
Check that the Remote Hosts parameters have been properly restored.
11.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click the Next Step button to enter the next
configuration screen.

364
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

12.) The Routers declaration main screen displays.

The central window of the menu, displays the routing tables (result of the ”netstat –r” command).
Check that the necessary routers for your site have been properly restored.
13.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click the Next Step button to enter the next
configuration screen.
14.) The DICOM Printer Management screen displays.
Check that the DICOM Printers parameters have been properly restored.
15.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click the Next Step button to enter the next
configuration screen.
16.) The Postscript Printer Management screen displays.
Check that the Postscript Printers parameters have been properly restored.
17.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click the Next Step button to enter the next
configuration screen.
The Applications Licensing Configuration (software options) screen displays:

18.) Use this screen to configure the workstation to support applications in Floating License mode. (Note
that purchased software applications have to be installed on the workstation. From the AW Browser,
select Admin/Install Package and install the purchased software options that will operate in floating
license mode. For detailed information, see Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and
Troubleshooting.)

365
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

19.) If upgrading from a previous version of AW software on a site that uses "Floating Licenses", ensure
the settings have been properly restored, prior to actually reinstalling the Applications from the
installation media, or from the Applications Refresher DVD Collector kit.
Also, note that it is recommended to perform an InSite Checkout (see Job Card IST008 - InSite
Configuration), before completing application installations.

Note: The Applications license keys have been restored from the saved configuration, but you must
reinstall all Applications that the customer has purchased from the installation media. The license
keys will be applied automatically during the installation.
20.) Reload the Advanced Application software packages from the installation media. If necessary, enter
any new license keys for options purchased by the customer. Refer to Job Card IST005 - Applications
- Licensing and Troubleshooting and Job Card IST006 - Volume Viewer Applications & Advanced
Applications.
21.) When done with the Software options installation, return to the CSD configuration menu and click the
Next Step button to continue.

Note: DO NOT Restart AW or reboot the workstation at this time. Do this only when instructed, at the
end of the AW configuration process.
22.) The HTTP support configuration screen displays.
Check that the HTTP support parameters have been properly restored.
23.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click on Next Step button to enter the next step.
The InSite, ProDiags and iLinq Configuration menu window displays.
There is no specific CSD based tool at this time, to help you configure InSite. This window is only an
informational window, to let you know what steps should be done.
For more information on the InSite installation/configuration, refer to Job Card IST008 - InSite
Configuration. Note that it is recommended to perform an InSite Checkout before completing application
installations.
(If an InSite checkout had previously been performed on the AW, and you had backed the InSite
parameters up to the AW CDROM before the reinstall, skip the manual configuration step and use the
insite.restore script to restore the InSite checkout configuration. See Job Card IST008 - InSite
Configuration for further details.)

24.) When done with Insite configuration, close the Command window to return to the CSD Configuration
menu and click on Next Step to continue.
25.) The User management screen displays.
Check that the Users parameters have been properly restored.
26.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click on Next Step button to enter the next
configuration menu.
27.) The Change passwords for sdc, sdc_admin and root menu window displays.
Check that the sdc and/or sdc_admin passwords have been properly restored.

366
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

Note: The root password is intentionally reset to the default ”Tbd_bu_15” value. If necessary, you have
to set it again to the desired value.
28.) When you have checked all the desired parameters, click on Next Step button to enter the next menu.
The Register Configuration menu window opens.
This window will allow you to export your configuration file and submit it to AWCCT website to obtain
a Registration key (for AW4.7 Ext.3 and higher releases).
29.) Click on Next Step button. The Installation done information window displays.

5-2-2 Start the Utilities menu

1.) Click on the Utilities button. The Utilities menu displays.
2.) Check that all utilities configurations have been properly restored. Refer to Chapter Job Card IST004
- Common Service Desktop Utilities.
3.) Quit the CSD and select Restart AW from the Root Menu, or reboot the workstation.

Advantage Workstation basic software and Applications Software are now reinstalled.
Proceed now with the next step: Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks.
Do not forget to reboot the Workstation when the configuration is complete.

367
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST010 - Reloading AW Core & Advanced Applications

This page is intentionally left blank.

368
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

The HELiOS operating system and AW core software are preloaded on a new AW4.7 workstation.,You
will only need to reload them if a more recent release of the OS and/or the AW platform was delivered in
the software kit or after replacing a hard disk.

1 Overview
Use the procedure in this Job Card in the following cases:
a) to perform a complete software reload of AW4.7 and its operating system from installation
media, or
b) to upgrade a workstation from a previous version of the operating system.

Note: It is recommended to perform a load from cold including the operating system when upgrading
the AW4.7 core software.
The main steps are:
1.) The operating system is loaded from the GEHC OS installation media,
2.) The AW4.7 core software is loaded from the AW4.7 Software installation media.
See section 5-1 Software Reload using GEHC OS and AW4.7 installation media of this job card.

Note: It is strongly recommended to archive all exam images before starting.

3.) If you have a configuration backup CD-ROM available, you will be able to restore the Site parameters
(License keys, customer's scenarios and protocols, etc..) by inserting it when prompted.
(For details of how to create a new Site parameters CD-ROM, see section 5-2 Recreate Configuration
CD-ROM and restore the configuration.)
4.) - If you are upgrading or reinstalling applications, you MUST upload again your Configuration File on
AWCCT website. Refer to section 7 Register Configuration for the detailed procedure.
- If you are reinstalling the exact same configuration (same platform and application releases), then
you can note down the Registration key or keep a copy of the Configuration File.
You will be able to manually re-install the Registration key when the workstation is properly
configured and all the applications are installed.

Important! The passwords are included in the configuration backup and will be restored when the
configuration is restored from the backup CDROM. Pay special attention to the default
root password that has changed since AW4.7 Ext.3 release. If you had kept the default
password and restore your configuration backed-up from AW4.7 Ext.1 release or a
previous release, the default root password operator will be restored.

2 Supplies
• Check that all installation media and USB memory sticks listed in section 2 Product Composition
(Software) are available, so you can reinstall all the options that the site has purchased.
• The default US keyboard and the local keyboard, if applicable.

369
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

3 Safety Precautions
• None.

4 Prerequisites
Before starting the software reload, make sure that the following data and Back-up media are available.
1.) On the AW Configuration Form (see beginning of Chapter 3):
- Hostname of workstation.
- Internet Protocol Address for workstation.
- Netmask Value for workstation.
- Internet Protocol Address and Netmask for "Direct Connect" through additional network (if
applicable).
- AW Software Licence key.
- Optional Applications license keys.
2.) Check that the back-up media is available and recent. If not, create one now (refer to Job Card
IST009, section 11 Save Site Parameters on the Configuration CD-ROM).
Make sure to include InSite Parameters if configured (See Job Card IST008, section 8 InSite
configuration - backup and restore).
3.) If applicable, make sure to record the Registration Key if you are reinstalling the exact same
configuration (same platform and application releases).
4.) Make sure to plug in the default US keyboard to the workstation before proceeding with the Load
From Cold.
You will be able to switch to your local keyboard later in the procedure, at step 38.) or 46.).

5 Procedure
5-1 Software Reload using GEHC OS and AW4.7 installation media

Note: Fast Load DVD-ROMs are NOT provided with AW4.7

Note: AW4.7 provides the option to retain exam images on hard disk during software reload. However,
it is strongly recommended to archive all exam images before reloading software.
You are advised to push them to a DICOM repository, PACS or to another workstation.
1.) Turn on the workstation (if it is off). The power LED is illuminated.
If the power LED is red, solid or blinking, it indicates a system error; in this case, refer to the System
diagnostics and troubleshooting chapter of the HP Service manual for the workstation.
HP Hardware Diagnostics are either delivered with the workstation’s software kit or available for
download on a web server: follow instructions given in the Z440/Z820 / Z800 Service Manual prior to
using diagnostics software, and use the software on the media appropriate for the workstation model.
2.) Insert the GEHC OS for AW4.7 installation media into the system and reset the workstation by
pressing on the Reset (On/Off) button of the workstation.
The system closes processes and powers down.
Note that you must install the OS that corresponds to your AW Platform release. Refer to section New

370
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

operating system of the Product Presentation for more details on OS versions.

3.) Press the Reset (On/Off) button again to reboot.
The system reboots, starting with the Power On Self Tests.
4.) OPTIONAL - If you changed the Boot order to prevent unauthorized users to boot on a media, then
you must temporarily boot on the CD/DVD or USB to load the OS.
- As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F9> key to enter the Boot Menu.
- For a CD/DVD, select "Legacy - hp TSST/HLDS DVDRW SU" (Z440/Z4 G4)* or Optical Drive (Z800/
Z820)
For a USB device**, select "Legacy - USB DISK..." (Z440/Z4 G4) or USB Device (Z800/Z820)
- Press <Enter>.
Refer to section 1-3 Temporarily boot on CD/DVD/USB for more details.
*If the Z4 G4 does not boot on the OS DVD, try again and select "UEFI - hp HLDS DVDRW SU...".
**If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check that USB
ports are not disabled.
The BIOS version is displayed in the lower left corner of the HP invent screen during 50s.
- For the Z4 G4 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 1.73 or later.
- For the Z440 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 2.47 or later.
- For the Z820 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 3.88 or later.
- For the Z800 workstation, check that the BIOS version is 3.07 or later (version 3.19 is mandatory
for the 6-core CPU version of the Z800).
• If yes, continue below.
• If not, you should update the BIOS using the delivered BIOS or as advised by the OLC.
Refer to the AW SM Chapter 2, TSG012 for detailed BIOS validation and update procedures.
5.) - If you perform a re-installation or an upgrade of an AW4.7 system, or if you perform a re-installation
or an upgrade of an AW4.6 system using a USB device, go directly to step 8.).
- If you perform an upgrade from an AW4.6 using CD/DVD, while the initial screen is displayed, press
<ESC> key for Startup menu, then press <F9> to enter the Boot menu. Verify that three hard disks
are recognized.
If less than three are present, identify the problem and if necessary replace the faulty disk before
proceeding with software reload. A three-disk configuration is required by the AW software
installation process.
6.) Press Escape to exit the Boot menu and continue loading the operating system.
7.) If you perform an upgrade from an AW4.6 using CD/DVD, the Boot Device menu screen displays.
The default option will install the GEHC OS on the workstation:
Optical Drive <Enter>

371
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

372
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

8.) After a few moments, the OS Installation menu screen displays.

On AW4.7, this screen directly displays after quitting the Boot menu.

9.) Select the option to install the GEHC OS on the workstation:

Install AW 4.7 (VS7) <Enter>
The GEHC OS installation now loads 4Gb of packages and takes around 20 minutes to complete,
according to workstation.
A status bar indicates the percentage completed during this time. Details of the installed packages are
displayed below.
10.) When 100% complete, the system reboots.

Note: Remove the GEHC OS USB device when instructed

11.) When the workstation reboots, you must boot on the local drive.
- If you changed the Boot order, the workstation will automatically boot on the local drive.
- If you did not, then the OS Installation menu screen will display again. you must select the default
option this time:
Boot from local drive (default) <Enter>
12.) When prompted, enter localhost login and password:
root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter>

Note: By default the system assumes a US keyboard is used.

13.) The following message is displayed:
Do you want to manually update any system files ? (y/n) [Enter]
14.) Type n <Enter> unless you want to make manual changes.
If you are installing from a DVD, it is ejected. Remove the GEHC OS DVD-ROM from the drive.
15.) As prompted, insert the AW4.7 SW installation media and press <Enter> to continue.
16.) If you are installing from a USB device, AW eDIM Package Installer opens to let you select the
package to install. Use the arrow keys and the space bar to select the AW Platform and press <Enter>
to launch the installation.

373
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

17.) Chose whether you want to keep or delete existing images

Press Y to keep the existing images <Enter>
18.) You are now prompted to configure the basic network parameters.

Note: If the following questions are not visible on the screen, you might have a monitor resolution issue.
Refer to AW SM Chapter 2, TSG008 for LCDmonitors settings.
For Vascular systems: please refer to Vascular service docs, as eth0 and eth1 settings are
different from standard AW workstations.

Configure the hostname, IP address, netmask, default ethernet port, eth0, as follows, (using information
supplied as needed by the hospital network administrator):
19.) Type in the Hostname you want to give to your workstation and press <Enter> when done.
e.g: AW-01 <Enter>

Note: The Hostname must begin with a letter. It must be less than 12 characters and must contain only
the following characters: Letters, numbers, dash, underscore.
The Hostname will automatically be used as the DICOM A.E. Title for the workstation.

20.) Type in the IP address for your workstation (as supplied by the Network Administrator) and press the
<Enter> key when done.
e.g: 3.45.12.145 <Enter>
21.) Type in the appropriate Netmask then press on the <Enter> key when done.
e.g: 255.255.252.0 <Enter>
22.) A confirmation message displays to let you modify your settings if needed:
IP= 3.45.12.145
netmask= 255.255.252.0
Apply these settings? (y/n)

23.) Type y <Enter> to accept or n <Enter> if you wish to modify the settings.
In this case, you will be prompted to enter again the IP address and Netmask.

Note: This response is case sensitive, enter y or n in lower case.

DIRECT CONNECT
24.) The following message is displayed:
Do you want to configure the second ethernet card? (y/n)
- If you do not want to configure your workstation for Direct Connect through additional network
(mandatory case for DC with the AW Server product), answer n <Enter> and directly go to Step
28 .

374
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

OR
- If you want to configure your workstation for Direct Connect through additional network, answer
y <Enter>, and answer the next set of questions.

Note: You do NOT need to configure eth1 to do Direct Connect through 1Gbps Hospital network
(mandatory case for DC with the AW Server product).
25.) Type in the Direct Connect IP address and press on the <Enter> key when done.
Please enter the IP address for eth1: e.g:192.9.25.1 <Enter>
DO NOT choose an IP address for Direct Connect in the same sub-network than the main IP address of
your workstation.
For example, if your AW IP address is 3.45.12.145, do not choose a Direct Connect IP address such as
3.45.12.110 (within the same sub-network). Choose anything else like 192.9.25.1 (not in the same sub-
network).
26.) The following message is displayed. Type in the Direct Connect Netmask and press on the <Enter>
key when done.
Please enter the netmask for eth1: e.g:255.255.255.0 <Enter>

Note: You must choose a valid Netmask for Direct Connect. You can use the default Class C netmask
255.255.255.0, unless specified by the Network administrator. Any non-valid Netmask entry will
not be saved and will return to the default class C value.
27.) A confirmation message displays to let you modify your settings if needed. Type y <Enter> to accept
or n <Enter> if you wish to modify the settings.
In this case, you will be prompted to enter again the Direct Connect IP address and Netmask.
28.) The following message is displayed. Enter the IP address for Default Gateway and press <Enter>.
Please enter the IP address for Default Gateway:
29.) Verify the details and press y <Enter>.
Apply these setting? y <Enter>
The system reboots.
30.) A graphical interface displays, to allow you enter the Time and Time Zone and Date & Time settings.

DATE/TIME PROPERTIES SETTINGS

Important! You must configure the Time Zone first, and then configure the Date and Time settings.
If you configure the Date and Time first and then select your Time Zone, the Date and
Time might shift and you will have to configure it again.

Note: If at this time of the procedure your USB mouse becomes inoperative, please remove the USB
connector and re-insert it into another USB port of the workstation.
It should start working normally again.

375
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

31.) Go to Time Zone tab to select the right Time Zone.

32.) Go to Date and Time tab and select the right Date and Time.

Note: If your site uses a NTP server for time consistency, do not select it yet as you may have to add
information about a DNS (Domain Name) server as well.
This can be done later (see Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks)..

33.) When time settings are correctly set, click the OK button.

376
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

34.) The Application Install window opens. A series of messages relating to configuration of AW core
platform features and services is displayed. This phase takes around 10 minutes.
The following message with an empty list indicates that no package failed to install:
Packages failed to install:
================================================

================================================
If the name of an installation package appears in this field, then you must make sure that your OS
installation media is not damaged and then reinstall the OS.
35.) Finally, you will see the following prompt:
Press [Enter] to continue. <Enter>
36.) The following command is displayed:
Do you want to restore the configuration from a CD-ROM?(y/n)
• If the Site Configuration CD-ROM is available, and if you wish to restore settings from it, type y
<Enter>. Insert the AW Configuration CD-ROM and press <Enter>.
• If you don’t have a Site Configuration CD-ROM or do not want to restore settings from it, go directly
to step 44.) to enter basic configuration details.

Important! The passwords are included in the configuration backup and will be restored if the
configuration is restored from the backup CDROM. Pay special attention to the default
root password that has changed since AW4.7 Ext.3 release. If you had kept the default
password and restore your configuration backed-up from AW4.7 Ext.1 release or a
previous release, the default root password operator will be restored.
37.) Now you have to choose whether you want to restore the whole configuration (i.e: software reload)
or just a part of it (i.e: upgrade or hardware swap cases).
What do you want to restore ?
1: restore all configuration data
2: restore all configuration data except licenseID dependent
files, passwords and keyboard layout
3: restore remote hosts and printers only
4: restore User preferences, exam codes and shared protocols only
------------------
q : quit this menu
Type 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 <Enter>.
The Site configuration parameters will be extracted from the Configuration CD-ROM and copied into the
Prefs and UserPrefs directories, before being automatically reinstalled.
38.) You will get the following message. Type fr for French, us for US... and press <Enter>.
What keyboard layout do you want to install?

Note: If you accept a local keyboard selection, make sure you will swap the US keyboard with the local
keyboard after next reboot and before attempting to login.

377
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

39.) At the end of the Restore procedure, press <Enter> to finish.

The Configuration CD-ROM is ejected and the system reboots.
Temporary failed messages may appear after the AW reconfiguration, i.e., hostname, IP Address or
Netmask changes. You can ignore these.
40.) If you are upgrading from a previous release to AW4.7 Ext. 12 of higher, run the following script as
root user to properly restore the Advantage Paste protocols:
su - root <Enter> (default password is Tbd_bu_15)
/export/home/root/AIA/cleanPasteProtocols.csh
41.) Re-Install the InSite option now if applicable, or restore the InSite parameters from the backup CD-
ROM (using the insite.restore script).
Follow the corresponding procedure in Job Card IST008 - InSite Configuration.
42.) Make sure that port 8080 is closed (refer to section 7 Check PNF (Product Network Filters) Firewall
Settings in Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities)
When upgrading from AW4.7 Ext.8 (or before) to AW4.7 Ext.10 or later, access to Data Export may
not be restored. To manually activate it, refer to section 5-1-7 HTTP support (advanced configuration)
in Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration
Note that Data Export must be Off unless required by the customer.
43.) - If you restored the configuration from a backup media, please go directly to section 5-3 Reinstall
Volume Viewer Applications, Utilities and Advanced Applications.
- If the Site Configuration CD-ROM was not available during the software reload in the previous
section, and if you want to reconfigure your system manually from scratch, follow the procedure
described below and press n <Enter> when asked if you want to restore the configuration from a
CD-ROM.
44.) You are now prompted to enter basic configuration details.
• AW software license key.*
• GE system ID (mandatory)**
• Hospital name (mandatory)
• User Interface language: enter the abbreviation for the required languaged (e.g: "e" for English).
• Monitor configuration: (in most cases you should enter 2, for dual monitor display).

Note: *The AW Software License Key can be generated on eLicense.

If you haven't generated your Key, you will be able to enter it later simply press <Enter> to skip
this step.
**The System ID cannot contain only "0" (e.g. 0, 00, 0000, etc...), non-Ascii characters, space,
Back slash (\) and Forward slash (/) or any non-English characters.
It is recommended to keep the length of the value within 32 characters/digits.
The allowed special characters are: # % ^ & ( ) _ - + = [ ] | ; : > <
45.) Press the <Enter> key to accept settings and finish the installation. The system reboots.
46.) If you have not already done it in step 38.), it is time to swap it with the default US keyboard while the
system reboots.
47.) When the system has rebooted, it is operational but the configuration is not yet complete.

378
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

Remove the installation media and file it in a safe place with other software media.

Note: You can later review the installation logfiles by typing the command:
more /export/home/install.log <Enter>
48.) Follow the Job Card IST002 - Basic Site Configuration to complete site configuration.
Continue with the next section.
! Notice:
If you are having trouble to connect to the workstation, it might be because the wrong keyboard is
connected to the workstation. Try to plug the US default keyboard instead of the local one.

5-2 Recreate Configuration CD-ROM and restore the configuration

If you have already restored the whole configuration from the AW Configuration CDROM, you can skip
this section. Go directly to section 5-3 Reinstall Volume Viewer Applications, Utilities and Advanced
Applications.
If your system crashed before you had time to create an updated AW config CDROM, you can create
one now from the "backup" partition of the image disks, then restore the configuration on your system.
! Notice:
Restoring Protocols to AW4.7 may only be possible from AW4.3, AW4.4, AW4.5 or AW4.6.
Protocols of AW releases older than AW4.3 may only be partially compatible with the current
release. Do not attempt to restore them!

Important! It is highly recommended to backup the current state of the workstation before restoring
the preferences, so that you can roll back the configuration in case of issue.
1.) Login as sdc:
sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
If the default password has been modified, use the new password.
The Browser window opens.
2.) Insert a blank CDROM into the drive.
Click on the Admin button and select AW Administration.

3.) As prompted, enter the administrator’s password:

administrator <Enter>
MAIN MENU
USERS MANAGEMENT ..................................1
CONFIGURATION .....................................2
BACKUP THE WHOLE CONFIG ON CDROM.................3
RESTORE THE WHOLE CONFIG FROM CDROM.........4

379
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

RESTORE THE WHOLE CONFIG FROM CDROM EXCEPT

LICENSE ID DEPENDENT FILES, PASSWDS, KEYBD......5
RESTORE REMOTE HOSTS AND PRINTERS ONLY ... 6
===========================================
Enter your choice or <Enter> to display the current menu [?,q] [0]
4.) From the Main Menu, type 3 <Enter> to enter the Backup submenu. The following message displays:
BACKUP
from current configuration..........................31
from older configuration (daily back up)............32
=======================================
Enter your choice or <Enter> to display the current menu [?,q] [5]
5.) From the BACKUP Menu, type 32 <Enter> to recreate the Configuration from the "daily backup" file.
Select a previous preference backup file
1: backup date: 20090401 time: 121202
2: backup date: 20090402 time: 121201
=================================================================
Enter your choice [?,q] [2]
6.) Select the preferred "day_n" (press 2 <Enter>) or "day_n -1" (press 1 <Enter>) backup file.
7.) Insert a blank or erased rewritable CD-ROM into the drive then press <Enter>.
The AW configuration parameters and Users preferences are saved on the CDROM.
8.) When your Configuration CDROM is ready, you can restore all (4) or part of (5; 6) the configuration.
From the Main Menu, type 4 <Enter> to enter the Restore submenu.
9.) Type restore <Enter>.
restoring password for user user1 ...
restoring user user1 ...
Please press <Enter> to finish
10.) Press <Enter>.
Enter your choice or <Enter> to display the current menu [?; q][6]
11.) Type <q> and press <Enter>.
Note that restoring the configuration reinstalls the license keys for application software, but not for the
applications themselves.

5-3 Reinstall Volume Viewer Applications, Utilities and Advanced Applications

Important! After a Load From Cold you need to reinstall application software:
1.) Follow the procedures in Job Card IST005 - Applications - Licensing and Troubleshooting, to reinstall

380
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

application software.

Note: The Applications license keys have been restored from the saved configuration, but you must
reinstall all Applications that the customer has purchased from the installation media. The license
keys will be applied automatically during the installation.

Note: The Standard Registration Key will not be automatically restored. If you re-installed the exact
same configuration (same platform and application releases), then you will be able to manually
re-install the Registration key when the workstation is properly configured and all the applications
are installed.
2.) Reload the Advanced Application software packages from the installation media. If necessary, enter
any new license keys for options purchased by the customer.
Follow the procedures in Job Card IST004 - Common Service Desktop Utilities to check or configure
features including the PNF Firewall, and the CCOW / Softswitch RIS synchronization option.

5-4 Final configuration steps

3.) Update the Configuration form (see section 1 Advantage Workstation Configuration Form, at start of
Chapter 3) if changes were made.
4.) Fill in the ICD cards.

5-5 Turnover to Customer

Follow the procedure in Job Card IST009 - Registration, Final Settings & Checks.

381
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST011 - Reloading OS and AW Software from Cold

This page is intentionally left blank.

382
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST012 - Reloading Demo Exams

Job Card IST012 - Reloading Demo Exams

The Demo Exams are preloaded on a new VS7 workstation, so you should only need to reload them in
exceptional cases, for instance after replacing a hard disk.
• If a Demo Exams DVD was provided with the new workstation or new/upgraded applications, you
must follow the procedure described below to install them on the AW Workstation.
• If Demo Exams were provided electronically, you must refer to eDelivery Service Guide for the
procedure to download and install them on the AW Workstation.

1 Supplies
• A Demo Exams Package is supplied with a new workstation. Application-specific Demo Exam DVDs
may also be provided with new or upgraded Applications. Consult the OLC for further details.

2 Tools
• None.

3 Safety Precautions
• None.

4 Pre-requisite
• Advantage Workstation software is installed and operational.
• Enough free disk space is available to install the demo exams.

To check if enough space is available:

1.) Logging in as sdc:
<hostname> console login: sdc <Enter>
Password: adw4.7 <Enter>
2.) Open a command window from the Admin menu and type in:
df –k /export/home1 <Enter>
It should display a line like this:
Filesystem kbytes used avail capacity Mounted on
/dev/md/dsk... xxxx xxx xxx xx% /export/home1

The value under the column "avail" must be larger than 700MB if you want to load all the exams
contained on one CD-ROM, and larger than 4300MB for a DVD.
If there is not sufficient available space, check with your customer which images can be removed from
the Patient list.

383
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST012 - Reloading Demo Exams

5 Procedure
5-1 Install Demo Exams from a DVD
Since the Demo Exam DVDs contain DICOM-compliant images, you can extract them directly into the
AW database, as with any other DICOM images.
1.) Login as sdc to start AW Application if not done yet.
2.) Insert the desired Demo Exams media into the DVD/CD drive.
Wait for a few seconds then click on the DVD/CD icon, in the Hosts window of the Patient List (Browser)

The DVD/CD Browser pops up displaying the list of demo exams stored on the Demo Exams media.
3.) Select (highlight) the exam(s) or image(s) you wish to import to the AW database, then drag & drop
with the left button of the mouse into the icon labelled with the workstation’s hostname.
See the example below.

4.) The exam(s) start loading from the Demo Exams media and get declared into the database.
5.) Once the exam(s) is (are) installed, you can select more exams to import to your AW, or click on the
Close button to exit from the Archive CD-ROM Browser.
6.) To eject the Demo Exams media, click on the bottom arrow of the DVD/CD icon and select Detach.

384
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST012 - Reloading Demo Exams

5-2 Install Demo Exams from a USB device

1.) Refer to AW eDelivery Service Guide for detailed instructions to download the Demo Exams digital
kit and prepare the USB device for installation.
2.) If not already done, login as sdc and select Install package from the Service menu. The package
installation window pops up.
3.) An Installation Panel displays informing that after installing all the applications, you will need to send
your configuration file to AWCCT website to obtain a valid Registration Key.
If you only install Demo Exams and not Application(s), you will not need to send again your
configuration to AWCCT website.
Click Yes to quit.
4.) Insert the USB device containing the Demo Exam(s) to install.
5.) From the Driver: drop-down list, select USB.
6.) Click the Contents button (1).
The Installation Packages name appear in the window that opens.

385
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Job Card IST012 - Reloading Demo Exams

Note: If the USB port does not work, refer to Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security to check
that media writing or USB ports are not disabled.
7.) Select the desired Demo Exams package with the arrow keys and press the space bar to select it.
A star [*] indicates which file is selected (2).
Select < OK > and press <Enter>.
8.) A pop-up message informs you when the Demo Exams have succesfuly been installed.

9.) Select OK and press <Enter> to acknowledge and close.

10.) The Package installer window displays again.
- If you want to install more Demo Exams from the USB key, repeat the procedure from step Note:
- If you have installed all the Demo Exams, select Cancel and press <Enter> to close the window.
The following message pops-up, you can ignore it.
Click OK to close it.

11.) When you have installed all the Demo Exams, click the Quit button to close Easy Install utility.

Note: If you only installed Demo Exams and not Application(s), you will not need to send again your
configuration to AWCCT website.

386
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

1 Glossary
This glossary contains a non-exhaustive list of technical terms and acronyms.

ABSOLUTE PATHNAME
The list of directories starting with the root directory, specified as /, down through the file system tree
structure to the file or directory in question, with each directory along the way separated from the others
with an additional / character. The other types of pathnames are: simple and relative pathnames.
ACCOUNT
The means by which a user accesses the system and the system administrator assigns space for the
user’s files and directories. Usernames and passwords are specific to the accounts.
ALIAS
An alias is a user–specified abbreviation, or alternate string, for a standard command string.
APPEND
Attach to the end.
APPEND OUTPUT
Attach redirected output to the end of a file.
ARGUMENT
Any word (string of characters separated by spaces or tabs) occurring after the command in a command
line.
ARITHMETIC OPERATOR
Symbols used to indicate and execute addition (+), subtraction (– ), multiplication (*), and division.
ASTP
Advanced Service Tools Platform. The tools provided on AW’s Utilities menu for system configuration
and diagnostics.
BACKGROUND
The place where a command, or commands, are run while commands are still being typed in the
foreground, with background and foreground commands executing apparently simultaneously.
BUG
Any problem or error in the design or coding of a program.
CASE–SENSITIVE
Treating lower–case and upper–case characters as two kinds of characters with separate functions.
CHILD DIRECTORY
The directory directly below the current working directory in the file system tree structure.
COLON MODE
In vi, the mode where files are written or quit the program. Type ”:” when in command mode to access
colon mode. Besides command mode and colon mode, vi has insert mode.
COMMAND
A string of characters typed to the system, expecting it to respond by performing a certain function
unique to that command line. The command is sometimes called the “verb” of the command line
“sentence”.

387
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

COMMAND COMPLETION
Using the <TAB> key to automatically suggest available commands.
COMMAND EDITING
Modifying a previous command line for reuse as a new command.
COMMAND LINE
A string of characters beginning with a command followed by arguments, which aren’t necessarily
required, including options, filenames, and other expressions.
COMMAND MODE
In vi, the mode where moving and deleting commands are typed, as well as changing text commands
that access insert mode. vi starts out in command mode; the other modes are insert mode and colon
mode.
COMMAND PROMPT
The string of characters that the system types indicating it is ready to accept and interpret the next
command line. Often, the command prompt includes the name of the system.
COMMAND REPETITION
Repeating a previous command line, or portion of one, for reuse as a new command line.
COMMAND SUBSTITUTION
Substituting a portion of a previous command line for reuse as a new command line.
CONCATENATE
Literally, to link together in series. For LINUX, to type a file on the screen.
CONSOLE
When you log in at the actual machine, rather than accessing the machine from another machine, you
log in on the console.
CONTROL CHARACTERS
Keys that require that you press and hold down the <CTRL> key while typing the associated character to
perform a certain function. For example, <CTRL> <U> deletes the current command line before
execution. Control keys extend the functionality of the keyboard.
COORDINATED UNIVERSAL TIME
See Greenwich Mean Time.
CSD
Common Service Desktop - access to software tools for configuration, problem diagnosis and preventive
maintenance of the AW Workstation.
CURRENT DIRECTORY
See working directory.
CURSOR
The rectangular portion of the screen that moves as you type on the keyboard, indicating your current
position on the screen.
CUSTOMER GLOBAL ORDER NUMBER
or GON. Formerly known as FDO.
DEBUG
To attempt to fix problems with programs.
DICOM TLS
DICOM Transport Layer Security (TLS) is a secured encrypted communication mode to exchange
DICOM images.

388
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

DIRECTORY
A “container” for files and other directories that resides within the LINUX file system in a tree structure.
Directories and their associated files can be created (make), moved, copied and removed. Really,
directories are a special type of file.
DOWNTIME
Time when the computer is not working because of maintenance or an unknown problem.
ECHO
The way that the system types back onto the screen the keys that you press.
EDITOR
See text editor.
EMPTY DIRECTORY
A directory that doesn’t contain any files or directories.
END–OF–FILE CHARACTER
<CTRL> <D> the character used to indicate when you have finished typing in a file.
ERROR MESSAGE
A character string that the system types to let you know that there is a problem with a command, or
perhaps with something else. Usually, the error message will give you some idea of how to correct the
problem.
ESCAPE KEYS
Keys that require that you press and release the <ESC> key before typing the associated character.
Escape keys are a way of extending the functionality of the keyboard.
EXPRESSION
An expression is a string of characters that signifies a certain meaning to the system.
FILE
A “container” for text or binary data. Files can be created, moved, copied, listed, and removed, or
deleted.
Text files are a good way to save memos, phone lists, programs, and other portions of text. Use a text
editor to create and modify text files.
FILENAMES
The name assigned to a file. Do not use special characters in the filename, because the system may
misinterpret the filename as something else.
FILENAME EXTENSION
A portion of a filename appended to the end, often demarcated with a period character.
FILE PROTECTION
The way that the system maintains some security over the contents of your files.
FILE SYSTEM
In the case of LINUX, a tree–structured network of files and directories, through which you can move to
access the files and directories contained in it.
FILE SYSTEM HIERARCHY
The structure of the file system, consisting of a tree of files and directories, with a root directory at the
“top” and directories acting as parent directories and child directories throughout.
FILLING
The process of placing a series of words on a line until the end of that line, and so on. The formatter fills
text unless you type a command, such as the line break command .br, indicating that it do otherwise.

389
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

FMI
Field Modification Instruction
FOREGROUND
The place where commands are typed at the command prompt for the system to execute. Type an
ampersand character at the end of a command line to have the system execute that command line in the
background, while continuing to type commands at the command prompt for execution in the foreground.
FORMATTER
See text formatter.
GREENWICH MEAN TIME (GMT)
The time at the Greenwich meridian, from which all the time zones on the earth are established.
Sometimes known as Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
HARDCOPY
A copy of a text file that is on a piece of paper, not stored somewhere on the computer.
HIDDEN FILES
Files that don’t show up in a simple listing, because they have a period character as the first character in
their filename.
HIERARCHY
See file system hierarchy.
HISTORY MECHANISM
The way that the system keeps track of commands that have been typed previously so that they can be
reused with command repetition and command editing.
HOME DIRECTORY
The directory you are in when you first log in to the system, which is also your personal root directory to
all the files and directories you create in your own area.
HOSTNAME
The name of a machine, or host.
INDENT
To put spaces or tabs before a section of text, particularly at the beginning of a paragraph.
INSERT MODE
For vi, insert mode is the mode in which text is inserted or changed; you exit by typing <ESC>. The other
vi modes are: command mode and colon mode.
INTERACTIVE PROGRAM
A program that requires commands to be typed after it has been started, rather than executing its
function in full after a single command line is entered.
INTERRUPT
To stop the execution of a command or program.
JOB CONTROL
The way that the system keeps track of all the commands run in the foreground and background, as well
as all the commands that other users may run on the system.
KEYBOARD
A part of the workstation, similar to a typewriter, that permits characters to be input and displayed on the
screen.
LEFT–JUSTIFY
To put characters up against the left margin, or side of the page.

390
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

LINE BREAK
A way to stop the flow of filling, so that a line of text ends at a specific point, with any further words
appearing on the next line.
LINE SPACE
A way to indicate a blank vertical spacing equivalent to one line, usually mentioned when formatting.
LOGIN
Gaining access to the system, usually by typing a username and password, so that a work session on
the computer can be begun.
LOGIN PROMPT
The string of characters that the system types to let you know that it is ready to interpret your username
when you decide to type it.
LOGOUT
Ending access to the system, usually when the work session is ended, prevents an unauthorized user
from having access to your account, perhaps causing damage to one of your files, or accessing sensitive
information.
MARKER
In this case, the – character is marker for options, so that when you type a command with an option, the
system can figure out that you have typed an option, not another kind of command argument.
MESSAGE OF THE DAY
A portion of text that the system may type at log in. The system administrator sometimes creates this
message to let users know about downtime or other important system events.
MODE
See command mode, colon mode, or insert mode.
MOUSE
A small, rectangular part of the workstation, with three buttons and a wire running out of it, that permits
better control of the window system, when it is running.
NATURAL LANGUAGE
The languages that people, as opposed to machines, speak, read, or write in societies and cultures of all
eras.
OPERATING SYSTEM
A collection of programs that monitors the use of the machine and supervises the other programs
executed by it..
OPERATOR
See arithmetic operator.
OPTION
A portion of the command line sometimes compared with an adverb because it modifies the effect of the
command you type.
OUTPUT REDIRECTION
See redirecting output.
PACIFIC STANDARD TIME
The standard time on the West coast of the United States, established primarily by the distance from
Greenwich, England.
PARENT DIRECTORY
The directory above “this” directory in the file system tree structure.

391
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

PASSWORD
A character string that you type, usually just after your username, to get access to the system. Keep your
password secret, and change it when you think someone discovers what it is.
PATHNAME
An identifier for the position of a file or directory within the tree structure of the file system. The three
types of pathnames are: simple, absolute, and relative.
PRINTER
A physical device that takes electrical signals, interprets them, and types them out onto paper.
PRINTOUT
A piece of paper, produced by a printer, that has the image of the characters from a file on it.
PROGRAM
A series of instructions that the system executes when you type the program name and commands
associated with the program. A programmer writes the set of instructions and figures out how to get the
system to use them properly.
READ AHEAD
See type ahead.
REDIRECTING OUTPUT
Causing what the system types as the result of a command to go into a file, rather than onto the screen.
Basic output redirection requires use of the > or >> symbols.
RELATIVE PATHNAME
A series of directory names separated by "/", "." or ".." that locates a file or directory with respect to the
current, or working directory. The other types of pathnames are: simple and absolute pathnames.
ROOT DIRECTORY
The “top” directory in the tree structure of the LINUX file system.
RUB OUT
To erase, or delete, from the screen.
SAVE A FILE
See write a file.
SCREEN
See terminal screen.
SEARCH A FILE
To look through the contents of a file, perhaps with grep, to find a certain character string.
SIMPLE PATHNAME
A file or directory name, without mention of any associated directories, that one uses to access the file or
directory.
SPECIAL CHARACTERS
One of a set of characters that have a meaning to the system, other than their meaning as a simple
character. For instance, the exclamation mark ! has a special meaning for the history mechanism, and
you shouldn’t use it in a filename.
STATUS LINE
For vi, the line the system types at the bottom of the interactive screen to provide information about the
number of characters or lines in a file, or whether an instruction to write the file was successful.
STRING
A series of characters.

392
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

SUB–DIRECTORY
The child directory of a parent directory, or any directory below that child directory.
SUSPEND
To halt, perhaps temporarily, the execution of a program.
SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR
A person who manages the system, providing accounts, and hopefully solving any problems you have
with the computer.
TABLET
See mouse tablet
TERMINAL SCREEN
A flat, rectangular part of the workstation that you look at to see what you type to the system and what it
types back.
TEXT
Combinations of characters in strings, sometimes forming a comprehensible language of command
lines.
TEXT EDITOR
A program with which you can create files and modify them. For LINUX, the primary text editor is vi.
TREE STRUCTURE
The way that many people describe the LINUX file system hierarchy, drawing an analogy between the
structure of a tree and the structure of the file system. As with a tree, the file system originates with a
root, a root directory, which “grows” child directories on its branches.
TYPE AHEAD
The way that the system lets you type new commands while it is still interpreting and executing the
current command.
UNIVERSAL TIME
See Greenwich Mean Time.
LINUX OPERATING SYSTEM
The operating system that runs on LINUX workstations. See operating system for more information.
USERNAME
The character string with which you identify yourself to the system, usually assigned by your system
administrator.
WILD CARD CHARACTERS
Characters that have a special meaning to the system, because they specify all filename character
strings that have a certain attribute. For example, the wild card character asterisk, *, indicates a filename
string of arbitrary length.
WINDOW
A portion of the screen in which you can type commands or execute programs while running the window
system.
WINDOW SYSTEM
A set of programs that allows you to divide up the screen into portions where you can type various
commands and run many programs at the same time.
WORD
A character string, separated from other character strings by spaces or tab characters.

393
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

WORKING DIRECTORY
The current directory in which, among other activities, you can type commands and list files. When you
first log in, your working directory is your home directory.
WORK SESSION
The time that you access the computer to work or play, between when you log in and when you log out.
WORKSTATION
A system made up of a keyboard, a terminal screen, a mouse, and a mouse pad, which you can use for
profitable work or healthy recreation.
WRITE A FILE
For “vi”, to save the changes you have made to a file, so that when you next access the file , the changes
will still be there.

2 Linux commands
The following is a list of the commands available with this version of LINUX. The most basic commands
and those you will need to know to perform service work have been explained in greater detail within this
manual.

Important! Many of these commands can seriously alter the contents of files. Do not attempt to use
these commands unless you are sure of the results.
Command Description
accton system accounting
adb general–purpose debugger
arp address resolution protocol
at execute a command or script at a specified time
atq display the queue of jobs to be run at specified times
atrm remove jobs spooled by at or batch
awk pattern scanning and processing language
basename display portions of pathnames and filenames
bc arbitrary–precision basic calculator
biod starts servers asynchronous block I/O daemons
boot system startup procedures
bootsd boot SCSI disk
cat concatenate and display
chgrp change the group ownership of a file
chmod change the permissions mode of a file
chown change ownership of a file
chroot change root directory
cmp perform a byte–by–byte comparison of two files
comm display lines in common between two sorted lists

394
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

Command Description
cp copy files
crontab install, edit, remove or list a user’s crontab file
csh a shell with a C–like syntax
cut remove selected fields from each line of a file
date display or set the date
dc desk calculator
dd convert and copy files with various data formats
df reports free disk space on file systems (also consider "df -ah" option)
diff display line–by–line differences between pairs of text files
dmesg collect system diagnostic messages to form error log
domainname set/display domain name
du display the number of disk blocks used per directory or file (also consider "du -sh" option)
dump copy directories onto a tape for offline storage
echo echo arguments to the standard output
ed basic line editor
egrep search a file for a string or regular expression
expr evaluate arguments as an expression
file determine the type of a file by examining its contents
find find files by name, or by other characteristics
ftp file transfer protocol
fsck check and repair filesystem
gedit Graphically based editor, that can be used in place of VI, in most cases
getopt parse command options in shell scripts
grep pattern searches
groups displays a user’s group membership
hostid print the numeric identifier of the current host
hostname set or print the name of current host system
id print the user name and ID, and group name and ID
ifconfig configure network interface parameters (also consider "ifconfig -a" option)
ifdown bring network card down, without rebooting the system
ifup bring network card up, without rebooting the system
inetd internet server daemon
init process control initialization
install install files

395
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

Command Description
installboot install bootblocks in a disk partition
ipcrm remove message queue, semaphore, shared memory ID
ipcs report interprocess communication facilities status
kill send signal to process, or terminate a process
lastlog login records
ln make hard or symbolic links to files
login log in to the system
logout terminate a login shell
lpr send job to printer
ls list the contents of a directory
make maintain, update, and regenerate related programs & files
mkdir make a directory
mkfs make file system
mknod creates a new file name by the path name pointed to by path
more browse or page through a text file
mount mount file systems
mv move or rename files
ncheck convert i numbers to filename
nd network disk control
netstat display network status
networks network name database overview
nfsd starts the daemons that handle client filesystem requestchange
nice priority
passwd change password file information
ping checks to see if another machine is up and running
portmap DARPA port to rpc program number mapper
print env display environment variables currently set (also consider "printenv" or "env" option)
ps display the status of current processes
pwd display the pathname of the current working directory
rcp remote file copy
reboot restart system
rlogin remote login
rm remove (unlink) files or directories
route manipulate routing table

396
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

Command Description
rpc library routines for remote procedure calls
rpcinfo report rpc information
rsh remote shell
sa reports on, cleans up, and maintains accounting files
sed stream editor
sh standard system shell
showmount show all remote mounts
shutdown close down the system
size display the size of an object file
sleep suspend execution for a specified interval
sort sort and collate lines
strings identifies series of displayable characters in a file
strip remove symbols and relocation bits from an object file
stty set or alter the options for a terminal
su substitute user, temporarily switch to a new user ID
sync update the super block; force changed blocks to the disk
tail display the last part of a file
tar create tape archives, and add or extract files
tee replicate the standard output
telnet interface to remote system using TELNET protocol
test return true or false according to a conditional expression
time time a command
touch update the access and modification times of a file
tr translate characters
tset establish or restore terminal characteristics
tty display the name of the terminal
umount dismounts file systems
uniq remove or report adjacent duplicate lines
update periodically update the super block
uptime show how long the system has been up
vi visual display editor based on ex
w who is logged in, and what they are doing
wc display a count of lines, words and characters
which locate a command; display its pathname or alias

397
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 1 - Glossary & Linux Commands

Command Description
who who is logged in on the system
whoami display the current effective username
wtmp login records
xfs_check & check and repair filesystem
xfs_repair

398
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

Hardware security is essential to minimize the risks of Software Hacking.

We STRONGLY RECOMMEND that you proceed to hardware BIOS lockup when done with the
Hardware Configuration steps and make sure that you have notified the IT Admin of the site.

The following sections intend to give you guidelines to protect the Software by locking the Workstation
BIOS, once it has been setup.

1 Change the Boot order

If the workstation is located in a non-secured room, then you must make sure to prevent any intrusion
attempt. Changing the boot order will prevent any unauthorized user to boot on a USB device or on a
CD-ROM.
Before you change the boot order, you must make sure that the OS is already properly loaded, as boot
from the CD/DVD/USB option will no longer be offered at boot time.

1-1 On Z440 / Z4 G4
1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F10> key until you enter Computer Setup Utility.
3.) Go to Advanced tab > Boot Options > Legacy Boot Order.

4.) Select the System disk (here "sSATA0") and press <Enter> to drag it.
5.) Move it to the first position using the arrow keys, before USB and CDROM and press <Enter> again
to drop it.
This will force the workstation to always boot on the System Disk, even though a bootable USB device
or CD-ROM is inserted.

399
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

6.) Press <Esc> to quit the Boot Option menu.

7.) Press <Esc> to quit the BIOS Setup menu.
8.) Select Yes to save the changes. The system will reboot.
Now you need to lockup the BIOS so that these setups cannot be changed by unauthorized user.Refer
to section 2 Setup Passwords for the detailed procedure.

1-2 On Z800 / Z820

1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F10> key until you enter Computer Setup Utility.
3.) Go to Storage tab > Boot Order .

4.) Select the Hard Drive and press <Enter> to drag it.
5.) Move it to the first position using the arrow keys and press <Enter> again to drop it.
This will force the workstation to always boot on the system disk, even though a bootable USB stick
or CD-ROM is inserted.
6.) Press <Esc> to quit the Boot Order menu.
7.) Press <Esc> to quit the BIOS Setup menu. The system will reboot.
Now you need to lockup the BIOS so that these setups cannot be changed by unauthorized user.Refer
to section 2 Setup Passwords for the detailed procedure.

400
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

1-3 Temporarily boot on CD/DVD/USB

If you need to re-install the workstation (Load From Warm or Load From Cold), then you will need to boot
on CD/DVD/USB.
To temporarily boot on CD/DVD/USB, proceed as follows:
1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F9> key to enter the Boot Menu.
3.) If required, enter the BIOS password that you have configured.
4.) - For a CD/DVD, select "Legacy - hp TSST/HLDS DVDRW SU" (Z440/Z4 G4) or Optical Drive (Z800/
Z820)
- For a USB device, select "Legacy - USB DISK..." (Z440/Z4 G4) or USB Device (Z800/Z820)
- Press <Enter>.
On Z440:

On Z800/Z820:

5.) The workstation will boot on the CD/DVD/USB

At next reboot, the workstation will follow the order you defined in the Boot Menu and will boot on the
Hard Drive.

401
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

2 Setup Passwords
Once you have setup the Boot order, you need to lockup the BIOS so that the parameters cannot be
changed by unauthorized user.
To do so, you can setup a BIOS Power-On Password that will be required at each boot.
Make sure to consult with the client before setting up this password. Refer to section 2-1 for the
procedure.
You can also setup an Administrator or Setup password that will be required to enter the Computer
Setup (F10) Utility. Refer to section 2-2 for the procedure.

You can choose to define both passwords.

In this case, the setup/administrator password lets you start the workstation and enter the setup utility.
The power-on password starts the workstation but does not let you enter the setup utility,
When both passwords are set, the administrator password can also be used in place of the power-on
password as an override to log in to the computer. This is a useful feature for a network administrator.

In any case, make sure to notify the users (customer, etc..) of the new password(s), and all persons in
charge of the System administration and/or maintenance (other FEs in charge, IT department, etc...).

2-1 Set-up BIOS Power-On Password

The Power-on Password prevents unauthorized access to applications or data when the Workstation is
turned on or restarted.
1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F10> key until you enter Computer Setup Utility.
3.) For Z800/Z820, select Security > Power-On Password.
For Z440, select Security > Set up BIOS Power-On Password.
For Z4 G4 (see below), select Security > Create POST Power-On Password.

402
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

4.) Follow the onscreen instructions

5.) Before exiting, select Main > Save Changes and Exit.
You will be prompted to enter the BIOS Power-On Password at each boot. For instructions to reset this
password, go to section 2-3 Clear the passwords.

2-2 Set-up BIOS Administrator or Setup password

1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F10> key until you enter Computer Setup Utility.
3.) For Z800/Z820, select Security > Setup Password.
For Z440, select Security > Set up BIOS Administrator Password.
For Z4 G4 (see below), select Security > Create BIOS Administrator Password.

4.) Follow the onscreen instructions.

5.) Before exiting, select Main > Save Changes and Exit.
You will be prompted to enter the Administrator/Setup Password each time you run the Computer Setup
(F10) Utility. For instructions to reset this password, go to section 2-3 Clear the passwords.

403
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

2-3 Clear the passwords

If needed, you can clear only one of the two passwords. To do so, proceed as follows:
1.) Go back to the corresponding menu where you defined the password. It will read "Change" instead
of "Set up" (for example: "Change BIOS Administrator Password).
2.) As prompted, enter the current password
3.) When prompted to enter the new password and then to confirm it, leave the fields empty and type
<Enter> twice.
No new password will be recorded and the feature will be disabled.

To disable both the Power-on and Administrator/Setup password features and clear the passwords, use
the following procedure:
1.) Shutdown the Workstation if it is running and disconnect the computer power cord and external
devices from power outlets.
2.) Open the workstation’s side cover.
Locate the password jumper labeled PSWD on the motherboard as indicated on the illustration below:

404
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

3.) Remove the jumper from pins 1 and 2.

4.) Place the jumper on either pin 1 or 2, but not both, so that it does not get lost.
5.) Close the workstation side cover and reconnect the power cord to the power outlet.
6.) Turn on the workstation.
7.) OPTIONAL - If a security package against chassis intrusion is installed on your workstation, you will
see the following screen informing you that the machine cover has been removed since last boot.
Press <Enter> to continue
.

8.) Allow the operating system to start. This clears the current passwords and disables the password
features.
9.) Shutdown the Workstation and disconnect the computer power cord and external devices from power
outlets.
10.) Open the workstation’s side cover.
11.) Place the jumper on pins 1 and 2.
12.) Close the workstation side cover and reconnect the power cord to the power outlet.

405
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

3 Disable media writing

The AW Workstation does allow the usage of CD/DVD and USB media for various clinical and service
operations, but unsecured removable media represent a risk of data loss and theft.
If the workstation is located in a non-secured room, then you must make sure to prevent data leaks.
Disabling the media writing options will prevent any unauthorized user to write data on a CD/DVD/USB
device.
Make sure to consult with the client before disabling the media writing option.

1.) Open a Command Window and switch user to root:

su - root <Enter>
Password: Tbd_bu_15 <Enter> (default password)
2.) Use one of the following scripts:
• /export/home/root/scripts/configure.media status : to print the current setting
• /export/home/root/scripts/configure.media readonly : to disable writing to CD/DVD and USB drives
• /export/home/root/scripts/configure.media readwrite: to allow writing to CD/DVD and USB drives

Note: Even if you disable the media writing option, you will still be able to backup the configuration to a
CD/DVD as this script is running with root privileges.
You will also be able to read from a USB/CD/DVD even though you cannot write on it.

Note: If the media writing option is disabled, you will still be able to install application from CD/DVD/
USB device but you will not be able to export the configuration file for registering the
configuration to AWCCT website.
To do so, you must temporarily enable media writing and disable it after exporting the
configuration file to a USB stick.

Note: This media writing parameter will not be included in the configuration backup. If you reinstall the
system, you will have to run again the configuration script.

406
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

4 Disable the USB ports

The AW Workstation does allow the usage of CD/DVD and USB media for various clinical and service
operations, but unsecured media access ports represent a risk of data loss and theft.
If the workstation is located in a non-secured room, then you must make sure to prevent any intrusion
attempt. Disabling the unused USB ports will prevent any unauthorized user to read or write on a USB
device.
Make sure to consult with the client before disabling the USB ports of the workstation.

Important! Do not to disable the USB ports on which the keyboard and mouse are plugged or you will
not be able to use the workstation anymore.

4-1 On Z440 / Z4 G4
1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F10> key until you enter Computer Setup Utility.
Z440: Go to Advanced tab > USB Device Control.
Z4 G4: Go to Advanced tab > Port Options
3.) Select Disable for the following devices:
- Front USB Ports (if required)
- Rear USB Ports (if required)
- Internal USB Ports (if required)

4.) Press <Esc> to quit the USB Device Control menu.

5.) Press <Esc> again.
6.) Select Yes to save the changes. The system will reboot.

To revert the changes and re-activate the USB ports, repeat the procedure from step 1.) and select
Enable instead of Disable.

407
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

4-2 On Z820
1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F10> key until you enter Computer Setup Utility.
Go to Security > USB Security menu.
3.) With the right arrow, select Disabled for the following devices:
- Front USB Ports (if required)
- Rear USB Ports (if required)
- Internal USB Ports (if required)

4.) Press <F10> to accept the changes and quit.

The system will reboot.

To revert the changes and re-activate the USB ports, repeat the procedure from step 1.) and select
Enable instead of Disable.

4-3 On Z800
1.) Turn on or restart the computer.
2.) As the workstation boots up, repeatedly press <F10> key until you enter Computer Setup Utility.
Go to Security > Device Security menu.
3.) With the right arrow, select Device hidden for the following devices:
- Front USB Ports (if required)
- Rear USB Ports (if required)
- Internal USB Ports (if required)

408
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

4.) Press <F10> to accept the changes and quit.

The system will reboot.

To revert the changes and re-activate the USB ports, repeat the procedure from step 1.) and select
Enable instead of Disable.

409
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Appendix 2 - Hardware lock-down for security

This page is intentionally left blank.

410
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Index

Index

A
A.E. Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
A3 format
printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Advanced Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Allowed Nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Application Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Application Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Applications
advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Easy Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
shortcuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Volume Viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Applications and Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Autodelete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
AW
license key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
software license . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
C
Cables connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
CCOW / Softswitch software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Chat feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Checklist
handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
pre-installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Client Access Enabler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Cola licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Cold software reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Common Service Desktop (CSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Communication Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Concurrency Enabler License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
config.txt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Configuration
monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
restore from Backup CDROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
save Backup CDROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Configuration Form
for workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
configure.patient_key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
CRT monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

411
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Index

CSD
site configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
CSD Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
D
Data
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195, 330
Database Management model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Demo Exams
installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Demo Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Diagnostics
System Health Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
DICOM Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 183
Direct Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 160
DNS Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 307
DPMS activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
DVI–D connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
DVI-D graphics connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
E
EA3 Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
EA3 configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Easy Install menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 218
Eizo MX191 Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Elicense Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Enterprise Authentication
enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Enterprise Server
configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Enterprise server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Ethernet
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Direct Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
F
Fast Load DVD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
FDO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Firewall
check settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Floating License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
G
GEHC OS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Genie lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Global Order number (GON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

412
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Index

GSI viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

H
Hardware
base configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Health Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
HELIOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Hospital name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Host Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
HTTP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
HTTP support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 170
I
iLinq
launching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
iLinq chat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Image Sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Images
deletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
restoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Innova 3DXR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
InSite
remote login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
InSite / iLinq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
InSite/ProDiags/iLinq configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
K
Keyboard
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 136
layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
US . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
L
Language selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
LCD Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
License
floating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
License key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 156
License keystrings, verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
licenseId . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Licensing
with eLicense tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Line voltage, selecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Load from Warm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Local User Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195, 330

413
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Index

Lock Out Tag Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Login . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 153
LOTO Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
M
Memory
extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Monitor
configuring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 176
Monitor connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Motion vue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Mouse configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Mouse connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
N
Network
connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Node Locked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
NTP server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 308
O
Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
P
Parameters
reinstall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Password
default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 153
management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Patient images
restoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Patient’s key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
PNF Firewall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 197
Postscript Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167, 180
Postscript printers tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Power Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Preferences Sharing Manager (PSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Pre-installation Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Preload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 167
Product Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
PSM (Preferences Sharing Manager) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
R
RAID
unconfigure hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Reinstallling
software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

414
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Index

Reload software (cold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Remote License Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Remote Node control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Reporting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Return Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
RIS synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Routers
declaration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Routers Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
S
Save Configuration to CDROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Screen Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Servers
declaring DNS/NTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Floating License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
HTTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Service Desktop (CSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146, 153
Shortcuts
applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Site configuration
with CSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Site parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Site Parameters CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
SMPTE test patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 177
Software
configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
reinstalling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
System Health Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
System passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
SystemID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
T
Test patterns
installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
U
Upgrading
AW software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
workstation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
US default keyboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
User accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
User authentication mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
User Interface
language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
User management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 171
Utilities menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

415
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Index

V
VGA selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Video Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Voltage selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Volume Viewer Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Z
Z440 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Z800 hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Z820 hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 106

416
GE Confidential AW VolumeShare 7 (AW4.7)

Revision 8 Installation Manual 5446929-1EN

Revision History

Revision History

Engineering Revision History

This document is released through MyWorkshop under reference DOC1387077. Refer to MyWorkshop for
document approval.

Revision Version Date Reason for Change

1 1 6th March, 2015 Initial draft for HII review
1 2 20th May, 2015 Updated version after HII DOC1499434.
2 1 28th August, 2015 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.3 release
2 2 29th September, 2015 Updated version after HII review (DOC1499434),
logs 1 to 150.
2 3 1st October, 2015 Updated version after HII review (DOC1499434),
logs 151 to 156.
3 1 29th March, 2016 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.5 release - SPR
HCSDM00390916
4 1 4th October, 2016 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.8 release - SPR
HCSDM00416415
5 1 6th April, 2017 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.10 release - SPR
HCSDM00452940
6 1 5th October, 2017 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext. 12 release - SPR
HCSDM00469644
7 1 24th July, 2018 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext. 14 release - SPR
HCSDM00498043
8 1 4th June, 2019 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext. 16 release - SPR
HCSDM00551116

Technical Publication Revision History

This document is available in TechPub under reference 5446929-1EN.

Revision Date Reason for change

1 20th May, 2015 Initial release

2 1st October, 2015 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.3 release

3 29th March, 2016 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.5 release - SPR HCSDM00390916

4 4th October, 2016 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.8 release - SPR HCSDM00416415

5 6th April, 2017 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext.10 release - SPR HCSDM00452940

6 5th October, 2017 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext. 12 release - SPR HCSDM00469644

7 24th July, 2018 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext. 14 release - SPR HCSDM00498043

8 4th June, 2019 Updated to introduce AW4.7 Ext. 16 release - SPR HCSDM00551116

393
Copyright© 2015 - 2019 by General Electric Company Inc.

Manufacturer address:

GE Medical Systems SCS

283, rue de la Miniere
78530 Buc
France